Citation
Bibliography of the Eskimo language

Material Information

Title:
Bibliography of the Eskimo language
Series Title:
Bulletin (Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of American Ethnology) ; no. 1
Creator:
Pilling, James Constantine, 1846-1895
Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of American Ethnology
Place of Publication:
Washington
Publisher:
Government Printing Office
Publication Date:
Language:
english
Physical Description:
v, 116 pages facsimiles 25 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Eskimo languages -- Bibliography ( lcsh )
Inuits ( lcsh )
Inuktitut (Langue) -- Bibliographie
Eskimo languages ( lcsh )
Inuit (langue) -- Bibliographie
Inuktitut (dialecte) -- Bibliographie
Genre:
government publication
government document
Temporal Coverage:
- 1887
Spatial Coverage:
North America -- Canada
North America -- United States of America -- Alaska
Coordinates:
64 x -150
66 x -119

Notes

General Note:
Contents: The rigors of existence on the Great Plains : the role of water / Charles J. Bicak -- Hydrological drought as a settlement inhibiting factor / Conrad T. Moore -- Culture meandering across the Plains : an enduring problematic for water politics / John Anderson -- The use of equitable principles to resolve "new" Western water disputes / J. David Aiken -- Water across borders : judicial realities / Peter J. Longo -- Denver water politics, two forks, and its implications for development on the Great Plains / Brian A. Ellison -- Federal water grants participation : a comparison of arid states with nonarid states with reference to the Great Plains / Charles R. Britton and Richard K. Ford -- Water for the future : the development of markets in the Texas Plains / David W. Yoskowitz -- Land, water, and the right to remain Indian : the All Indian Pueblo Council and Indian water rights / Steven L. Danver -- Haunted by waters : water rhetorics as conservation politics in films of the American West / Joan M. Blauwkamp.
General Note:
VIAF (name authority) : Smithsonian Institution. Bureau of American Ethnology : URI http://viaf.org/viaf/159021806
General Note:
VIAF (name authority) : Pilling, James Constantine, 1846-1895 : URI http://viaf.org/viaf/37024794

Record Information

Source Institution:
SOAS University of London
Holding Location:
SOAS University of London
Rights Management:
This item is licensed with the Creative Commons Attribution, Non-Commercial License. This license lets others remix, tweak, and build upon this work non-commercially, as long as they credit the author and license their new creations under the identical terms.
Resource Identifier:
905575295 ( OCLC )
A016.4971 /58248 ( SOAS classmark )

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF THE
ESKIMO LANGUAGE
BY
JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
18S7


0 i—•? J 'j I f f
b 6 X/ l r "6
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY: J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR
BIBLIOGRAPHY
OF THE
ESKIMO LANGUAGE
JAMES CONSTANTINE PILLING
WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1887




PREFACE.
A number of years ago the writer undertook the compilation of a
bibliography of North American languages, and in the course of his
work visited the principal public and private libraries of the United
States, Canada, and Northern Mexico; carried on an extensive corre-
spondence with librarians, missionaries, and generally with persons
interested in the subject, and examined such printed authorities as
were at hand. The results of these researches were embodied in a
volume of which a limited number of copies were printed and distrib-
uted—an author's catalogue which included all the material at that
time in his possession.1 Since its issue he has had an opportunity to
visit the national libraries of England and France, as well as a number
of private ones in both these countries, and a sufficient amount of new
material has been collected to lead to the belief that a fairly complete
catalogue of the works relating to each of the more important lin-
guistic stocks of North America may be prepared. The first of such
catalogues is the present; the second, which it is hoped to issue
shortly, will be the Siouan.
The people speaking the Eskimo language are more widely scattered,
and, with perhaps two or three exceptions, cover a wider range of ter-
ritory than those of any other of the linguistic stocks of North America.
From Labrador, on the east, their habitations dot the coast line to the
Aleutian Islands, on the west, and a dialect of the language is spoken
on the coast of Northeastern Asia. As far north as the white man has
gone remains of their deserted habitations are found, and southward
they extend, on the east coast to latitude 50° and on the west coast to
latitude 60°. Within this area a number of dialects are spoken, the
principal of which will be found entered herein in their alphabetic
order.
Some difficulty has been encountered in deciding upon the claim of
certain titles to admission into the bibliography. There are certain
districtsr notably in Alaska and Northeastern Asia, visited or inhabited
by Eskimo or people closely allied to them and by other tribes not
Eskimo. A vocabulary collected in such a district may be purely
Eskimo, or purely not Eskimo, or a mixture containing words in differ-
ent languages and dialects. The vocabularies collected by Norden-
1 Proof-sheets of a Bibliography of the Languages of the North American Indians,
Washington, 1885, pp. i-xl, 1-1135, 4°.


IV
PREFACE.
skiold, near Bering Strait, for example, contain Sandwich Island
words, imported by sailors on whaling vessels, which words have come
into general use among the Indians of that region. Vocabularies col-
lected in Cook’s Inlet, Alaska, may be of either the Aleut or Kadiak
dialect of the Eskimo or of tribes of radically distinct linguistic stocks.
The compiler has frequently found himself in doubt in such cases
but has, after careful consideration, concluded that he can best serve
the needs of students of the Eskimo by retaining all titles about which
any reasonable doubt exists. Under this ruling it is probable that a
few titles will be found in the list which should properly be excluded,
but it is believed that the number of such entries is small, and that
the usefulness of the catalogue will be greater by retaining these few
doubtful titles, some of which should properly be excluded, than by
excluding more rigorously, and so omitting titles which should be re-
tained.
The greatest deficiency will probably be found in titles relating to
the Asiatic Eskimo. No special effort has been made to collect such
material, and that relating to them which does appear was gathered in-
cidentally.
No opportunity has been lost to take titles at first hand, and there
will be found herein a larger percentage of books and manuscripts
described de visu, it is thought, than is usual in works of this kind.
The earliest printed record of the language known to me is the Green-
land vocabulary in the two editions of Olearius’s Voyage of 1656.
The earliest treatise on the language is found in the various editions of
Hans Egede’s work on Greenland, first printed in 1729 ; the next by
Anderson in 1746. Egede’s dictionary followed closely, appearing in
1750. The earliest text met with is the latter author’s Four Gospels,
printed at Copenhagen in 1741, though Nyerup credits him with a work
printed two years earlier. To the younger Egede we are indebted for
the first grammar, which appeared at Copenhagen in 1760.
The first text in the dialect of Labrador of which mention is made
herein is the Harmony of the Gospels, printed at Barbime iu 1800 (see
Nalegapta), the translator of which I do not know. There is no printed
grammar of this dialect; but mention will be found under Freitag of a
manuscript grammar dated 1839 and under Bourquin of another as
about to be printed. The only dictionary is that of Erdmann of 1864.
As to the extreme west, Veniaminoff and Netzvietoff translated and
issued a number of texts between 1840 and 1848; also a dictionary of
the Aleut, and a grammatic treatise of the Kadiak and Aleut, in 1846.
The only other dictionary of any of the western dialects is that of
Buynitzky, published in 1871.
The only texts of the Eskimo of the middle stretch of country are
those of the Hudson Bay people by the Bev. E. J. Peck.


PREFACE.
V
For a succinct statement of the order and date of publication the reader
is referred to the chronologic index at the end of the bibliography.
The best collection of Eskimo texts I have met with is that of Major
Powell, of Washington; the second, perhaps, that in the library of the
British Museum. The best collection of Arctic literature is that in the
British Museum; the second, that in the Library of Congress.
No detailed statement of the plan pursued in recording this matter is
thought to be necessary, as but few departures from the ordinary rules
of library cataloguing have been made. The dictionary plan has been
followed to its extreme limit as the best adapted to the purpose in view.
All works are entered under their author when known — translators
being considered as authors — and under first word of title, not an
article or a preposition, when the name of the author is not known.
A cross-reference is given from the first words of every Eskimo title
when such title is entered under an author’s name, whether or not the
work is anonymous. All titular matter, including cross-references, is
in a larger, all index and explanatory matter in a smaller, type.
During the progress of type setting a number of titles have come to
hand in time for insertion in their proper places, but, in some cases,
too late to permit the proper entry to be made in the subject or dialect
indexes; and the translation of the Eskimo titles, which was done after
the matter was in galley proof, has shown that a few items have been
wrongly entered in the subject indexes. I think these unavoidable
minor errors and omissions should not be held to weigh against the
manifest advantages of a single alphabetic arrangement.
The prices quoted are from such sources as were at command, and
are arranged chronologically.
My thanks are due to Mr. John Murdoch, librarian of the Smith-
sonian Institution, who has kindly translated the Eskimo titles for me.
J. C. P.
April 20,1887.


I
-
f.


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
By James C. Pilling.
['â– 'I'liia character following a title indicates that the compiler lias seen no copy of the work referred to.]
A
[A B C curd in the Greenland language.]
1 p. 16°. No title or caption; begins: a o
i o u, and ends : tau man lan.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of the Unitiits-Buch-
haudlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 10 pf.
[Abecedaire on Premier Livre de lecture.
Hauniaine, 1849.]
20 pp. sin. 8°. In tho Eskimo language.
Title from the Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352,
where it brought, with eight other works in Es-
kimo, 16 fr.
Abecedarium:
Aleut. See Aleutian.
Eskimo. Abecedaire.
Greenland. ABC card, Abecedarium, Gronlanilsk, Kattitsomarsut.
[Abecedariuni in the Greenland lan-
guage.]
Colophon: Budissime, Nakkitarsima-
put E. M. Monsemit. [1861.]
Pp. 1-3, 16°. No title-page or caption; the
page begins : a e i o u, and ends: tau mau lau
1861.
Copies seen : Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buclihand-
luug, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 20 pf.
Abel ( Iwarus ). Schediasnia liocce
etymologico-philologicum prodronium
Americano-Griinlandicum in patronis
appropriatum insinuat I. A.
Havnim, 1783.
12°. Titlo from the British Museum Cata-
logue of Printed Books, London, 1882.
[Acts of the Apostles, translated into tho
Language of the Esquimaux Indians on
the Coast of Labrador, by the Mission
aries of the United Brethren.
London, 1816.]
160 pp. 12°. Title from Triibner’s catalogue,
August, 1874, ]). 115, where it is priced 7s. Gel.
See Apostejjt.
Adam (Lucien). En quoi la langue es-
quimaude dilihre-t-elle graminaticale-
ment des autres langues de J’Aindrique
du Nord ?
Iu Congrds International des Amdricanistes,
Compte-Kendu, fifth session, pp. 337-355, Co-
penhague, 1884, 8°.
The subject is treated under tbo following
heads: Gender, Number, Pronominal suffixes,
Declension of nouns and of separate personal
pronouns, Declension of adverbs of place and
of demonstrative pronouns, Postpositions,
Verb, Incorporation, and Polysyntliesis.
The communication to the Congress was
only an analysis of a memoir on the subject.
I am informed by the author that the article
was also issued separately; whether with title-
page or not I do not know.
Adelung (Johann Christoph) and Vater
(Dr. Johann Severin). Mithridates |
oder | allgeincine | Sprachenkunde |
init | deni Vater Unser als Sprach-
probe | in bey nahe | fiinf hundert
Sprachen mid Mnndarten, | von | Jo-
hann Christoph Adelung, | Churfiirstl.
Sachsisclieni Hofrath und Ober-Biblio-
thekar. | [Two lines quotation.] | Er-
ster[-Vierter] Theil. |
Berlin, | in der Vossisclien Buchhand-
lung, | 1806[-1817J.
4 vols. (vol. 3 iu 3 parts), 8°.
Aleut numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabularies,
vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; vol. 4, pp. 251-252.
Androanowski Island vocabulary, vol. 3, pt.
3, p. 459.
Eskimo grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 425-448.—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabu-
laries, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, pp. 238, 454-
455 (lYom Dobbs and Long), 461 (from Cook);
vol. 4, pp. 251-252.
Greenland gramniatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 435-448, 452-454.—Lord’s Prayer (six ver-
sions), vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 448-452 (from Anderson,
Egede, and others).—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—
Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3,
pp. 454-455 (from Egede and Anderson), 461;
vol. 4, pp. 251-252.
1


2
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Adelung (J.C.) — Continued.
Kadjak numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—Vocabu"
laries, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, pp.458-
459 (from Resanoff), 460-468 (from Robek ami
Sauer); and vol. 4, pp. 251-252, 254.
Komegen grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 456-4 65.
Labrador grammatic comments, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 430-433.
Norton Sound grammatic comments, vol. 3,
pt. 3, pp. 456-465.—Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 461, 466 (from Cook).
Tschugazzen grammatic comments, vol. 3,
pt. 3, pp. 456-465.—Numerals, vol. 4, p. 253.—
Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 2, pp. 340-341; pt. 3, pp.
458-459, 466 (from Resanoff), vol. 4, pp. 251-252.
Ugaljacbmutzi grammartic comments, vol.
3, pt. 3, pp. 232-235.—Vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3,
pp. 212-213, 230-231, 235, 237, 238 (from Resanoff).
Unalaschka vocabularies, vol. 3, pt. 3, pp. 458-
459 (from Resanoff); vol. 4, p. 255.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, British Mu-
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Eames,
Trumbull, Watkinson.
Sold at the Fischer sale, No. 17, for £1;
another copy, No. 2042, for 16 shillings. At
the Field sale, No. 16, it brought $11 88; at the
Squier sale, No. 9, $5. Leclerc (1878) prices it,
No. 2042, at 50 francs. At the Finart sale, No.
1322, it sold for 25 francs; and at the Murphy
sale, No. 24, a half calf, marble-edged copy
brought $4.
Aglegmut:
Texts. See Pinart (A. L.).
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.),
•Pinart (A. L.),
Wowodsky (—).
Words. Schomburgk (R. IL).
Ajokaersoutit oppersartuit Gudimik pek-
kossaenigdlo, tamaessa Luterij katekis-
musingvaetta ok’ause.
Havniame, 1849.
Literal translation: Teachings by God, such
are Luther’s his Catechism, its words. At
Copenhagen, 1849.
125 pp. 8°, in Greenland Eskimo. Title frein
Dr. H. J. Rink, Christiania, Norway.
Ajokaersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pek-
korsejuiglo Innungnut; | KoTsimarsudlo
Koisituksaedlo | Iiiniiegeksejt Nalen-
gniaegeksejdlo, i Pidluarsinnaungorkud-
lugit.
Kiobenhavuime, | Aipeksdnik nak-
kittarsimarsut | 1797. | J. R. Tliielmit.
Literal translation: Instructions | holj’ by
God | and according to his will, to men; |
that the baptized and candidates for baptism |
scholars and all-sorts-of-people | may now be
blessed. | At Copenhagen, | a second time
pressed | 1797. | By J. R. Thiel.
Title verso blank 1 1. half-title: I. Katekis-
musim, &c. (a 2) verso blank 11. text, entirely
in Greenland, pp. 3-159,16°. At p. 131 is a half-
Ajokaersutit— Continued.
title : II. Kalkkorsun, &c. verso blank. The
questions and answers are numbered in Part I,
1-393 ; in Part II, 1-222. Catechism in the Es-
kimo languago of Greenland.
Copies seen: Maisonneuve.
Leclerc, 1878, No. 2220, prices this work at 40
francs; he attributes the authorship to Fabri-
cios.
Ajokaersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pek-
korsbjnigloInnungnut; | Koisimarsudlo
Koisituksmdlo | Iliniaegeks&jt Nalen-
gnitegeksejdlo, j Pidlnarsinnaungorkud-
lugit. |
Kiobenliavnime, | Pingajueksdnik
nakkittarsimarsut | 1818. | Illiarsui'n
igloaenne C. F. Skubartimit.
Literal translation of imprint: At Copen-
hagen, | a third time pressed, | 1818. | At the
orphans their houses [“ Wausenhaus”] from
C. F. Scliubart.
Pp. 1-158, 16°.
Copies seen: Congress.
A later edition as follows :
Ajokaersutit | illuartut Gudimik | Pck-
korsejniglo Innungnut; | Koisimarsudlo
Koisituksacdlo | Ilinitegeksbjt Nalen-
gniaegeksbjdlo, | Pidluarsinnaungorkud-
lugit. |
Ki^benhavnime, | Sissameksfimik
nakkittarsimarsut | 1833. | P. T. Bruon-
ikimit. |
I’p. 1-158,16°. “A fourth time pressed.”
Copies seen: British Museum.
Ajokertutsit pijarialiksuit. Sec Erd-
mann (F.).
Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit. Sec Egede
(Paul).
Akudnirmiut Songs, Tales. Seo Boas (F.).
Aleut. Russkie Aleutskic slovar. *
Manuscript, 2 vols. 4°. Russian-Aleut vo-
cabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart,
who says it is a very important work, written
about the year 1850.
Aleut. Russkie Alcutskie slovar.
Manuscript, 36 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut vo-
cabulary, dialect of Atldia. In possession of
Mr. A. L. Pinart.
Aleut. Russkie Aleutskib slovar.
Manuscript, 62 pp. folio. Russian-Aleut vo-
cabulary. In possession of Mr. A. L. Pinart,
who says it is a very important document, and
has on it many pencil notes by Radloff.
Aleut:
Abecedarium. See Aleutian.
Bible, Matthew. Tislinoff (E.),
Veuiaminoff (J.) and
Netzvietoff (J.).


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
3
Christian guide book.
Christian creed.
Dictionary.
Grammar.
Grammatic comments.
Grammatic treatise.
Guide to the Heavenly
Kingdom.
Notes on the Unalas-
kan Islands.
Numerals.
Primer.
Relationships.
Remarks.
Sacred history.
Songs.
Texts.
Vocabulary.
Aleut—Continued.
Catechism. See Jean (Pdre),
Tishnoff (E.J,
Veniaminoff (J.) and
Netzvietoff (J.).
Tishnoff (E.).
Veniaminoff (J.) and
Netzvietoff (J.).
Pinart (A. L.).
Henry (V.),
VeniaminofT (J.).
Buynitzky (S. N.),
Furuhelm (H.),
Pinart (A. L.),
Veniaminoff (J.).
Henry (V.),
Pfizmaier (A.).
Veniaminoff (J.).
Veniaminoff (J.).
Adelnng (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.),
Buynitzky (S. N.),
Coxe (W.),
Erman (G. A.),
Latham (R. G.),
Pott (A. F.),
Aleutian,
Tishnoff (E.).
Oppert (G.).
Lowe (F.).
Veniaminotf (J.) and
Netzvietoff (J.).
Pinart (A. L.),
Veniaminoff (J.).
Pinart (A. L.).
Baor (K. E. von),
Balbi (A.),
Balitz (A.),
Bancroft (H. H.),
Buynitzky (S. N.),
Drake (S. G.),
Everette (W. E.),
Gallatin (A.),
Herzog (W.),
Lowo (F.),
Muller (F.),
Robeck (—),
Russkie, •
Sauer (M.).
Campbell (J.),
Coxe (W.),
Pinart (A. L.),
Unicry (J.).
[Aleutian Abecedarium.
St. Petersburg, 1839 or 1840.]
8°. Without place or date. Title from
Ludewig, p. 4, who copies from Vater’s Lit-
teratur dcr Grammatiken, p. 454.
Aleutian. A.icyrcKiii | uyitBapb. |
MocKua. | Bi> CynodaJbiioii TiinorpaUii. |
1840.
Translation: Aleutian | Abecedarium. |
Moscow, | Synod Press. | 1846.
Words.
Aleutian — Continued.
Title 1 1. pp. 1-30, 8°. Partly in Cyrillic
type, partly in Russian.
Copies seen: British Museum, Pilling, Powell.
American Bible Society: Tlieso words following
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that institution, New York City.
American Bible Society. Specimen
verses | from versions in different |
languages and dialects | in which the
| Holy Scriptures | have been printed
and circulated by the | American Bible
Society | and the | British and Foreign
Bible Society. | [Picture, and one line
quotation.] |
New York: | American Bible Society,
| Institutedill the Year MDCCCXVI. |
1876.
Pp. 1-48, 16°.— John iii, 16, in the language
of Greenland, and in the Esquimaux [of Lab-
rador], p. 36.
Copies seen: American Bible Society, Eames,
Powell, Trumbull.
An edition, similar except in date, appeared
in 1879 (Powell); and another, “Second edition,
enlarged," in 1885. (Powell.)
American Tract Society: These words following
a title indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in the library of
that institution, New York City.
Anderson (Johami). Herrn Johann
Auderson, | I. V. D. | mid weyland
erstcn Biirgermeisters der freyen Kay-
serlichen | Reichstadt Hamburg, |
Nachrichtcn | von Island, | Gronland
und der Strasse Davis, | ziun wahren
Nutzen der Wissenschaften | mid der
Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, mid eincr
nach den neuesten mid in diesem Werke
ange- | gebenen Entdeckungen, genau
eingerichteten Landcharte. | Nebst
einom Vorberichte | von den Leben-
sumstanden des Herrn Verfassers. |
Hamburg, | verlegts Georg Christian
Grund, Buchdr. 1746.
Title verso blank 1 1. 14 other p. 11. text pp.
1-328, register 3 11. map, 8°.—Dictionariolum,
pp. 285-299.—Formularum loquendi usitatis-
simarum, pp. 300-303.— Formvia conivgandi
verbum, pp. 304-314.—Ten Commandments,
Prayers, Ac. pp. 314-325. All in Greenland.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Congress.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 649, at 25 fr.
-----Herrn Johann Anderson, | I. V. D. |
mid wieland ersten Biirgerineisters der
freyen Kayseri. | Reichstadt Hamburg,
| Nachrichten | von | Island, Grimland


4
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Anderson (J.) — Continued.
| und der | Strasse Davis, | zuin wali-
ren Niitzen der Wissenschaften | und ;
der Handlung. | Mit Kupfern, und einer i
nach den neuestcn und in dieseni Werke .
| angegebenen Entdeckungen, genau !
eingerichteten Landcliarte. | Nebst
einem Vorberichte | von den j Lebens-
umstanden des Herrn Verfassers. |
Frankfurt und Leipzig 1747.
Title verso blank and 14 other p. 11. text
pp. 1-388, register 4 11. 12°.—Linguistics as in
1746 edition, pp. 321-337, 337-341, 342-353, 353-
368.
Copies seen: Brown, Trumbull.
There is an edition: Kiobenhavn, 1748, 12°,
which does not contain the linguistics. (Brit-
ish Museum, Brown.)
----Beschryving | van Ysland, | Green-
land | en de | Straat Davis. | Tot nut
der wetenscliappon en den | koophan-
del. | Door den Heer | Johan Andersofi,
| Doctor derbeide Recliten, eu in leven
eerste Burgermeester der | vrye keizer-
lyke Rykstad Hamburg. | Verrykt met
Platen en een nieuwe naauwkeurige
Landkaart der ontdck- | kingen, waar
van in dit werk gesproken word. | Be-
nevens een voorbericht, bevatteudo de
lovensbyzonderheden | van den gcleer- j
den schry ver. | Uit het hoogduitsch ver-
taalt. | Door | J. D. J. |
To Amsterdam, | By Steven van Es-
veldt, Bockverkoper | in de Betirs-
Steeg, 1750.
9 p. 11. pp. 1-289, map, sm. 4°.—Linguistics,
pp. 244-258, 258-262, 262-273, 274-286.
Copies seen: British Museum, Brown.
----Histoire | Naturelie | de L’Islande, | i
du Groenland, | du Detroit de Davis, | i
Et d’autres Pays situ£s sous lo Nord, |
traduite de l’Allernand | de M. Ander-
son, de l’Acad&nie | Impdriale, Bourg-
mestre en Chef | de la Ville do Ham-
bourg. | Par M** [J. P. Rousselot de
Surgy], de l’Acaddmie Imp^riale, & I
de la Socidtd lioyale de Londres. | Tome
Premier [-Second], | [Design.] |
A Paris, | Chez Sebastien Jorry, Im-
primeur- | Librairc, Quai des Augus-
tins, pres | le Pont S. Michel, aux Ci-
gognes. | M. DCC. L [1750], | Avcc Ap-
probation & Priyildge du Roi.
2vols.: pp. i-xl, 1-314; i-iv, 1-391, 16°.—Sup-
plement contenant un petit Dictionnaire et
quclques Principes do la Grammaire Groen-
landoise, vol 2, pp. 295-386.
Anderson (J.) — Continued.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress.
Priced by Leclorc, 1878, No. 650, at 12 fr.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 1408, mentions an
edition: Paris, Jorry, 1754.
----Beschryving | van | Ysland, | Groen-
land | en de | Straat Davis. | Bevat-
tende zo wel ene bestipte bepaling
van de ligging en | grote van die Eilau-
den, als eeu volledige ontvouwing van
hunne | inwendige gesteltenis, vuur-
brakende Bergen, liecte en war- | me
Bronnen enz. een omstandig Bericht van
de Vruchten | en Kruiden des Lands;
van de wilde en tamme Landdie- | ren,
Vogelen en Visschen, de Visvangst der
Yslanders | en hunne oudersclieide be-
handeling, toebereiding on | drogen der
Visschen, voorts het getal der Inwoon-
| ders, hunnen Aart, Levenswyzc en
Bezigheden, | Woningen, Kledingen,
Ilandtecring, Arbeid, | Veehoedery,
Koophandel, Maten en Ge- | wichten,
Huwelyks Plechtigheden, Opvoe-| ding
hunner Kinderen, Godsdienst, Ker- |
ken en KcrkenbesLunr, Burgerlyke
Rege- | ring, Wetten, Strafoeffeningen
en wat | wyders tot de kennis van een
Land | vereischt word. I Door den
Heer | Johan Anderson, | Doctor dor
Bcide Recliten, en in Loven eerste Bur-
germeester | der vrye Keizerlyke Ryks-
stad Hamburg. | Verrykt met Platen
en een nieuwe naauwkeurige Land-
kaart der | ontdekkinge, waar van in
dit Work gesproken word. | Uit het
Hoogduits vertaalt. | Door | J. D. J. |
Waar by gevoegt zyn de Verbeteringeu
| Door den Heer Niels Horrebow, | Op-
gemaakt in zyn tweejarig verblyf op
Ysland. | [Design.] |
Te Amsterdam, | By Jan van Dalen,
Boekverkoper op de Colveniersburgwal
j by de Staalstraat. 1756.
Engraved frontispiece 1 1. title verso blank
11. 7 other p. 11. pp. 1-286, index 3 11. map, sm.
4°.—Linguistics, pp. 241-258, 258-262, 262-273,
274-286.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress.
Anderson (William). Vocabularyof the
language of Prince William’s Sound.
In Cook (J.) and King (J.), Voyages to the
Pacific Ocean, vol. 2, pp. 375-376, London, 1784,
3 vols. and atlas, 4°.
Mr. Anderson died at soa, August, 1778, be-
fore the expedition roturnod to England.
This vocabulary is reprinted in the following
editions of Cook and King’s Voyages:


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
Anderson (W.) — Continued.
London, Nicol, 1784, 3 vols. 4°. Linguistics,
vol. 2, pp. 375-376.
Dublin, Chamberlaine, 1784, 3 vols. 8°. Lin-
guistics, vol. 2, pp. 375-37G.
London, Stockdale, 1784, 4 vols. 8°. Prince
William’s Land Vocabulary, vol. 3, pp. 310-311.
London, Nicol, 1785, “second edition,” 3 vols.
4°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 375-376.
Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 3, p.
105.
Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 8°. Linguistics, vol. 3, p.
129.
Perth, Morrison & Son, 1785, 4 vols. 16°.
Perth, Morrison & Son, 1787, 4 vols. 16°.
Berlin, Hande und Spcner, 1787-1788, 2 vols.
4°. Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 89-90.
There is an edition in Russian, St. Peters-
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and
one, Philadelphia, Do Silver. 1818, 2 vols. 8°,
which contains no linguistics.
Tho work is reprinted in Kerr (R.), General
History and Collection of Voyages, voj. 15, pp.
115-514; vol. 16; and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. The lin-
guistics appear in vol. 16, pp. 285-286.
Extracts from the work are printed in Pink-
erton and Pelham, but they do not contain tho
linguistics.
Tho vocabularies aro also reprinted in Fry
(E.), Pantographia, London, 1799, 8°, and in
Voyages of Capt. James Cook, London, 1842,
vol. 2, p. 305. (*)
Andreanowski:
Vocabulary. Seo Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.),
Robeck (—).
Anner’ lAb innungorsimasub parinek’ar-
neranik. See Rudolph (—).
Antrim (Benajali J.). Pantograpliy, |
or | universal drawings, | in the com-
parison of tlieir natural and arbitrary
laws, | with the nature and importance
of | Pasigraphy, | as | the science of
letters; | being particularly adapted to
the orthoepic accuracy | requisite in in-
ternational correspondences, and | the
study of foreign languages. | With
Specimens of more than Fifty Different
Alphabets, including a conciso descrip-
tion | of almost all others known gen-
erally throughout tho World. | [De-
sign.] | By Benajah J. Antrim. |
Philadelphia: | Published by tho au-
thor, and for sale by | Thomas, Cow-
perthwait & Co. | 1843
Pp. i-vi, 7-162, 12°.—Numerals 1-10 of tho
Esquimaux and of Greenland, p. 153.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress.
aperssutit | okalugtuarissanut | tasta-
inantitorkamigdlo tastaman- | t.it.A-
migdlo agdlagsimassunnt.
aperssutit— Continued.
Druck von Gustav Winter in Stolpen.
| 1877.
Literal translation: Questions | telling of
the | Old Testament and of the New | Testa-
ment written.
Title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp.
1-68, 12°. Questions and answers in the lan-
guage of Greenland; based on Tastamanti-
torkamik.
Copies seen : Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of tho Unitats-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M.
Apersutit kigutsillo unipkautsinut. See
Bourquin (T.).
Apostelit Piniarningit. | Lucasib Aglak-
tangit.
Colophon : W. McDowallib, Nenilank-
tangit. [1819.]
Literal translation: The Apostles their
Acts. | Luke his writings. | W. McDowall, his
pressings.
No title-page; heading as above,- pp. 1-160,
16J. Acts of the Apostles in tho Eskimo of
Labrador. The British Museum catalogue
(tho copy described therein I have seen)
gives it tho date of 1819, which is “probably
correct, as Bagster’s Biblo of Every Land men-
tions an edition of that dato.
There is sometimes issued separately, with
heading as above, a portion (pp. 277-637) of the
work, titled Testamentetak tamedsa, London,
1840, which is probably tho “Acts, Epistles,
and Revelations in Eskimo-Labrador, com-
pleted in 1839,” mentioned by Bagster. Tho
first part of Testamentetak tamedsa (pp. 1-276),
containing tho four gospels, was also issued
separately with the title beginning Tamedsa
Mattlia'usib.
See Acts.
Apostles’ Creed:
Greenland. Seo Egede (H.).
Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.).
Arctic Vocabulary. Seo Everette (W. E.),
' Potitot(E. F. S.J.).
Argaluxamut Vocabulary. Seo Hoffman (W. J.).
Arithmetic, Greenland. Soo Wandall (E. A.).
Arkiksutiksak Pellcsinnut. See Fabri-
cius (O.).
Asiagmut Vocabulary. Seo Vocabularies.
Astor: This word following a title indicates that a
copy of tho work referred to was seen by tho
compiler in the Astor Library, New York City.
Atka:
Christian creed. Seo Voniaminoif (J.) and
Notzviotoff (J.).
Gospel of Matthew. Veniaminoif (J.) and
Netzvietoff (J.).
Notes on the Unalaska Voniaminoff (J.).
Islands.


BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
6
Atka—Continued.
Vocabulary. Seo Dall (W. IT.),
Gibbs (G.),
Veniaminoff (J.).
Atkinson (Ji’er. Christopher). The ! Emi-
grant’s Guide | to | New Brunswick, |
British North America. | By | the Rev.
Christ. Atkinson, A. M., | Late Pastor
of Mascreen Kirk, St. George, New
Brunswick. | [Quotation six lines.] |
Berwick-upon-Tweed: | Printed at
the Warder Office, 57, High Street. |
1842. *
Pp. i-iv, 4—124, map and plates, 16°. — The
Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, p. 98.
---- A | Guide | to | New Brunswick, |
British North America, &c. | By the
Rev. Christopher W. Atkinson, A. M. |
Late Pastor of Mascreen Kirk, St.
George, New Brunswick. | Second Edi-
tion, | [Quotation, five lines.] |
Edinburgh : | Printed by Anderson &
Bryce, High-street. | 1843. *
Pp. i-iv, 1-2, 1-220, map and plate, 16°.—
Lord’s Prayer in Eskimo, pp. 137-138.
The third edition: Edinburgh, 1844, pp. i-xvi,
13-284, 16°, contains no linguistics. *
Titles and notes of the three editions of this
work from Mr. W. Eames.
Attuaegautit Evangeliumit sukuihutbjt.
See Kragh (P.).
Attuaekkaen illuarsautikstet. See Kragh
(P.).
Atuagagdliutit. | Nalinginarnik | tus-
aruminasassunik univk&t. | No. 1-45. |
Nungme Nunap Nalagata | Nakiteri-
vianeNakitat.j L. Mollermit. 11861-1865.
Literal translation: The means for furnish-
ing reading. | About all sorts of | things heard,
narrations. | No. 1-45. | At the Point [Godt-
haab] on the country its ruler’s [the Inspec-
tor’s] | his printing press pressed. | From L.
Moller.
An illustrated eight-page quarto paper, two
columns tothe page, printed in Eskimo at Godt-
liaab, Greenland, in a small printing office,
founded by Dr. H. J. Kink in connection with
the inspector’s office. First issued January,
1861, and continued at irregular intervals. Up
to and including the issue of April, 1874 (No.
193), the columns were numbered consecutively
to 3,081. This is followed by 24 columns index.
Since that time there have been six volumes is-
sued to April 15, 1880, each containing 192 col-
umns, making in all 4,257 columns. This is tlio
last I have seen. Dr. Rink informs me the pub-
lication was continued until 1885, the whole
numbering 5,162 columns, with more than 250
leaves of illustrations in addition.
Atuagagdliutlt — Continued.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pow-
ell.
Parts 1-4, Jan.-April, 1865, at the Fischer
sale, No. 2,343, brought £1.
Auer (Alois). Outside title: Sprachen-
halle. |
N. B. Die erste Abtheilung, das Vater
Unset in 608 Spraclien und Mundarten,
euthiilt den Adelung’schen Mithridates
sammt 86 von mir beigefiigten Vater-
Unser-Formeln, in getreuen Abdrucke
nach den | Quellen, und zwar in tabel-
larischer Aufstellung, um alle Mangel
uud Fehler der Originalien deutlicher
zu veranschaulichen, und dadurch die
Verbesserung zu erzielen. |
Die zweite Abtheilung, das Vater
Unser in 206 Sprachen und Mundarten,
enthiilt die von mir neuerdings gesam-
melten verbesserten Vater-Unser in den
Vblkern eigenthiimlichen Schriftzugen
mit der | betreffenden Aussprache und
wbrtlicheu Uebersetzung, | A. Auer.
First engraved title: Das | Vater Unser
Second engraved title: Das | Vater Unser | in
melir als 200 Sprachen uud Mundarten | mit |
Originaltypen.
[Wien: 1844-1847. J
Outside title, reverse, a short description, 1
sheet; 17 other sheets printed on one side only,
in portfolio; oblong folio. Part I, dated 1844,
has the caption : Das Vater-Unser in mehr als
sechsliundert Sprachen und Mnndarten, typo-
metrischo an fgestellt. Part II, dated 1847,
has the caption: Das Vater-Unser in 206 Spra-
chen und Mundarten, neuerdings gesammelt
und aufgestellt von A. Auer. Zweite Abthei-
lung. Mit 55 verschiedenen den V olkern eigen-
thumlichen Schriftziigen abgedruckt.
The Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland is num-
bered 602-607.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 57438, gives brief title
of an edition: Vienna! c Typographia Imp.
1851, royal 8°. (*)
Authorities See Catalogue,
Dall (W. II.) and Baker (M.),
DeScliweinitz (E.),
Giessing (C.),
Leclerc (C.),
Ludewig (II. E.),
Nyerup (R.),
Pick (B-),
Quaritch (B.),
Reiclielt (G. T.),
Rink fU. J.),
Sabin (J.).
Steiger (E.),
Vater (J. S.),


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
7
B.
Baer (John). Comparative vocabulary
of the Yerigen and. Chucklock.
Manuscript, 3 11. folio, in the Bureau of Eth-
nology; printed form of 180 words. A note as
follows: “The forogoing were taken by John
Baer, U. S. Marines, belonging to Commander
Rodgers’ N. Pacific Exploring Expedition, and
were collected in Glasenep Harbor, Straits of
Seniavine, west side of Behrings Straits.”
The “Chucklock” is Eskimoan; the Yeri-
gon is probably a Siberian language.
Baer (Karl Ernst von). Statistische und
ethnographisclie Naclirichten | uber |
die Russisclien Besitzuugen | an der |
NordwestkUste von Ainerika. | Gesam-
melt | von dem ehemaligen Oberver-
walter dieser Besitzungen, | Contre-
Admiral v. Wrangell. | Auf Kosten der
Kaiserl. Akademie der Wissenscliaften |
herausgegeben | und mit den Berecli-
nungen ana Wrangell’s Witterungs-
beobaclitungen | und andern Znsatzen
vermehrt j von | K. E. v. Baer. |
St. Petersburg, 1839. | Buchdruckerei
der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wis-
senschaften.
Forms vol. 1 of Baer (K. E. von) and Helmer-
sen (G. von), Beitriige zur Kenntniss des Russ-
isclien Reiches, St. Petersburg, 1839, 8°.
Short comparative vocabulary of tho Atna,
Ugalcnzcn, and Koloschen, p. 99.—Short vo-
cabularyof tholnkiiliiehliiaten, pp.119-121.—A
few words and numerals (1-5) of the Eskimo of
Behring Strait, the Kadiak, Eskimo of Igloolik,
and Unalaschker, p. 123.—Names of the planets
and months in Kuskokwira, pp. 134-135.—Com-
parative vocabulary of the Aleuten of Fox Isl-
and, Kadjaek, Tschiigatschon, Ugalenzen, Kus-
kokwim, and neighboring tongues not Eski-
moan, pp. 259-270.
Copies seen: Congress.
----Knskutcliewak vocabulary.
In Richardson (J.), Arctic Searching Expe-
dition, vol. 2, pp. 3G9-382, London, 1851, 8°.
Reprinted in the edition: New York, Har_
pers, 1852, 8°, pp. 235-236. (Harvard.)
Baffin Bay Vocabulary. See Notice.
[Bagster (Jonathan), editor.] The Bible
of Every Land. | A History of | tho Sa-
cred Scriptures | in every Language
and Dialect | into which translations
have been made: | illustrated with |
specimen portions in native characters;
| Series of Alphabets; | Coloured Eth-
nographical Maps, | Tables, Indexes,
etc. | Dedicated by permission to his
Grace the Archbishop of Canterbury. |
[Vignette, and quotation, one line.] |
Bagster (J.) — Continued.
London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons,
| 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books,
lexicons, grammars, concordances, |
and psalters, in ancient and modern
languages. [1848-1851.]
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-3, 1-406, 1-12, maps, 4°.—Gos-
pel of John i, 1-14, in the Esquimaux of Labra-
dor, p. 359; in the language of Greenland, pp.
362-363.
Copies seen: American Bible Society, Bos-
ton Athenaeum.
[----] The Bible of every Land; | or, | A
History, Critical and Philological, | of
all the Versions of the Sacred Script-
ures, | in every language and dialect
into which | translations have been
made; | with | specimen portions in
their own characters: | including, like-
wise, | the History of the original texts
of Scripture, | and intelligence illustra-
tive of the distribution and | results of
each version: | with particular refer-
ence to the operations of the British
and Foreign Bible Society, and kindred
institutions, | as well as those of tho
missionary and other societies through-
out the world. | Dedicated by permis-
sion to his Grace tho Archbishop or
Canterbury. | [Vignette.] |
London : | Samuel Bagster and Sons,
| 15, Paternoster Row ; | Warehouse for
Bibles, New Testaments, prayer books,
lexicons, grammars, concordances,
and psalters, | in ancient and modern
languages. | [Quotation, one line.]
[1848-1851.]
11 p. 11. pp. xvii-lxiv, 4 11. pp. 1-406,1-4, 2 11.
pp. 1-12, 3 11. 4°.—Linguistics as iu previous
title.
Copies seen: Astor.
[----] The Bible of Every Land. | A his-
tory of | the Sacred Scriptures | in every
language and dialect | into which
translations have been made : | illus-
trated by | specimen portions in native
characters; | Series of Alphabets: |
coloured ethnographical maps, | tables,
indexes, etc. | New edition, enlarged
and enriched. | [Design, and quotation,
one line.] |
London: | Samuel Bagster and Sons:
| at the warchousfe for Bibles, New
Testaments, church services, prayer


8
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Bagster (J.) — Continued.
books, lexicons, grammars, | concord-
ances, and psalters, in ancient and mod-
ern languages; | 15, Paternoster Row.
[I860.]
27 p. 11. pp. 1-36, 1-480, maps, 4°.—Gospel of
John i, 1-14, in the Esquimaux of Labrador, p.
438; in the Greenland (1799 version), p. 441; in
the Greenland (1822 version), p. 443.
Copies seen: Boston Public, Congress, Eames.
Baker (Marcus). See Dall (W. II.) and
Baker (M.).
Balbi (Adrien). Atlas | ethnographique
du globe, | ou | classification des peu-
ples | anciens ct modernes | d’aprbs
leurs langues, | pr<5c<5d6 d’un discours
sur Futility et l’importance de l’dtude
des langues appliqude it plusieurs
branches des connaissances humaines;
d’un aper?u | sur les moyensgraphiques
employes par les diffiSreus peuples de la
terre; d’un coup-d’ceil sur l’histoire | de
la langue slave, et sur la marche pro-
gressive de la civilisation | et de la lit-
erature en Russie, | avec environ 'sept
cents vocabulaires des principaux idi-
omes connus, | et snivi | du tableau
physique, moral et politique | des cinq
parties du monde, | D6di<5 & S. M. l’Em-
pereur Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, |
ancien professeur de geographic, de
physique et de mathdmatiques, | mem-
bre correspondant de l’Ath^n^e de Tr6-
vise, etc. etc. | [Design. ] |
A Paris, | Chez Rey et Gravier, Li-
braires, Quai des Augustins, N° 55. |
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826]. | Imprim6 chez
Paul Renouard, Rue Garencibre, N° 5,
F.-S.-G.
73 unnumbered 11. folio.
Langues de la rdgion borfialo do l’Am6rique
du Nord, formant la famille des idiomes eski-
maux, plate xxxvi. — Tableau polyglotte des
langues am6ricaines, plate xli, contains a vo-
cabulary of twenty-six words of a number of
languages, among them the Ougaljakhmoutzi,
Groenlandais (propre), Groenlandais (Ross ou
de la Baio du Prince Regent), Groenlandais
(Dobb), Groenlandais (Parry ou de File d’Hi-
ver), Tcliougatche-Konoga, Aleutian do File
Ounalaska, TchouktChe-Amdric. ou Aglemoute
del’IleNuniwok, Tchouktche-AmGric. ou Agle-
moute do File Saint-Laurent.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell,
Watkinson.
---- Introduction | it | l’atlas ethno-
grapliique | du globe, | contenant |
un disconrs sur Futility et l’impor-
Balbi (A.) — Continued.
tance de l’dtude des langues | appli-
qudo it plusieurs branches des connais-
sances humaines; | un apergu | sur les
moyens graphiques employes par les
diffdrens penpies do la terre; | des ob-
servations sur la classification des
idiomes | ddcrits dans l’atlas; | un coup-
d’oeil sur l’histoire do la langue slave |
et sur la marche progressive de la
civilisation et de la littdrature | en
Russie, | dddid | it S. M. l’Empereur
Alexandre, | par Adrien Balbi, | ancien
professeur de gdographie, de physique
et de mathdmatiques, | membre cor-
respondant de l’Athdnde do Trdvise,
etc-, etc. | Tome premier. | [Design.] |
A Paris, | chez Rey et Gravier, Li-
braires, | Quai des Augustins, N” 55. |
M. DCCC. XXVI [1826].
Pp. i-exliii, 1-416, 8°. Vol. I all that was
published.—Langues de la rdgion bordale de
FAmdrique du Nord, formant la famille des
idiomes esquimaux, pp. 317-321, contains (from
Cranz) tho conjugation of tho verb ermik (to
wash one’s self), at first without suffixes, then
with suffixes; also information on the litera-
ture of tho language.
Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Watkinson.
The Atlas and Introduction together priced
by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2044, at 30 fr. At tlio
Murphy sale, No. 136*, they brought $3.50.
Balitz (Antoine). Vocabulary of tho
Aleuts.
Manuscript, 10 11. 4°. In the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology. Collected in the Aleu-
tian Islands in 1869.
Bancroft: This word following a title indi-
cates that a copy of the work referred to was
seen by tho compiler in the library of Mr. H.
n. Bancroft, San Francisco, Cal.
Bancroft (Hubert Howe). The | Native
Races | of | the Pacific States of North
America. | By I Hubert Howe Bancroft. |
Volume I. | Wild Tribcs[V. Primitive
History]. |
New York: | D. Appleton and Com-
pany. | 1874 [-1876].
5 vols. maps and plates, 8°. Vol. I. Wild
Tribes; II. Civilized Nations; III. Mythsand
Languages; IV. Antiquities; V. Primitive
History.
About one-third of vol. 3 of this work is
devoted to the languages of the west coast,
Chapter I giving a classification of languages
and a general discussion. Chapter II is headed
“Hyperborean Languages,” and contains, pp.
574-580, Distinction between Eskimo and Amer-
ican, Eskimo pronunciation and declension,


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
9
Bancroft (II. II.) — Continued.
Dialects of the Koniagas and Aleuts, Dialects
of tho Atnahs and Ugalenzes compared; vo-
cabulary of the Eskimo, Kuskokwigmute,
Malemuto, Aleut, and Kadiak.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Brinton, Brit-
ish Museum, Eames, Towell.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 49, at 150 fr.
Bought by Quaritch at tho llamirez sale (cat-
alogue No. 957) for £5 15s. and priced by him,
No. 29917, at £5.
---- Tho | Native Races | of | the Pacific
States | of | North America. | By | Hu-
bert IIowo Bancroft. | Volume I. | Wild
Tribcs[-V. Primitive History]. |
Author’s copy. | San Francisco. 1874
[-1876],
5 vols. 8°. Similar, except on titlo-pago, to
previous editions. Ono hundred copies issued.
Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum.
In addition to tho abovo this work has been
issued with tho imprint of Longmans, London;
Maisonneuvo, Paris; and Brockhaus, Leipzig;
none of which have I seen.
---- Tho Works | of | Ilnbert Howe Ban-
croft. | Volume I[-V]. | Tho Nativo
Races. | Vol. I. Wild Tribos[-V. Primi-
tive History]. |
San Francisco: | A. L. Bancroft &
Company, Publishers. | 1882.
5 vols. 8°. This series will include tho His-
tory of Central America, History of Mexico,
&o., each with its own system of numbering
and also numbered consecutively in the sories.
Of these works there have been published vols.
1-7, 9-13,15,18-22, 27-29, 32, 33.
Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con-
gress, Powell.
Bannister (Henry Martyn). Vocabulary
of tho Malimoot, Kotzebue Sound.
Manuscript of 200 words, 10 11. 4°. In tho
library of tho Buroau of Ethnology.
Baptismal forms, Greenland. Seo Egedo (H.).
Barth (Johannes August). Pacis | anuis
MDCCCXIV et MDCCCXV j foederatis
armis restitutae | monumentum | orbiB
torrarum | do | fortuna reduce gaudia |
gentium linguis interpretans | princip-
ibns piis felicibns augustis | populisque
| victoribus liberatoribus liberatis |
dicatum. | [Engraving.] | Curanto | Jo-
lianne Augusto Barth. |
Vratislaviao [Breslau], | Typis Gras-
sii Barthii ot Comp. 1816.
Outside titlo reading: Monumontum Pacis,
1 1. titlo abovo verso blank 1 1. 49 other un-
numbered 11. folio.—An odo in tho languago of
Greenland (over tho name of J. Brodorsen),
491..
Barth (J. A.) — Continued.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, British Mu-
seum.
There is another edition, in 1818, with title
exactly similar to tho above, 81 11. large folio.
The Greenland ode occurs on the 73d 1. (British
Museum.)
Bartholinus (Caspar). Vocabula Grden-
landica collecta :i Casp. Bartholino, J.
U. D.
In Bartholinus (Thomas), Acta medica &
philosophica Hafniensia, vol. 2, pp. 71-77,
Ilafniaa, 1G75, sm. 4°.
Contains about 250 Greenland words, ar-
ranged alphabetically, two columns to thepago,
with Latin equivalents.
Barton (Benjamin Smith). New Views
| of the | Origin | of the | Tribes and
Nations | of | America. | By Benjamin
Smith Barton, M. D. | Correspondent-
Member [&c. 10 lines]. |
Philadelphia: | Printed for tho Au-
thor, | by John Bioren. | 1798.
1 p. 1. pp. i-eix, 1-133, 1-32, 8°.—Vocabulary
of the Greonlanders (from Cranz), and Eski-
maux words scattered through the compara-
tive vocabulary, which occupies pp. 1-132.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, 'Wisconsin Historical Socioty.
A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 107,
brought $8. Leclerc, 1878, No. 809, prices an
uncut copy at 40 fr. At tho Murphy sale,
catalogue No. 184, a half-morocco copy brought
$9.50.
Tho first edition, Philadelphia, 1797, does
not contain tho Greenland vocabulary, but does
include a few Eskimo words. (Congress.)
Bastian (Adolf). Ethnologie und ver-
gleichende Liuguistik.
In Zoitschrift fur Ethnologio, vol. 4 (1872),
pp. 137-162,211-231, Berlin, [n.d.J, 8°.
Contains examples in, and gramraatio com-
ments upon, a number of American languagos,
among them tho Tscliudi and Greenland, p. 157.
Bathurst Vocabulary. Seo Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Beck (John). [Translations into tho lan-
guage of Greenland.] *
“He translated tho ontiro Now Testament,
with several portions of the Old, into tho nativo
tongue; and only a year before his departure
[his death, which occurrod in 1777] assisted
brother Konigseer iu revising a version of tho
Harmony of tho Four Gospels.”—Cranz.
Beechey (Cayt. Frederic William). Nar-
rative | of a | Voyage to tho Pacific |
and | Beering’s Strait, j to co-operate
with | tho Polar Expeditions: | per
formed in | His Majesty’s Ship Blos-
som, | under tho command of | Captain


10
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TUB
Beechey (F. W.)—Continued.
F.W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R. S., F. Ii. A. S.,
and F. R. G. S. | In the years 1825, 26,
27, 28. | Published by authority of the
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
| In two parts. | Part I[-IIJ. |
London: | Henry Colburn and Rich-
ard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. |
MDCCCXXXI [1831].
2 vols. map, 4°.—Esquimaux names of ani-
mals, vol. 1, p. 299.—Vocabulary of words of tlio
western Esquimaux, vol. 2, pp. 619-627.
The introductory remarks say: 11 This vocab-
ulary contains a collection of words made by
Mr. Collie, Mr. Osmer, and myself.”
Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenreum,
British Museum, Congress.
A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 122,
brought $6.
----- Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa-
cific | and Beering’s Strait ] to co-oper-
ate with | the Polar Expeditions: | per-
formed in His Majesty’s Ship Blossom, |
under the command of | Captain F. W.
Beechey, R. N. | F. R. S., &c. | in the
yearB 1825,26,27,28. | Published by au-
thority of the Lords Commissioners of |
the Admiralty. | Anew edition. | In two
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. |
London: | Henry Colburn and Rich-
ard Bentley, | New Burlington Street. |
1831.
2 vols. maps, 8°.—Vocabulary of words of
the western Esquimaux, pp. 366-383.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Eames.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 4317, titles an edi-
tion: London, John Murray, 1831, 2 vols. 8°.
-----Narrative | of a | Voyage to the Pa-
cific | and Beering’s Strait, | to co-oper-
ate with | the Polar Expeditions: |
performed in | his Majesty’s Ship Blos-
som, | under the command of | Captain
F. W. Beechey, R. N. | F. R. S. &c. | in
the years 1825, 26, 27, 28. | Published by
authority of the Lords Commissioners |
of the Admiralty. |
Philadelphia: | Carey & Lea—Chest-
nut Street. | 1832.
Pp. i-vi, 11. pp. i-xi, 13-493, 8°.—Esquimaux
names of animals, pp. 255-256.
Copies seen: Boston Athenreum, British Mu-
seum, Congress.
A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 123,
brought $2.5Q, and one at the Murphy sale, cata-
logue No. 205, $1.75.
Sabin's Dictionary, No. 4348, titles a German
version: Weimar, 1832, 2 vols. 8°.
Behring Strait Numerals. Seo Baer (K. E. von).
Benediction, Hudson Bay. See Peck (E. J.).
Bergholtz (Gustaf Fredrik). The Lord’s
Prayer | in the | Principal Languages,
Dialectsand | Versions of the World, |
printed in | Typo and Vernaculars of
the | Different Nations, | compiled and
published by | G. F. Bergholtz. |
Chicago, Illinois. | 1884.
Pp. 1-200, 12°.— Tho Lord's Prayer in the
Esquimaux or Eskimo (Labrador and the
Whale Rivers, Hudson's Bay, British Amer-
ica), p. 69.—Lord’s Prayer in Greenland, p. 85.
Copies seen: Congress.
Bergmann (Gustav von). Das Gebetli
des Herrn | oder | Vaterunsersamm-
lung | in hundert zwey und fiinfzig
Sprachen. | Ilerausgegebcn | von |
Gustav von Bergmann | Prediger zu
Ruien in Li viand. | [Design.] |
Gedruckt zu Ruien 1789.
Title and 6 other p. 11. pp. 1-58, 4 11. 16°.—
Lord’s Prayer in Greenland, p. 6.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Bertlielsen (R.) See Kaladlit Okallnk-
tualliait.
Beyer (John Frederic). Gronland-Ger-
man | Dictionar | By | John Frederic
Beyer. | New Herrnhuth | Greenland |
Apr. 16 1750. *
Manuscript, 163 pp. 64x8J in. in size, averag-
ing 32 words, with definitions, to the page.
No preface or introduction. Preserved in the
Moravian archives at Bethlehem, Pa. This
description was kindly procured for me by Mr.
John W. Jordan, of the Pennsylvania Histor-
ical Society, Philadelphia.
Bibelib | pivianarninga, saimanarnin-
galo. | [Picture of Bible.] |
[Druct von J. B. Steinkopf in Stutt-
gart. ] 1851.
Literal translation: Tho Bible | its precious-
ness and its consolation.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Tract in the language
of tho Eskimo of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Bibelimit njarsimmassut. See Stenberg
(K. J. O.).
Bibelingoak imaldnet: Gudim. Seo Fa-
bricius (O.).
Bibelingoak Merdlainnut imaloneet.
See Fabricius (O.).
Bible: Greenland. Seo Testamonteto- kak.
O’.d Testament Greenland. Beck (J.),
(in part), Old Testament Greenland. Brodersen (J.)
(in part), Pentateuch, Labrador. Mososil.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
11
Bible — Continued.
Genesis, Greenland. Seo Fabricius (0.).
Genesis, Labrador. Mosesib.
Exodus, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Exodus, Labrador. Four Books.
Leviticus, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Leviticus, Labrador. Four Books.
Numbers, Labrador. Four Books.
Deuteronomy, Labrador. Four Books.
Joshua, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Joshua, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Judges, Greenland. Kragh (I’.).
Judges, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Ruth, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Ruth, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Samuel I-II, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Samuel I-II, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Kings I-II, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Kings I-II, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Chronicles, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Ezra, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Ezra, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Nehemiah, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Nehemiah, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Esther, Greenland. Kragh (P.).
Esther, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Job, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Psalms, Greenland. Brun (R.),
Psalms, Greenland. Egede (Paul),
Psalms, Greenland. Egede (Peter),
Psalms, Greenland. Fabricius (0.),
Psalms, Greenland. Jdrensen (T.),
Psalms, Greenland. Kjer (K.),
Psalms, Greenland. Kristumiutut,
Psalms, Greenland. Muller (V.),
Psalms, Greenland. Wolf (N. G.).
Psalms, Labrador. Davidib,
Psalms, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Proverbs, Greenland. Wolf (N. G.).
Proyorbs, Labrador. Erdmann (F.),
Proverbs, Labrador. Salomonib.
Ecclesiastes, Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Song of Solo- Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
mon,
Isaiah,
Tsaiali,
Isaiah,
Jeremiah,
Ezekiel,
Daniel,
Daniel,
Greenland.
Greenland.
Labrador.
Labrador.
Labrador.
Greenland.
Labrador.
Minor prophets, Greenland.
Minor prophots, Labrador.
Apocrypha (pt.), Greenland.
New Testament, Greenland.
New Testament, Greenland.
New Testament, Greenland.
NewTostament, Greenland.
New Testament, Greenland.
New Testament, Labrador.
Four Gospels, Greenland.
Four Gospels, Greenland.
Brodersen (J.),
Wolf (N. G.).
Prophetib.
Salomonib.
Salomonib.
Kragh (P.).
Salomonib.
Kragh (P.).
Salomonib.
Kragh (P.).
Beck (J.),
Egedo (Paul),
Fabricius (O.),
Kleinschmidt
(J. C.),
Testamente-
tak terssa.
Testamen te-
tak tamedsa.
Egede (Paul),
Gospels.
Bible — Continued.
Four Gospels, Labrador. See Burghardt (C. •p \
Four Gospels, Labrador. Tamedsa Mat-
Four Gospels, Labrador. tliaensib, Test-ament 1*
Matthew, Aleut. tak tammdsa Tislmoff (E.),
Matthew, Aleut. Veniamiuotf
Matthew (pt.), Greenland. (J.) and Notz- vietoff (J.). Warden (D.B.).
Matthew (pt.), Labrador. Warden (D.B.).
Luke, Greenland. A postelit.
Luke, Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.).
John (part), Eskimo. Church.
John (part), Greenland. American Bi-
John (part), Greenland. ble Society, Apostelit,
John (part), Greenland. Bagster (J.),
John (part), Greenland. Biblo Society,
John (part), Greenland. British and
John (part), Greenland. Foreign Bi- ble Society, Warden (D.B.).
John (part), Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J ).
John (part), Labrador. American Bi-
John (part), Labrador. ble Society, Bagster (J.),
John (part), Labrador. Bible Society,
John (part), Labrador. British and
John, Labrador. Foreign Bi- blo Society, Kohlmeistor
John (part), Labrador. (G. B.), Warden (D.B.).
Acts, Labrador. Acts,
Acts, Labrador. Apostelit,
Acts, Labrador. Testamonti-
Epistles, Greenland. tak tamredsa. Apostolit,
Epistles, Greenland. Gospels.
Epistle*, Labrador. Acts,
Epistles, Labrador. Epistles.
Epistlo, Ro- Hudson Bay. Pock (E. J.),
mans (pt), Epistles, Corin- Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.),
thians (pt.), Epistles, John Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J ).
(l't-), Revelation, Greenland. Apostelit.
Revelation, Hudson Bay. Pock (E J.).
Revelation, Labrador. Acts.
Bible (small), Greenland. Seo Fabricius (0.).
Bible lessons:
Greenland. Soo Fabricios (0.),
Kaumaisok,
Kjer (K.),
Kragh (P.),
Jesusib,
Nalekab,
Tamcrssa.
Labrador. Jerusalemib,
Josuse,


12
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Bible lessons—Continued.
Labrador. See Kaumajok,
Nalekam,
Nalungiak,
Naughtawkkoa,
Nauk taipkoa,
Nukakpiak,
N ukakpiarktek,
Tamedsa Gudib,
Tussa.jungnik,
Ussornakaut.
Bible Society. Specimen verses | in 164
| Languages and Dialects | in which
the | Holy Scriptures | have been
printed and circulated by the | Bible
Society. | [Design, and one lino quo-
tation.] |
Bible House, | Corner Walnut and
Seventh Streets. Philadelphia. [1876?]
Printed covers, pp. 3-46, 18°.—St. John iii,
1G, in the language of Greenland and of the
Esquimaux, p. 36.
Copies seen: Eames, Pilling, Powell.
---- Specimen verses | in 215 | languages
and dialects in which the | Holy Script-
ures | have been printed and circulated
by the | Bible Society. | [Design, and
one line quotation.] |
Bible House, | Corner Walnut and
Seventh Streets, | Philadelphia. |
Craig, Finley & Co., Pre., 1020 Arch
St. | [n.d.]
Printed covers, pp. 1-48, 16°.— St. John iii,
16, in tho Eskimo of Labrador and of Green-
land, p. 26.
Copies seen: Eames, Powell.
Some copies of this edition have printed
cover, the title being printed in type differing
from the above, and the line beginning with
the word Craig is omitted. (Eames, Powell.)
Bible stories:
Greenland. Seo Eabricius (0.),
Gutip,
Kragh (P.),
Mentzel (—),
Okautsit,
Sen f kornesutdpok,
Stfinberg (If. J. O.),
Steenholdt (W. F.),
Tamerssa,
Tastamentitorkamik.
Labrador. Okperncrmik.
Pillitikset,
Pi ngortitsinerm i k,
Sonfkornetun-ipok,
Unipkautsit.
Boas (Dr. Franz). [Tales and songs of
the Ok'omiut and AKudnirmiut, the Es-
kimo of Cumberland Sound and Davis
Strait; collected by Dr. Franz Boas. ] *
Boas (F.) — Continued.
Manuscript; recorded in blank books. Infor-
mation from the author. Contents as follows:
I. Old tales.
1. YjimarasukdjuKdjuaK.
2. Sednalo Kaicodlulo (Sedna and the molli-
moke).
3. Ytitaija (tale and song).
4. Origin of the white men (tale and song).
5. UniKartua (old story).
6. Arnalukalo Kaggim innualo (tho woman
and the spirit of tlie sing house).
7-12. Short tales.
13. Grandmother and grandchild.
14. Tigang.
II. Old songs.
1. Song of the Innuit traveling to Lake Not-
tilling.
2. Song.of a man who watches the seal at its
hole.
3. Mocking the TorgnaK.
4-7. Songs of the Fornit.
8. Old song in the language of the Angokut.
9. Song of Kodlu’s sister.
10. Terrieniarlo arnalukalo (fox and woman).
11. KandjuKdjuam nulianga (song of tho
Kaud juKdjtiak’s wife).
12. Tulugam pissinga (song of tho raven).
13. Avignakulum pissinga (song of tho lem-
ming).
14. TerrieniaK (song of tho fox).
15. Netti K (song of the seal).
16. Tho young man who was lost in his KajaK.
17. Song of a man who had lost his way home.
18. Fissile (song).
19-21. YglukitaKtung (playing at ball).
22. Arlum pissinga (song of tho killer).
23. Suluitung.
24. Adlam pissinga (song of tho adla).
25. Kallopallir.g.
26. Song of the sun.
III. Fables.
1. Avignarlo tcrrieniarlo (lemming and fox).
2. Tulugarlo nau.jalo (raven and gull).
3. Opikdjuarlo avignakululo (owl and lem-
ming).
4. Opikdjuarlo Kopornuarlo (owl and snow-
bird).
5. Opikdjuarlo tulugarlo (owl and raven).
TV. New songs.
1. Beauties of summer.
2. Journey to Pileing.
3. The returning hunter. •
4. Tho desperato hunter.
5. Song of a man who went adiift on tho ice.
6. Kidloaping’s song.
This material was collected by Dr. Boas in
1883-’84. A copy was sent to Dr. Kink, of Chi is-
tiania, Norway, and tho original retained by
tho author. -
In addition to tho above, Dr. Boas informs mo
that ho has collected a vocabulary of perhaps
a thousand words and some slight account of
tho grammar of the language. Soo Rink (II. J.).


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
13
Bock (Carl Wilhelm). Analysis Verbi |
oiler | Naclnveisung der Entstehung |
dor | Formen des Zeitwortes | fur | Per-
son, Tempus, Modus, Activum, Me-
dium und Passivurn; | uamentlich im |
Griecliischen, Sanskrit, Lateinisclien |
und Tiirkischen ; | von | Carl Wilhelm
Bock, | Prediger zu Bergholz bci Lock-
nitz. |
Berlin. | A. Asher & Comp. | 1844.
Pp. i-viii, 1-172, 8°.—Grduliindische Sprache,
p. 34.
Copies seen: British Museum.
-----Erkliiruog | des B lues | der beriilnn-
testen und inerkwiirdigsten iilteren und
| ncueren Sprachen | Europa’s, Asien’s,
Afrika’s, Amerika’s | und der Siidsee-
Iuslen | von | C. W. Bock. |
Berlin. | Verlag der Plahn’scheu
Buchhandlung (Ilenri Sauvagc). |
1853.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. v-vi, 1-98, folding diagrams,
8°. Followed by: Analysis Verbi | odor | Er-
kliirung des Baues | iiltorer und neuerer
Spraclien | aller Erdtheile.
1 p. 1. pp. v-viii, 1-172, 1-21, 8°.— Grouliin-
discho Sprache, pp. 34, 81,167.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, British
Museum, Congress.
[Bodoni (Jean-Baptiste), editor.] Ora-
tio | Dominica | in | CLV. Lingvas |
versa | et | Exoticis Characteribvs |
plervmqve expressa. |
Parmae | Typis Bodonianis | MDCCC VI
[1806].
3 p. 11. pp. i-ccxlix, folio.—Pars Quarta, Lin-
guas Americauas complectens: Groonlaudice
(ex Evang. Groenl. Hafnite edito), p. ccxvii.
Copies seen: British Museum, Lenox, Wat-
kiuson.
An “ uncut, flno, clean copy,” at the Fischer
sale, catalogue No. 1272, brought 3s. Gil.
[Boggild (O.). Simonimik Syrenimiumik
.. . O. Boggild.
Nfingme, 1876.]
48 pp. 8°.—Bible story, Simon the Cyronian,
in the Eskimo of Greenland.—llink.
[Bompas (At. Rev. William Carpenter).]
Western Esquimaux Primer.
Colophon : London: Gilbert & liiv-
ington, Whitefriars Street, and St.
John’s Square.
No title-page; pp. 1-23, 12°. Grammar les-
sons, prayers, hymns, and vocabulary, in double
columns, English and Eskimo, alphabetically
arranged according to the English words. I
am informed by Archdeacon Kirkby that Mr.
Bompas is tho author.
Bompas (W. C.) — Continued.
Copies seen: Powell, Society tor the Promo
tion of Christian Knowledge.
Boston Athenaeum: These words following a
title indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by the compiler in that library,
Boston, Mass.
Boston Public: These words following a title
indicate that a copy of tho work referred to
was seen by tho compiler in that library, Bos-
ton, Mass.
[Bourquin (Theodor).] Apersfttit kigut-
sillo | unipkautsinufc aglaugne | hailigi-
nctuuut | apostelillo | kingoniganuo
pijoKalaurtunut | illingajut. | Illauti-
tanmajoKarivoK oKautsit tussarngartat
| suuatuiuait tukkingita nellonarungn-
aertitauui- | ugannik. | Biblische | und
kirchengescbiclitliclie | fragen und
autworteu | sowie | erklarung ver-
schiedener fremdworter; | gedruckt auf
kosten der S. F. G. in London. |
[G. Winterib Stolpenometub nenil-
airrtangit. ] 1872.
Literal translation: Questions and Answers
| [relating] to the stories in writing | holy(?) |
and the apostles’ | afterwards their histories (?)
| made so. | It explains words strange | various
their seuso. | G. Winter’s Stolpen printing
press. | 1872.
Title 1 1. preface 1 1. vorwort, signed by
Bourquin, pp. i-xiii, text pp. 1-99, reverse of
p. 99 Berichtignng, 16°.
A catechism of Bible history in the language
of Labrador.
In his preliminary remarks the author asks
for criticisms on his work, in order that im-
provements may bo made in a subsequent
edition.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured from the Unitats-Buch-
haudlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 30 pf.
---- [Esquimau Grammar.]
“At tho present timo [1885] Theodore Bour-
quin is preparing an Esquimau Grammar which
will be published in 1886 or 1887.”—lieiehelt.
Bourquin is superintendent of tho Moravian
Missions in Labrador.
Brandt (R. J.). Seo Kragli (P-).
Brinley: This word following a title indicates that
a copy of tho work referred to was seen by tho
compiler at tho sale of books belonging to the
late George Brinley, of Hartford, Conn.
Brinton: This word following a title indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by tho compiler in tho library of Dr. D. G.
Brinton, Media, Pa.
Bristol Bay Vocabulary. See Johnson (J.W.),
Vocabularies.


14
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
British and Foreign Bible Society: These words
following a title indicate that a copy of the
work referred to was seen by the compiler in
the library of that institution, London, Eng-
land.
British and Foreign Bible Society. Speci-
mens of some of the languages and
dialects | in which | The British and
Foreign Bible Society | has printed or
circulated | the Holy Scriptures. |
Colophon: Loudon: Printed by
Messrs. Gilbert & Rivington, for the
British and Foreign Bible Society,
Queen Victoria Street, E. C., where all
information concerning the society’s
work may be obtained, [n.d.]
1 sheet, large folio, 28x38 inches, 6 columns.—
Contains St. John iii, 16, in Greenland, No. 126,
and in Esquimaux [of Labrador], No. 127.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell.
---- Specimens | of some of the | lan-
guages and dialects j in which the |
British and Foreign Bible Society | has
printed and circulated the Holy Script-
ures. | [Picture.] |
No. 10, Earl Street, Blackfriars, Lon-
don. | Printed by W. M. Watts, Crown
Court, Temple Bar, London, | from
types principally prepared at his
foundry. | [1865?]
Pp. 1-16, 8°.—Contains Acts ii, 8, in Green-
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 15.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Powell.
---- Specimens | of some of the | lan-
guages and dialects | in which the |
British and Foreign Bible Society | has
printed and circulated the Holy Script-
ures. | [Picture, and one line.] |
London. | 1868. | Printed by W. M.
Watts, 80, Gray’s-Inn Road, from types |
principally prepared at his foundry.
Pp. 1-16, 18°.—Contains Acts ii, 8, in Green-
land and Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 15.
Though agreeing in most respects with the
[1865] edition, this is not from the same plates.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Powell.
---- St. John iii. 16 | in some of the |
languages and dialects | in which the
| British & Foreign Bible Society |
has printed or circulated the Holy
Scriptures. | [Picture, and one line quo-
tation.] |
London: I Printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &
British and Foreign — Continued.
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E.
C. | 1875.
Pp. 1-30, 1 1.1 6°.—Contains St. John iii, 16, in
Greenland and Esq uimaux [of Labrador], p. 29.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, P owell.
Some copies are date d 1868. (*)
----- St. John III. 16 | in some of the |
languages and dialects | in which the
| British and Foreign I Bible Society |
has printed and circulated | the Holy
Scriptures. |
London: | British and Foreign Bible
Society, Queen Victoria Street. | Phila-
delphia Bible Society, cor. Walnut and
Seventh Sts , | Philadelphia. | [n.d.]
Printed title on cover, pp. 3-30, 12°.—Con-
tains St. John iii, 16, in the Greenland and
Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 29.
Copies seen: Eames, Powell.
-----St. John iii. 16 | in most of the | lan-
guages and dialects | in which the |
British & Forei gn Bible Society | has
printed or circulated the Holy Script-
ures. | [Design, and one line quotation.]
| Enlarged edition. |
London: | Printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &
Rivington, 52, St. John’s Square, E. C.
| 1878.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-50, 1 6°.— St. John iii, 16, Eskimo
[of Labrador], and Greenland, p. 20.
Copies seen: A m erican Bible Society, Powell
----- St. John iii. 16 | in most of the |
languages and dialects | in which the |
British & Foreign Bible Society [ has
printed or circulated the Holy Script-
ures. | [Design, and one line quota-
tion.] | Enlarged edition. |
Loudon: | Printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | By Gilbert &
Riviugton, 52, St. John’s Square, E.
C. | 1882.
1 p. 1. pp. 1—48, 1 1. 16°. —St. John iii, 16, in
Eskimo [of Labrador] and Greenland, p. 26.
Co2>ie8 seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, British Museum, Pilling, Powell.
•--Ev. St. Job. iii. 16. | in den moisten
der | Spracheu und Dialecte in welchen
die | Britische und Ausliindischo Bibel-
gesellschaft | die lieilige Schrift druckt
und verbreitet. | [Design, and one line
quotation.] | Vermehrte Auflage. |
London: | Britische und Auslandische
Bibelgescllschaft, | 146 Queen Victoria
| Street, E. C. | 1885.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
15
British and Foreign—Continued.
Printed cover as above, pp. 1-68, 3 11. 16°.—
St. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in Green-
land, p. 25.
Copies seen: Powell.
----Ena.nr.On. Ioanna, rj.3iiCT.16. | O6pa3qi>i |
nepeBo40BbCBHineniiaro nnrani>i,| H34ixi> |
Bc.niKoOpirraiiciiiiMb n Hiiocrpaiinbnrb | GuG.ie-
iicKiiM bodmcC’rBOM'b. j [Design, and one lino
quotation.] |
Ilenaiano 4.1a OpinancKaio 11 iniocrpaiHaio
6n6.ieiicKaro | ofimeciBa, | y rn.n.oepra 11 P11-
nnnrrona (Limited), 52, Ct. 4 .101140111, | 1885.
Literal translation: The gospel by John, 3d
chapter, 16th verse. | Samples | of the transla-
tions of the holy scripture, | published [ by the
British and Foreign Bible Society. | ‘ God’s
word endureth forever” | Printed for the Brit-
ish and Foreign Bible | Society | at Gilbert and
Rivington’s (Limited) St. John’s Square, Lon-
don, | 1885.
No inside title, printed cover in Russian as
above, reverse quotation and notes, pp. 5-68,
11. 16°.—St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo [of Labra-
dor] and Greenland, p. 36 (Nos. 105 and 106).
Copies seen: Powell.
----St. Jean III. 16, &c. | Specimens |
de la traduction de co passage dans la
plupart | des laugues et dialectes | dans
lesquels la | Soci6t6 Biblique Britan-
iiique et Etrangbre | a imprime ou mis
eu circulation les saintes Ventures. j
[Design, and one line quotation.] |
Londres: [ Soci6t6 Biblique Britan-
nique ct Etrangbre, 1146, Queen Victoria
Street, E. C. | 1885.
Title on outside cover as above, pp. 1-68, 2 11.
16°.—St. John iii, 16, in Esquimaux, p. 20; in
Greenland, p. 25.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell.
----St. John iii. 16, &c. | in most of the |
languages and dialects | in which tho |
British and Foreign Bible Society | has
printed or circulated tho Holy Script-
ures. | [Design, and one line quota-
tion.] | Enlarged edition. |
London: | Tho British and Foreign
Bible Society, | 146, Queen Victoria
Street, London, E. C. | 1885.
Printed cover, pp. 1-68, 2 11. 16°.—St. John
iii, 16, in Esquimaux [of Labrador], p. 20; in
Greenland, p. 25.
In this edition the “ specimens ” are arranged
alphabetically instead of geographically.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, Powell.
British Museum : These words following a title
indicate that a copy of the work referred to was
seen by the compiler in the library of the Brit-
ish Museum, London, England.
Brodersen (Jaspar). [An ode in the lan-
guage of Greenland.]
In Barth (J. A.), Pacis annis MDCCCXIV
et MDCCCXV, &c. 1. 19. Vratislavim [Bres-
lau], [1816], folio.
Reprinted in another edition of Barth's work,
with title similar to above, Vratislaviae, [1818],
81 11., large folio, the ode occurring on the 73d
1. (British Museum.)
----[Translations into the Greenland
language.] *
“Brother Konigseer, departing this life in
178G, was succeeded in his office as superintend-
ent of the mission by Brother Jaspar Broder-
sen, a student of theology, who had already
lived several years in the country. * * *
Being firmly persuaded that the best service
he could render to his flock would bo to extend
their acquaintance with the inspired volume,
ho employed his leisure hours in translating
select portions of the historical part of the Old
Testament and of the prophecies of Isaiah.
Besides this he compiled a new collection of
hymns for the use of the Greenlanders, and,
having brought a small printing-press with
him from Europe, he struck off a few copies for
immediate circulation till a larger impression
could be printed in Germany. * * * A severe
fit of illness in April, 1792, * * * caused his
return to Europe with his family in 1794.”—
Cranz.
Brown: This word following a title indicates that
a copy of tho work referred to was seen by the
compiler iu the library of the late John Carter
Brown, Providence, R.I.
Brown (Dr. Robert). On the History and
Geographical Relations of the Cetacea
frequenting Davis Strait and Baffin’s
Bay.
In Royal Society [of Loudon], Manual of the
Nat. Hist. Geol. and Physics of Greenland,
&c. pp. 69-93, London, 1875, 8°.
Greenland and Eskimo (of western shores of
Davis Strait) names for whales, pp. 70, 91.
Reprinted from tho Zoiil. Soc. Proc., No. 35,
pp. 533-556. *
Brun or Bruun (Rasmus). [Gr0nlandst
Psalmebog. *
Kiobh. 1761.]
Title from Nyerup’s Dansk-norsk Littoratur-
lexicon, vol. 1, p. 98.
Bryant (—). Table to shew the Affinity
between tho Languages spoken at
Oonalashka and Norton Sound, and
those of the Greenlanders and Esqui-
maux.


16
BIBLIOGRAPHY 01-' THE
Bryant — Continued.
In Cook (J.) and King (I.), Voyage to tho
Pacific Ocean, vol. 3, pp. 552-553, London, 1781,
4°.
Contains vocabularies of Oonalashka, Nor-
ton Sound, Greenland (from Cranz), and Es-
quimaux.
These vocabularies are reprinted iu the fol-
lowing editions of Cook and King’s Voyages:
London, Nicol, 1784, 3 vols. 4°. Linguistics,
vol. 3, pp. 554-555.
Dublin, Chaiuberlaiue, 1784, 3 vols. 8°. Lin-
guistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-555.
The second edition: London, Nicol, 1785, 3
vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 3, pp. 554-555.
Paris, 1785,4 vols. 1°. Linguistics, vol. 4, pp.
538-539.
Paris, 1785, 4 vols. 4°. Linguistics, vol. 4, ap-
pendix, pp. 99-1C0.
Perth, Munson & Son, 1785- ?, 4 vols. 16°.
Perth, Munson & Son, 1787, 4 vols. 10°.
There is an edition in Russian, St. Peters-
burg, 1805-1810, which I have not seen; and
one, Philadelphia, De Silver, which contains
no linguistics.
The voyages reprinted iu Kerr (II.), General
History and Collection of Voyages, vol. 15, pp.
114-514, vol. 10, and vol. 17, pp. 1-311. The
linguistics occur in vol. 16, pp. 310-311.
Extracts from the work occur in Pinkerton
and Pelham, but they contain no linguistics.
Tho vocabularies are reprinted also in Voy-
ages of Capt. James Cook, vol. 2, pp. 553-554,
London, 1842, 8° (*), and in Fry (E.), I’antog-
rapliy, London, 1799, 8°.
Bureau of Ethnology: These words following a
title indicate that a copy of the work referred
to was seen by tho compiler in the library of
the Bureau of Ethnology, Washington, D. C.
[Burghardt (I?ev. C. F.).] The | Gospels
| according to | St. Matthew, St.
Mark, St. Luke, | and | St. John, |
translated into the language | of | the
Esquimaux Indians, | on the coast of |
Labrador; | by the | Missionaries | of
the | Unitas Fratruin; or, United
Brethren. | residing | at Nain, Okkak,
and Hopedale. | Printed | For the use of
the Mission, | by | The British and For-
eign Bible Society. |
London: | Printed by W. M’Dowall,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1813.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-410, 12°. The work does not
contain the Gospel of John. Ono thousand
copies printed for tho British and Foreign
Bible Society, to correspond with tho Gospel
of St. John, with which it was intended to bo
bound.
Copies seen: American Bible Society, Astor,
Congress, Powell, Trumbull.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2232, at 20 fr.
The Brinley copy, catalogue No. 5641, brought
Burghardt (C. F.) — Continued.
$5.25; the Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2914*,
$3.50; and a copy is priced by Quaritch, cata-
logue No. 30046, at 3s. 6d.
Tho Report of the British ; nd Foreign
Bible Society, vol. 1, gives the title: The Four
Gospels iu Esquimaux. British and Foreign
Bible Society, 1811 & 1813. Bagstcr’s Bible
of Every Land says John was published in
1810, tho remaining three in 1813. See Kohl-
meister (B. G.) for tho former.
Buschmann (Johann Carl Eduard). Uber
den Naturlaut. Von Ilrn. Buschmann.
In Koniglicho Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Abhandlungeu aus dem Jahre 1852, pt. 3, pp.
391-423, Berlin, 1853, 4°.
Contains a few words of Kadjak, Eskimo,
Grdnliindiscli, and Inklik.
Issued separately as follow-s:
---- Uber | den | Naturlaut, | von | Job.
Carl Ed. Buschmann. |
Berlin, | In Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags-
Buchhandlung. | 1853. | Gedruckt in
der Druckerei der kbniglichen Akade-
mie I der Wissenschaften.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-34, 4°.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum.
Translated and reprinted as follows:
---- “On Natural Sounds,” by Professor
J. C. E. Buschmann. Translated by
Campbell Clarke, Esq., from the Ab-
handlungen Kbniglichen Akademie der
Wissenschaften zu Berlin, aus dem
Jahre 1852.
In Philological Society' [of London?], vol.
6, pp. 188-206. [London, 1855], 8°.
---- Der athapaskische Spracbstamm,
dargestellt von Ilrn. Buschmann.
In Kiinigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Abliandlungen aus dem JaLre 1855, pp. 144-319,
Berlin, 1856, 4°.
Comparative vocabularies of a number of
languages occur on pp. 242-313, among them
the Ugalenzen, Iukalik, Inkalit, and Kol-
tsclianen.
Separately issued as follows:
---- Der | athapaskischo Spraclistamni |
dargestellt | von | Job. Carl Ed. Busch-
mann. | Aus den Abhandlungen der
Kbnigl. Akadeinie der Wissenschaften |
zn Berlin 1855. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei
der kbnigl. Akademie | der Wissen-
schaften | 1856. | In Commission bei
F. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung.
Printed cover 1 1. pp. 149-320, 4°.
Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, British Mu-
seum, Trumbull.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
17
Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued.
Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 639, prices it at
6s.; the Fischer copy, catalogue No. 273, brought
Us.; the Squier copy, catalogue No. 142, $1.13;
priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2050, at 10 fr.; the
Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2850, brought $2;
priced by Quaritch, No. 30031, at Is. Gd.
----Die Pima-Spraclie und die Sprache
der Koloschen, dargestellt von Hrn.
Buschmann.
In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Abhandluugen, aus dem Jalire 1856, pt. 3, pp.
321-432, Berlin, 1857, 4°.
A short comparative vocabulary of the Ko-
losch and Eskimo, p. 389.
Separately issued as follows :
----.Die Pima-Sprache | und | die Sprache
der Koloschen | dargestellt | von | Job.
Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus den Ab-
handluugen der Konigl. Akademie der
Wissenschafteu | zu Berlin aus dem
Jah re 1856. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei
der Konigl. Akademie | der Wissen-
schaften | 1857. | In Commission hei F.
Dilmmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung.
1 p. 1. pp. 321-432.
Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, Trum-
bull.
At the Fischer sale, a copy, catalogue No.
274, brought 6s.; pi iced by Leclerc, 1878, No.
2053, at 10 fr. and by Triibner, 1882, No. 122, at
4s. 6d.
----Die Volker und Sprachen Neu-Mexi-
ko’s und der Westseite des britischen
Nordamerika’s, dargestellt von Urn.
Buschmann.
In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss'. zu Berlin,
Abliandlungen, aus dem Jahrel857, pp. 209-414,
Berlin, 1858, 4°.
Numerals of l’rinco William's Sound, p. 326.—
A few words of Nutka and Eskimo, p. 367.
Separately issued as follows:
---- Die Volker und Sprachen | Neu-
Mexico’s | uud | der Westseite | des |
Britischen Nordamerika’s | dargestellt |
von | Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. | Aus
den Abhandlungen der Konigl. Akade-
mie der Wissenschaften | zu Berlin
1857. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Bucbdruck-
erei der Konigl. Akademie | derWissen-
sebaften | 1858. | In Commission bei E.
Diimmler’s Verlags-Buchhandlung.
Printed cover, title 11. pp. 209-414, 4°.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Trumbull,
Watkinson.
ESK-------2
Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued.
The copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No.
270, brought 14s.; at the Field sale, catalogue
No. 235, 75 cents; priced by Leclerc, 1878, No.
3012, at 12 fr. and by Trubner, 1882, at 15s.
----Die Spuren der aztekischen Sprache
im nordlichen Mexico und hoheren
amenkanischen Norden. Zugleich eiue
Musterung der Volker und Sprachen des
nordlichen Mexico’s und der Westseite
Nordamerika’s von Guadalaxara an bis
zumEismeer. Von Job. Carl Ed. Busch-
mann.
In Kbnigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jahre 1854, Zweiter
Supp-.Band, pp. 1-819 (forms the whole volume),
Berlin, 1859, 4°.
Comparison of terms of the Jakutat and
Ugalenzcn, p. 683.—Comparison of terms of the
Ugaljachmutzi and Aztek, pp. 684-685.—Vo-
cabulary of the Ugalenzen (from Resanoff and
Wrangell), pp. 688-689.— Comparison of the lan-
guage of Prince William Sound (from Port-
lock) with the Tschugatschen (from Wran-
gell),p. 693.—Comparison of the Tschugatschen
(from Wrangell) with the Kadjak (from Wran-
gell) and the Innuit of Kotzebue Sound, pp.
693-694.—Comparison of the dialects of Stuart,
Nuniwok, and Tscliuakak Islands with Eskimo
dialects, pp. 703,704.—Vocabulary ofthe Iukilik
(from Sagoskin aud Wassiljew), pp. 707, 708.—
Vocabulary of the Inkalit-Jug-eljnut (from Sa-
goskin), p. 708.
Separately issued as follows:
----Die | Spuren deraztekischen Sprache
| im nordlichen Mexico | und hoheren
amerikanischen Norden. | Zugleich |
cine Musterung der Volker und Spra-
chen | des nordlichen Mexico’s | und
der Westseite Nordamerika’s | von Gua-
dalaxara an bis zum Eismeer. | Von
Job. Carl Ed. Buschmann. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Buchdruck-
erei der Konigl. Akademie | der Wis-
senschaften. | 1859.
1 p. 1. pp. vii-xii, 1-819, 4°.
Copies seen: Astor, Brinton, Maisonneuve,
Quaritch, Trumbull.
Published at 20 marks. Au uncut half-mo-
rocco copy was sold at the Fischer sale, cata-
logue No. 269, to Quaritch for £2 11s ; the lat-
ter prices 2 copies, catalogue No. 12552, one at
£2 2s. the other at £2 10s.; the Pinart copy,
catalogue No. 178, brought 9 fr.; Koehler, cat-
alogue No. 440, prices it at 13 M. 50 pf.; priced
by Quaritch, No. 30037, at £2.
---- Systcmatisclie Worttafel des atlia-
paskischcn Sprachstamms, aufgestellt
uud erliiutert von Hrn. Buschmann.
(Dritte Abtheilung des Apache.)


18
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Buschmann (J. C. E.)—Continued.
In Kbnigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Abhandlungen, aus dem Jalire 1859, pt. 3, pp.
501-586, Berlin, I860, 4°.
Comparative vocabulary of a number of lan-
guages, pp. 546-586, among them the Inkilik,
Inkalit Kinai, Ugalenzen oder Ugalachmjut.
Issued separately as follows:
---- Systematische Worttafel | des atlia-
paskischen Spraclistamms, | aufgestellt
und erliiutert | von | Joli. Carl Ed.
Buschmann. | Dritte Abtheilung des
Apache. | Aus den Abliandlungon der
Konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Berlin 1859. |
Berlin. | Gedruckt in der Druckerei
der Konigl. Akademie | der Wisson-
schaften. | 1860. | In Commission von
F. Diimmler’s Verlags-Buclibandlung.
1 p. 1. pp. 501-586, 4°.
Copies seen: Astor, Trumbull, Watkinson.
Published at 7 M. 80 pf.; a copy at the Fischer
sale, catalogue No. 277, brought 13s.; priced in
the Trifbner catalogue of 1882 at 3s.
----Verwandtschaft der Kinai-Idiome
des russischen Nordamerika’s mit dem
grossen athapaskischen Spracbstamme.
Buschmann (J. C. E.) — Continued.
In Konigliche Akad. der Wiss. zu Berlin,
Bericht aus dem Jahre 1854, pp. 231-236, Berlin,
[u.d.J, 8°.
Comparative vocabulary of tho Kenai-Spra-
clien (Kenai, Atnali, Koltscbanen, Inkilek,
Inkalit, and Ugalenzen), with the Athapas-
kische-Sprachen (Chepewyan, Tahkoli, Ku-
tchin, Sussce, Dogrib, Tlatskanai, and Ump-
qua), facos p. 236.
Buynitzky (Stephen Nestor). English-
Aleutian | Vocabulary. | Prepared by |
Stephen N. Buynitzky. | Published by
the Alaska Commercial Company. |
San Francisco: | “Alta California”
Book and Job Printing House. | No 529
California street. | 1871.
I’p. i-iv, 5-13, 8°.—Preface, containing grarn-
matic remarks and rulos, pp. iii-iv.—Vocabu-
lary, English and Aleutian, in parallel columns,
arranged alphabetically by English words, pp.
5-11.—Numerals 1-21, 30, 40, &c., 100, 200, &o.
1,000, 10,000, 100,000, pp. 12-13.
Copies of this little work have become very
scarce; I have seen but one, that belonging
to Major J. W. Powell, and know of but two
others.
c.
[Calendar in Greenland-Eskimo, for the
year 1880.
Nungme, nakitigkat, L. Miller.]
[n. d.]
1 sheet folio.
Copies seen: Congress.
Campbell {Rev. John). On the origin of
some American Iudian Tribes. By John
Campbell. [Second article.]
In Montreal Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc. vol. 9, pp.
193-212, Montreal, 1879, 8°.
Aleutian, Kadiak, and Unalashka words
compared with those of the peninsula, pp. 2 .4-
205. —Kadiak and Aleutian words compared
with Dacotah, 205-206.— Kadiak and Aleutian
words compared with Wyandot-Iroquois, p.
206. —Kadiak and Aloutiau words compared
with Cherokee-Choctaw, p. 207.
Canticles, Greenland. See Tuksiautit.
Catalogue | de | livres rares | et pr6-
cieux | manuscrits et imprimis | prin-
cipalement sur 1’AmtSrique | et sur les
languesdu monde eutier | composantla
bibliothbque de | M. Alph.-L. Piuart |
et comprenant en totality la biblio-
thbque Mexico-Guat6malienne de | M.
l’Abb6 Brasseur de Bourbourg |
Paris | Vvo Adolphe Labitte | li-
brairedo la Bibliothbque Natioualo | 4,
rue de Lille, 4 | 1883
Greenland.
Catalogue — Con ti lined.
Outside title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-248, 8°.—Con-
tains titles of a number of works in Eskimo,
of some of which I have seen no mention else-
whero. •
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.
Catechism:
Aleut. See Jean (Pitre),
Tishnoff (E.).
Ajokmrsoutit oppersartuit,
Ajokaersutit illuartut,
aperssfitit,
Egede (II.),
Egede (Paul),
Katekisinuse,
Sapamo,
Tamersa,
Thorhalleson (E.),
Tuksiautit.
Pock (E.J.).
Bourquin (T.),
Erdmann (F.).
Catechiamus Lutheri. See Egede (II.).
Catechismus Mingnek D. M. Lutherim.
See Egede (Paul).
Census:
Greenland. See Piniartut.
Pt. Barrow. Bay (P. H.).
Chappell {Lieut. Edsvard). Narrative |
of a | voyage | to | Hudson’s Bay | in |
his majesty’s ship Rosamond | contain-
ing some account of | the north-eastern
Hudson Bay.
Labrador.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
19
Chappell (E.)— Continued.
coast of America | and | of the tribes |
inhabiting | that remote region. | By |
Lieut. Edward Chappell, R. N. | [Two
lines quotation.-] |
London: | Printed for J. Mawman,
Ludgate street: | By R. Watts, Crown
Court, Temple Bar. | 1817.
C p. 11. pp. 1-279, map, 8°.—A short Esqui-
maux vocabulary (21 words), p. 116.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull.
A copy at the Brinley salo, catalogue No.
5647, brought $1.75, and one at the Murphy sale,
catalogue No. 549, $1.25; priced by Quaritcb,
No. 21972, at 5s.
Charencey (Hyacinthe de). Recherches
| surles | 11OH18 des points de l'espace |
par | M. Io Cto de Charencey | membre
[&c. two lines.] ] [Design.] |
Caen | Imprimerie do F. Io Blanc-
Hardel | rue Froide, 2 et 4 | 1882
Printed cover 1 1. titlo 1 1. pp. 1-80, 8°.—
Famillo Esquimaudo: Groenlandais, Tchiglit
(des bouches du Mackenzie), pp. 11-14.
Copies seen: Brinton, Pilling, Powell.
Chiagmiut Vocabulary. See Zagoskin (L. A.).
Christ:
(Imitation of), Greenland. See Egede (P.).
(Life of), Labrador Nalegapta.
(Salvation Greenland. Kragh (P.).
through),
Christian
. Creed, Aleut. See Veniaminoff (J.)
and Netzvietoff (J-)-
Doctrine, Greenland. Jesusib, Jesusim, Konigseer (C. M.).
Labrador. Jesusib.
Faith (Ele- Greenland. Egede (H.).
ments of), Guide Book, Aleut. Tislinoff (E.).
Christ’s Passion, Greenland. Seo Naleganta.
Chronicles, Labrador. See Erdmann (F.).
Chugatchigmut Vocabulary. Seo Dall (IV. II.).
Chu'klukmut Vocabulary. Seo Dall (W. IT.).
Church Missionary Gleaner. Languages
of N. W. America.
In Church Missionary Gleaner, No. 90, Lon-
don, 1881, 4°.
St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo, p. 67.
Church Missionary Society : These words follow-
ing a titlo indicate that a copy of the work re-
ferred to was seen by the compiler in the library
of the above institution, London, Eng.
Clare (James R.). Terms of Relationship
of the Eskimo, West of Hudson’s Bay,
collected by James R. Clare, York Fac-
tory, Hudson’s Bay Ty.
Clare (J. R.) Continued.
In Morgan (L. IT.), Systems of consanguin-
ity and affinity, line 78, pp. 293-382, Washing-
ton, 1871, 4°.
Collie (—). Sec Beechey (F. W.).
Congress: This word following a title indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by the compiler in the Library of Congress,
Washington, D. C.
Cook River Numerals. See Dixon (G.).
Court de G-ebelin (Autoiuode). Monde
primitif, | analys6 et compard | avec le
monde modorne, | considdrd | Dans di-
vers Objets concernaut 1’IIistoire, le
Blason, les Mon- | uoies, les Jeux, les
Voyages des Phdniciens autour du |
Monde, les Langues Amdricaines, &c. |
ou | dissertations meldes | Tome pre-
mier, | Rernplies de Ddcouvertes intd-
ressantes; | Avcc une Carte, des Plan-
ches, & un Monument d’Amdrique. |
Par M. Court de Gebclin, | de diverses
Acaddmies, Censeur Royal. | [Design.] |
A Paris, | Chez | L’Auteur, rue Poupde,
Maison de M. Boucher, Secrdtaire du
Roi. | Valeyre l’alnd, Imprimeur-Li-
braire, rue de la vieille Bouclerie. |
Sorin, Libraire, rue Saint Jacques. |
M. DCC. LXXXI [1781]. | Avec appro-
bation ct privilege du Roi.
Forms vol. 8 of Monde Primitif, Paris, 1777-
1782, 9 vols. 8°. The volumes have title-pages
slightly differing one from another.—Essai sur
les rapports des mots, entro les langues du Nou-
veau Mondo et cellos derAncicu, pp. 489-560,
contains: Langue des Esquimaux et des Groen-
landois (with vocabulary), pp. 493-498.
Copies seen: Congress.
Ti iibner, 1856, No. 631, prices a copy of the
full set (dated 1787) at £313s. Gel.; at the Fischer
sale, catalogue No. 1706, a copy (9 vols.) brought
£1 10s. and at the Brinley sale, catalogue No.
5632, $20.25.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 17174, titles an edition
of the Monde Primitif, Paris, Boudet, 1775, 9
vols. 4°.
For a reprint of the Essai, see Scherer (J. B.).
Coxe (William). Account | of the Rus-
sian Discoveries | between | Asia and
America. | To which are added | The
Conquest of Siberia, | and | the History
of the Transactions and | Commerce be-
tween Russia and China. | By William
Coxe, A. M., Fellow of King’s College-
Cambridge, and Chaplain to his Grace
the | Duke of Marlborough. |
London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for
T. Caddell, in the Strand, | M DCC
LXXX [1780].


20
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Coxe (W.) — Continued.
Pp. i-xxiii, 1-344, anil index 13 unnumbered
pp. maps, 4°. — Specimen of tlie Aleutian
language (12 words, and numerals 1-10), ap-
pendix, p. 303.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British Mu-
seum, Watkinson.
There is an edition of this work with title-
page similar in all respects to the above, except
the addition of: The second edition, revised
and enlarged. (Boston Athenmum, British
Museum, Congress.)
Third edition as follows:
----Account | of the | Russian discover-
ies | between | Asia and America. | To
which are added, | the conquest of Si-
beria, | and | the history of the trans-
actions | and commerce between Rus
sia and China. | By William Coxc, A.
M. F. R. S. | One of the Senior Fellows
of King’s College, Cambridge; | Mem-
ber of the Imperial (Economical Society
at St. Peters- | burg, of the Royal Acad-
emy of Sciences at Copenhagen ; and |
Chaplain toliis7Grace the Duke of Marl-
borough. | The third edition, revised
and corrected. |
London, | Printed by J. Nichols, | for
T. Cadell, in the Strand | MDCCLXXX-
VII [1787].
1 p. 1. pp. i-xxviii, 1-454,1 1. maps, 8°.— Speci-
men of the Aleiitiau language (12 words and
numerals 1-10), appendix, p. 386.
Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress.
Priced by Quaritcli, No. 11820, at 5s.
I have seen the following editions, which
contain no linguistics: Neucbatel, 1781, 8°;
Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1783, 8°; London, 1803,
8° and 4°; London, 1804, 8°.
Co-Yukon Vocabulary. See Everette (IV. E.).
Cranz (David). David Cranz | Historic
| von | Grfinland | enthaltend | Dio
Beschreibung des Landes und | derEin-
wohner &c. | insbesondere | die | Gc-
schichte | derdortigen | Mission | der |
Evangelischen | Bruder | zu | Neu-
Herrnhut | und | Lichtenfele. | Mit acht
Kupfertafeln uud eiuem Register. |
Barby bey Heinrich Detlef Ebers, und
in Leipzig | in Commission bey Weid-
manns Erben und Reich. | 1765.
17 p. 11. pp. 1-1132, 13 11. maps, 12°.— VI.
Abschnitt. Von den AVissenschaften der Grim-
hinder, pp. 277-304, contains remarks on the
grammatic construction of the language of
Greenland, with examples, and the Creed.— A
Greenland song, with German translation, pp.
969-972.—Letters written by tho Natives, with
German translation, pp. 1096-1100.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Watkinson.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2730, at 40 fr.
Cranz (D.)—Continued.
-----Historic | van | Groeulaud | Behel-
zende | Eene uauwkeurige Beschrij-
vinge | van |’s Lands ligging, gesteld-
heid, en natuurlijko Zeldzaamheden ; |
Den Aart, Zcdeu en Gewoonten | Der
Inwoonereu aan de West-Zijde bij de |
Straate Davis; | ’s Lands aloudo en
nieuwe Geschiedenisse; | on in’t bijzon-
der | de Verrichtingen der Mission aris-
sen | van de | Broeder-Kerk, | door
welken | Twee Gemeenten van be-
keerde Heidenen aldaar gesticlit zijn. |
Alles in eigen Perzoon onderzocht en
opgesteld | door | David Cranz. | Met
Plaaten versierd, in III Deelen | uithet
Hoogduitsch vertaald. |
Te Haarleem bij C. H. Bohn Amster-
dam bij H. de Wit Boekverkoopers. |
1767.
3 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 243-256;
vol. 3, pp. 236-238, 352-357.
Copies seen: Brown.
-----The | history | of | Greenland: | con-
taining | a description | of | the coun-
try, | and | its inhabitants : | and par-
ticularly, | A Relation of the Mission,
carried on for above | these Thirty
Years by the Uuitas Fratrum, | at | New
Herrnhuth and Lichtenfels, in that
Country. | By David Crantz. | Trans-
lated from the High-Dutch, and illus-
trated with | Maps and other Copper-
plates. | In two Volumes. | Vol. I [-11]. |
London, | Printed for the Brethren’s
Society for the Furtherance of the | Gos-
pel among the Heathen : | And sold by
J. Dodsloy, in Pall-mall; T. Becket
and | P. A. do Hondt; and T. Cadell,
Successor to | A. Millar, in the Strand;
W. Sandby, in | Fleet-street; S. Bladon,
inPater-noster-row; | E. and C. Dilly, in
the Poultry; and at | all the Brethren’s
Chapels. | MDCCLXVII [1767].
2 vols.: 2 p. 11. pp. i-lix, 1-405; 1 1. pp. 1-498,
8°.— Linguistics, vol. 1, pp. 217-229; vol. 2, pp.
350-352. 446-451.
Copies seen : Brown, Congress.
A copy at tho Field sale, No. 462, brought
$4.50; priced by Quaritch, Nos. 11648 and 28569,
at 7s. At the Pinart sale, No. 267, a copy
brought 15 fr.
----- Historia | om | Grdnland, | deruti |
Landet ocli desz Inbyg gare Ac. | I
synnerhet | Evangeliska Brodra For-
samlingens | der warands | Mission, |
och Desz Fbrrattni nger | I | Ny-Herrn-
I hut och Lichteufels, | beskrifwas; |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
21
Cranz (D.)— Continued.
Af | David Crantz | pa Tyska forfaited,
Men | for desz markwiirdiga Innehiill
pii Swensta ofwersatt, | och | med fullst
iindigt Register forstedd. | Forra De-
ien, | Om | Landet, Inbyggarne ocli
Missionerne, intil Xr 1740. |
Stockholm, | Tryckd och uplagd af
Johan Georg Lange, | Ar 1769.
2 vols.: 1 p. 1. pp. 1-526; 529-1216, 12°. Vol.
2 has different title.—Linguistics, vol. 1, pp.
279-294; vol. 2, pp. 1011-1013, 1142-1147.
Copies seen: Brown.
----The | history of Greenland: | includ-
ing | an account of the mission | car-
ried on by the | United Brethren | in
that country. | From the German of
David Crantz. | With | a continuation
to tho present time; | illustrative
notes; | and an appendix, containing
a sketch of the mission | of the brethren
in Labrador. | [19 lines quotation.] |
In two volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. |
London: | Printed for Longman,
Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown, | Pater-
noster-row. | 1820.
2 vols.: pp. i-xi, 1-359; i-vi, 1-323, 8°.—Lin-
guistics, vol. 1, pp. 201-209, 345-346; vol. 2, pp.
225-229, 293-294, 320.
The quotations from Cranz appearing in this
bibliography aro taken from this edition.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British
Museum, Brown, Congress, Watkinson.
A copy at tho Biehl sale, catalogue No. 463,
brouglit$1.75; priced by Quaritch, No. 11649, at
9«. and 10s. and in No. 28570 at 7s.
Reprinted, according to Ludewig, p. 72, in
Bibliothok der neuesten Reisebeschreibungen,
vol. 20, Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779-1797, 21
vols. 8°.
Cranz (D.)— Continued.
I have seen the following editions, which
contain no linguistics: Barbv, 1770, 12°;
Frankfurt und Leipzig, 1779, 8°; Niirnberg
und Leipzig, 1782, 12°.
Crespieul (R. P. Francois-Xavier).
Prihres | en | Algonkiu | Montaguaix |
Abanaki | ^Esquimaux | 1676 | par le
R6v6rend Pfere de Crespieul.
Manuscript, 30 11. 8°. Preserved in tho Arch-
bishopric of Quebec. Tho pagination is con-
fused. Tho text commences on tho verso of
the leaf which bears tho title, and is divid-
ed into four columns, two on tho verso and
two on tiie recto, having for headings, from
left to right: Algonkin, Montagnaix, Abanaki,
/Esquimaux. The first two columns only aro
in the handwriting of Father Crespieul. The
text of the column devoted to tho language of
tho Eskimos disappears on the recto of leaf 3,
but appears again on pages 4 and 5, not boing a
translation of tho same prayers as contained
in the other columns, however. Tho Eskimo
column is blank throughout the remainder of
tho manuscript.
Description furnished mo by Rev. Louis
Beaudet, librarian of Laval University, Que-
bec.
Cull (Richard). A Description of Three
Esquimaux from Kinnooksook, Hogarth
Sound, Cumberland Strait. By Richard
Cull.
In Ethnological Society of London, Jour,
vol. 4,1856, pp. 215-225, London, [n. d.J, 8°..
Numerals 1-30 of the Esquimaux of Labrador
and of Cumberland Strait (from Sutherland),
p. 221.
Cumberland Strait:
Numerals See Cull (R.).
Vocabulary. Gilder (W. H.), Kumlien (L.).
Dall (William Healey). Alaska | and |
its resources. | By | William H. Dall, |
director of tho scientific corps of the
late Western Union | telegraph ex-
pedition. | [Design.] |
Boston: | Leo and Shepard. | 1870.
Pp. i-xii, 1-628, map, plates, 8°. Appendix F,
Vocabularies, pp. 547-575, contain vocabularies
of the following Eskimo dialects:
Unaldskan from Sauer.
Atkan from Sauer.
Ugaldkmut from Gibbs.
Chugdtcliigmut from Wrangell.
Konidgmut from Sauer.
Nushergdgmut from Gibbs.
Kuskwogmut from Baer.
Ekdgmut (Dall).
Unaligmut (Dall).
Dall (W. H.) — Continued.
Mdhlemut (Dall).
Kavidgmut (Dall).
Greenlandic from Egede.
Cliu'klukmut from Ilall (in part).
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Eamos, Powell, Trumbull,
Watkinson.
A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 480,
brought $1.50.
Some copies have tho imprint: London: |
Sampson Low, Son, and Marston, | Crown
Buildings, 188, Fleet Street. | 1870. (British
Museum.)
---- On tho Distribution of tho Native
Tribes of Alaska and the adjacent .ter-
ritory- By W. II. Dall.


22
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Dall (W. II.) — Continued.
In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 18, pp.
263-273, and 2 folding sheets,Cambridge, 1870,8°.
Contains a vocabulary of 27 words, and the
numerals 1-10, of the tribes of which vocabu-
laries arc given in the same author’s Alaska
and its Resources.
----On Some Peculiarities of the Eskimo
Dialect. By William H. Dall.
In American Ass. Adv. Sci. Proc. vol. 19,
pp. 332-349, Cambridge, 1871, 8°.
Conjugation of tho affirmative form of the
indicative mode of the verb ermilyUk, to wash,
pp. 335-349.
---- Tribes of the Extreme Northwest.
By W. II. Dall.
In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A Eth-
nology, vol. 1, pp. 1-156, Washington, 1877, 4°.
Terms of Relationship used by the Innnit,
Appendix, pp. 117-119.
—— and Baker (Marcus). Partial list
of books, pamphlets, papers in serial
journals, and other publications on
Alaska and adjacent regions. By W.
H. Dall and Marcus Baker.
In Coast and Geodetic Survey, Pacific Coast
Pilot * * second series, pp. 225-375, Wash-
ington, 1879, 4°.
While not referring directly to linguistics,
this work contains titles of many works, voy-
ages, travels, etc. which contain linguistic ma-
terial.
Copies seen: Congress, Pilling, Powell.
Dalton (II.). See Gebet des Herrn.
Davidib | assingitalo tuksiarutsiningit
nertordlerutingillo | imgerusertaggit. |
The Book of Psalms | translated into
the | Esquimaux Language, | by | the
Missionaries | of the [ Unitas Fratrum,
or United Brethren. | Printed for the
uso of the Mission, | by | The British
and Foreign Bible Society. |
London: | W. M’Dowall Printer, ) 1830.
Pp. 1-216, 16°. Entirely in the language of
Labrador. The translation of the Eskimo
words of the title is: David’s | his others his
songs [i. e., his other songsl and his means of
praising | sung.
Copies seen: American Biblo Society, British
and Foreign Biblo Society.
Bagster’s Bible of Every Land mentions an
edition of 1826. Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22868,
and Triibner’s Catalogue [1856], No. 669, men-
tion an edition of 1834. Tho latter prices it at 3s.
Davidoff(Gavrilalvanovich). /[ByitpaTHoe
nyreuiecTBie | in> AMepuity | mopckhxb o poBi> | XBocroBa ii AaBbi^oBa, | iiiicaimoe cinn.
noc.rfijHii.M'b. | lIacn> ncpBan [-BTopan]. |
Bb C. neTepcyprl; | ITcianiano bb Mopcitoii
Tunorpa-i-in 1810 [-1812] roja.
Davidoff (G. I.) — Continued.
Translation.—Two voyages | to America | by
the naval officers | Khwostoff and Davidoff', |
written by the latter. | Part firstf-second]. I
At St. Petersburg | printed in the Naval Print-
ing Office in tho year 1810[—1812].
2 vols. 8°.—Kadiak names of stars and
months, vol. 2, pp. 101-103.
’ Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
The German edition. Berlin, 1816, 8°, contains
no linguistics.
Davidson (George). Report of Assistant
George Davidson relative to tho re-
sources and the coast features of Alaska
Territory.
In Coast Survey Ann. Kept. 1867, pp. 187-329,
Washington, 1869, 4°.
Vocabulary of tho languages of the natives
of Kadiak, Unalaska, and Kenai, pp. 293-298.
----Report of Assistant George Davidson
relative to the coast features and re-
sources of Alaska territory.
In 40th Congress, 2d Session, House of Rep-
resentatives, Ex. Doc. No. 177, Russian Amer-
ica, Message from the President of the Unit-
ed States, in answer to a resolution of tho
House of 19tli of December last, transmitting
correspondence in relation to Russian America.
[No imprint.] Pp. 1-361, pt. 2, pp. 1-19, 8°.
Mr. Davidson’s report occupies pp. 219-361,
and contains, pp. 328-333, vocabularies of the
Oonalashka, Kodiak, Kenay, and Sitka, all
from Lisiansky’s Voyage Round the World.
Davis Strait, Vocabulary. See Gibbs (G.).
Words. Brown (R ).
De Schweinitz (Bishop Edward). See
Reichelt (G. T.).
Dialogues, Greenland. See Egedo (H.),
Kragh (P.).
Dictionarium Gronlandico-Danico-Lati-
num. See Egede (Paul).
Dictionary:
Aleut. See Buynitzky (S. N.), Pinart (A. L.).
Greenland. Anderson (J.), Beyer (J. F.), Egedo (Paul), Fabricios (O.), Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
Kaniagmnt. Pinart (A. L.).
Labrador. Erdmann (F.).
Tchiglit. Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Dixon (Capt. George). A | voyage round
the world; | but more particularly to
the | north-west coast of America: |
performed in 1785,1786,1787, and 1788, |
in | the King George and Queen Char-
lotte, | Captains Portlock and Dixon. |
Dedicated, by permission, to | Sir Joseph
Banks, Bart. | By Captain George Dix-
on. |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
23
Dixon (G.) — Continued.
London: | Published by Geo. Gould-
ing, | Ilaydn’s Head, No. 6, James
Street, Covent Garden. | 1789.
Pp. i-xxix, 1 1. pp. 1-352, appendix, pp. 353-
3G0, appendix 2, pp. 1-17, map, 4°.—Numerals,
1-10, of Prince William's Sound and. Cook’s
River, Norfolk Sound, and King George’s
Sound, p. 211.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-
naeum, British Museum, Congress, Harvard,
Watkinson. â– 
At the Fischer sale, catalogue No. 2312, a copy
brought Is. Gd.; at the Brinley sale, No. 4078, a
fine copy, calf, gilt, $2.75. Priced by Quaritcb,
Nos. 28950 and 28951, at 10s. and 12s.
----- Voyage | autour du monde, | etprin-
cipalement | a la cbte nord-ouest de
I’Amdrique, | Fait en 1785, 1785, 1787 et
1788, | zV bord du King-George et de la
Queen- | Charlotte, par les Capitaines
Portlock | et Dixon. | D6 sion, it Sir Joseph | Banks, Baronet; |
Par le Capitaine George Dixon. | Tra-
duit de l’Anglois, par M. Lebas. | Tome
Premier [-Second]. |
A Paris, | Chez Maradan, Libraire,
IIAtel de Chateau- | Vieux, rue Saint-
Andr6 dcs-Arcs. | 1789.
2 vols. 12°.—Linguistics, as in English edi-
tion, vol. 2, pp. 16-17, and sheet facing p. 21.
Copies seen: Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum.
----- Der | Kapitaine Portlock’s und Dix-
on’s | Raise mil die Welt | besonders
nach | der Nordwestlichen Kuste von
Amerika | wahrends der Jahre 1785 bis
1788 | in den Schiffen King Georgo und
Queen Charlotte, | Herausgegeben |
von dem | Kapitain Georg Dixon. | Aus
dem Englischen ubersetzt und mit An-
merkungon erliiutert | von | Johann
Reinhold Forster, | der Rechte, Medicin
und Weltweisheit Doktor, Professor der
Naturgeschiclite und Mineralogie | auf
der Kbnigl. Preusz. Friedrichs-Uni ver-
sitat, Mitglied der Konigl. Akademie
derhoheren | und schonen Wissenscliaf-
ten zu Berlin. | Mit vielen Kupfern und
einer Landkarte. |
Berlin, 1790. | Bei Christian Fried-
rich Bosz und Sohn.
4 p. 11. pp. i-xxii, 1-314, map, 4°.—Linguis-
tics, pp. 216-218.
Copies seen: Brown.
See Portlock (N.); also Portlock (N.) ami
Dixon (G.).
Dobbs (Arthur). An | Account | of (lie
Countries adjoining to | Hudson’s Bay,
Dobbs (A.) —Continued.
| in the | North-west Part of America:
| containing | a Description of their
Lakes and Rivers, the Nature of the |
Soil and Climates, and their Methods of
Commerce, &c. | Shewing the Benefit
to be made by settling Colonies, and |
opening a Trade in these Parts; where-
by the French will be | deprived in a
great Measure of their Trafflck in Furs,
and | the Communication between Can-
ada and Mississippi be cutoff. | With |
An Abstract of Captain Middleton’s
Journal, and Observations upon | his
Behaviour during his Voyage, and since
his Return. | To which are added, | I.
A Letter from Bartholomew de Fonte,
| Vice-Admiral of Peru and Mexico; |
giving an Account of his Voyage from |
Lima in Peril, to prevent, or seize upon
| any Ships that should attempt to find
| a Northwest Passage to the South
Sea. | II. An Abstract of all the Discov-
eries | which have been publish’d of the
Islauds | aud Countries in and adjoin-
ing to the | Great Western Ocean, be-
tween Ame- | rica, India, and China, &c.
pointing | out the Advantages that may
be made, | if a Short Passage should
bo found thro’ | Hudson’s Streight to
that Ocean. | III. The Hudson’s Bay
Company’s Charter. | IV. The Standard
of Trade in those | Parts of America;
with an Account | of the Exports and
Profits made an- | Dually by the Hud-
son’s Bay Company. | V. Vocabularies
of the Languages of se- | veral Indian
Nations adjoining to Hud-1 son’s Bay. |
The whole intended to shew the great
Probability of a Northwest | Passage,
so long desired; and which (if discov-
ered) would be of the | highest Advan-
tage to these Kingdoms. | By Arthur
Dobbs, Esq; |
London: | Printed for J. Robinson, at
the Golden Lion in Ludgate-Street. |
M DCC XLIV [1744].
Pp. i-ii, 1-211, map, 4°.—Vocabulary of Eng-
lish and Eskimo words, pp. 203-205.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum,
British Museum, Congress, Trumbull.
Stevens’ Nuggets, No. 906, prices a copy at
10s. Gd. A- copy at the Field sale, No. 538,
brought $2.50. Priced by Quaritcli, No. 11650, at
£1 5s., largo paper. At the Murphy sale, No.
801, a copy brought $3.25. Priced by Quaritch,
No. 28278, at £1 4s.


24
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Drake (Samuel Gardner). The | Book of
the Indians | of | North America: |
comprising | details in the lives of about
five hundred | chiefs and others, | the
most distinguished among them. | Also,
| a history of their wars; their manners
and customs; speeches of | orators, &c.,
from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the present time. | Exhibiting
--.also an analysis of the most distin-
guished authors | who have written
upon tho great question of the | first
peopling of America. | [Picture of
Indian, and six lines quotation.] | By
Samuel G. Drake, | Member of the
New-Hampshire Historical Society. |
Boston: | Published by Josiah Drake,
| at the Antiquarian Bookstore, 56
Cornhill. | 1833.
Frontispiece 11. title as above 11.1 other p. 1.
pp. 1-22 (Book I), 1-110 (Book II), 1-124 (Book
III), 1-47 (Book IV), 1-135 (Book V).—Short
vocabulary of the Kamskadale and Aldoutean
(“from a French translation of Billings’s voy-
age”), Book I, p. 15.
Copies seen: British Museum.
An earlier edition of this work, Indian Bi-
ography, Boston, 1832, 8°, contains no linguis- i
tics. (Astor, Congress.)
---- Biography and history | of the | In-
dians of North America; | comprising |
a general account of them, | and |
details in the lives of all the most
distinguished chiefs, and | others, who
have been noted, among the various |
Indian nations upon the continent. |
Also, | a history of their wars; | their
manners and customs; and the most
celebrated speeches | of their orators,
from their first being known to ] Euro-
peans to the present time. | Likewise |
exhibiting an analysis ] of the most dis-
tinguished, as well as absurd authors,
who | have written upon the great
question of tho | first peopling of
America. | [Picture of an Indian; quo-
tation, six lines. ] I By Samuel G. Drake,
| Member of tho Now Hampshire His-
torical Society. | Third Edition, | With
large Additions and Corrections, and
numerous Engravings. |
Boston: | O. L. Perkins, 56 Cornhill,
and Hilliard, Gray & Co. I New York:
G. & C. & N. Carvill. | Philadelphia:
Grigg & Elliot. | 1834.
Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-viii, 1-28, 1-120,
1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1 1. pp. 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°.
Drake (S. G.) — Continued.
Some copies have the names Collins, Hannay
& Co. substituted for G-. & C. & N. Carvill in
the imprint.
Short vocabulary of the Kamskadale and
A16outean, Book I, p. 15.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Wisconsin Historical Society.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 208G8, montions the
fifth edition, Boston, 1835, 8°.
---- Biography and .History | of tho |
Indians of North A,merica; | compris-
ing | a General Account of them, | and
| Details of the Lives of all the most
distinguished chiefs, aud | others, who
have been noted, among the various |
Indian Nations upon the Continent. |
Also, | a History of their Wars; | their
Manners and Customs; and the most
celebrated Speeches | of their Orators,
from their first being known to | Euro-
peans to the Present Time. | Likewise
| exhibiting an Analysis | of the most
distinguished, as well as absurd authors,
who | have written upon the great
question of the | First Peopling of
America. | [Picture of an Indian ; quo-
tation, six lines. ] | By Samuel G. Drake,
| Member of tho Now Hampshire His-
torical Society. | Fourth Edition, |
With large Additions and Corrections,
and numerous Engravings. |
Boston: ] J. Drake, 53 Cornhill, | at
the Antiquarian Institute. | 1836.
Engraved title 1 1. pp. i-vi, 1 1. pp. 1-4, 1-28
1-120, 1-132, 1-72, 1-158, 1-18, 1-12, plates, 8°.
Copies teen: British Museum.
---- Biography and history | of the |
Indians of North America. | From its
first discovery to the present time; |
comprising | details in the lives of all
the most distinguished chiefs aud |
counsellors, exploits of warriors, and
tho celebrated | speeches of their
orators; | also, | a history of their wars,
| massacres and depredations, as well
as the wrongs and | sufferings which
the Europeans and their | descendants
have done them; | with an account of
their | Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toms, | Religion and Laws; | likewise |
exhibiting an analysis of the most dis-
tinguished, as well as absurd | authors,
who have written upon the great ques-
tion of tho | first peopling of America.
| [Monogram; six lines quotation.]
By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifth Edition, |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
25
Drake (S. G.) — Continued.
With large Additions and Corrections,
and numerous Engravings. |
Boston: j Antiquarian Institute, 56
Cornhill. | 1836.
1 p. 1. pp. i-xii, 1-48, 1-120, 1-144, 1-96, 1-168,
8°.—Vocabulary of tho Kamskadale auil
Aldoutean, Book I, p. 16.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.
Some copies are dated 1837. (Astor.)
Tho “Seventh edition” has title-page other-
wise similar to the above, the dato being
changed to 1837. (Astor, Congress.)
A copy is priced by Quaritch, No. 11968, at
10s. At the Murphy sale, No. 831, one brought
$3.75.
---- The | book of the Indians; | or, |
biography and history | of the |
Indians of North America, | from its
first discovery | to the year 1841. |
[Nine lines quotations.] | By Samuel
G. Drake, | Fellow [&c. two lines]. |
Eighth edition, I With large Additions
and Corrections. |
Boston: | Antiquarian Bookstore, 56
Cornhill. | M.DCCC.XLI [1841].
Pp. i-xii, 1—48, 1-120, 1-156, 1-156, 1-200, and
index, pp. 1-16, 8°.—Linguistics as in fifth
edition.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British Mu-
seum, Congress.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20688,
Ninth Edition, Boston, 1845, 748 pp. 8°; Tenth
Edition, Boston, MDCCCXLfVJIII, 8°.
---- Biography and History | of the |
Indians of North America, | from its first
discovery. | [Quotation, nine lines.] | By
Samuel G. Drake. | Eleventh edition. |
Boston: | Benjamin B. Mussey & Co.
| M.DCCC.LI [1851].
Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°.—Vocabulary of the
Kamskadale and Aleutian, p. 32.
Copies seen: British Museum, Eames, Mas-
sachusetts Historical Society, Wisconsin His-
torical Society.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 20868,
some copies have tho imprint: Boston, San-
born, Carter & Bazin, 1857. Another edition:
Boston, 1858.
---- History | of the | Early Discovery of
America, | and | Landing of the Pil-
grims. | With a | Biography | of the |
Indians of North America. | [Quota-
tion, nine lines.] By Samuel G. Drake. |
Boston: | Higgins and Bradley. |
1854.
Drake (S. G.) — Continued.
Pp. 1-720, plates, 8°. — Linguistics as in
eleventh edition. Title from Mr. W. Eames.
---- The | Aboriginal Races | of | North
America; | comprising | Biographical
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, |
and | an Historical Account of the Dif-
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov-
ery of the Continent | to | the Present
Period | With a Dissertation on their |
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toms, | Illustrative Narratives and An-
ecdotes, | and a | copious analytical
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth
Edition, | revised, with valuable addi-
tions, | by J. W. O’Neill. | Illustrated
with Numerous Colored Steel-plate En-
gravings. | [Quotation, six lines.] |
Philadelphia: | Charles Desilver, |
No. 714 Chestnut Street. | 1860.
Pp. 1-736, 8°. This is tho Biography of the
Indians, with a new title-page and some addi-
tions.—Linguistics, p. 32.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft.
---- The | Aboriginal Races | of | North
America; | comprising | Biographical
Sketches of Eminent Individuals, |
and | an Historical Account of the Dif-
ferent Tribes, | from | the First Discov-
ery of the Continent | to | the Present
Period | With a Dissertation on their |
Origin, Antiquities, Manners and Cus-
toms, | Illustrative Narratives and An-
ecdotes, | and a | copious analytical
index | By Samuel G. Drake. | Fifteenth
Edition, | revised, with valuable addi-
tions, | by Prof. H. L. Williams. |
[Quotation, six lines.] |
New York. | Hurst & Company, Pub-
lishers. | 122 Nassau Street. | [n. d.
copyright, 1880.]
Pp. 1-787, 8°.—Linguistics, p. 32.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Wisconsin His-
torical Society.
Duncan (David). American Races. | Com-
piled and abstracted by | Professor
Duncan, M. A.
Forms Part 6 of Spencer (Herbert), De-
scriptive Sociology, Now York, D. Appleton
& Co. [1878], folio.
Under the heading “Language, pp. 40-42,
there aro given comments and extracts from
various authors upon native tribes, among them
the Esquimaux.
Copies seen: Congress, Powell.


26
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIR
E.
Eames: This word following a title indicates that 1 Egede (H.)—Continued,
a copy of the work referred to has been seen I
by the compiler in the library of Mr. Wilber- !
force Eames, New York City.
Egede (Hans). Det gamle | Gr0ulands |
Nye | Perlustration ; | Eller: | En kort
Beskrivelse om de gamle | Nordsko j
Colonets Begryndelse og Under- | gang '
i Gr0nland. Gronlands Situation, j j
Lubt og Temperament, og dets etsige i
Ind- | byggeries klsededragt, Hand-
toering, Spise, | Sprog JEgteskab, og ;
andre dores saavel i | Samgnem som
i eguo Huuse nubruge- | lige S;eder
forst Anno 1724 forfattet af | Hr.
Hans Egede, Missionairius bed den
derp | Sidst oprettede Colonie, og nu
Anno 1729 | efter seet, og efter For-
farenlied nogel. | forfandret af een der
paa nogen | Tiid liar vasret 1 Gr0n-
land. |
Kiobenhavn, | IIos Hieronymus
Christian Paulli. | Trykt bos Herman
Henrik Rotmer, 1729.
Title 1 1. pp. 1-58, 1G°.—Cap. XI. Gr/n-
laemlernes Sprog og Tale, pp. 40-42.
The only copy I have seen is that in the library
of the British Museum, and the only mention,
that in Muller’s catalogue of 1872, where a copy i
is priced at 10 florins (Dutch).
---- Des alten | Gronlands | Nene | Per-
lustration, | Oder | Eine kurtzo Be-
sclireibnng | Derer | Alten Nordischen
Colonien | Anfang und Untergang in
Gronland, | wobey desselben Situa-
tion, Beschaffenheit der | Gewachsen,
Thieren, Vogeln und Fisclien, Lufft
und | Temperament, des Himmels Con-
stitution, der jetzigen Ein- | wohner
Verbalteu / Wohnungen / Sprache / Ge-
stalt / Anse- | lien / Kleider-Tracht /
Nahrung/Gebrauche/lIandthierung/ |
Speisen/Handl ung/Spracli/Eliestands-
Ceremonicn | und Kinder-zucht; |
Nebst ilirer Religion oder Superstition |
und anderer so wolil in ilircn Znsam-
men | kiinfften, als auch zn Hausz
gebrauchlichen Sitten. | Erstlich von
Hans Egede, | Missionaries bey der
[&c. five lines]/An. 1730. |
Frankfurt, bey Stocke | Leben und I
Schilling.
Pp. 1-47, 12°.—Cap. XI. Der Grbnlander’s
Spracho, pp. 34-47.
Copies seen : British Museum, Brown.
Det gamle | Grpnlands | Nvc | Per-
lustration, | Eller | Naturel-Historie, |
Og | Beskrivelse over det gamle Grin-
lands Situation, | Luft, Temperament
og Beskaffenhed; | De gamle Norske
Coloniers Begyndelse og Undergang
der | Samme-Steds, de itzige Indbyg-
geres Oprindelse, Vtesen, | Leve-Maade
og Handtairinger, samt Hvad ellers
Landet | Yder og giver af sig, saasom
Dyer, Fiske og Fugle &c. med | liosf0yet
nyfc Land-Caart og andre Kaaber-Styk-
ker | over Landets Natnralier og Ind-
byggernis | Handtairinger, | Forfattet
af | Hans Egede, | Forhcn Missionair
udi Grpnland. |
Kjibenhavn, 1741. | Trykt lios Johan
Christoph Groth, boende paa Ulfelds-
platz.
G p. 11. pp. 1-131, map, sm. 4°.—Greenland
song, with interlinear translation, pp. 8G-92.—
Chapter XVII, pp. 94—105, is on language and
customs; besides general remarksit contains
a vocabulary, pp. 9G-97; grammatic construc-
tion, with examples, pp. 97-103; and the creed
and Lord’s Prayer translated into the Green-
land language, pp. 104-105. There are also scat-
tered throughout many native terms.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress.
Priced by Quaritcli, No. 11552, at £4 4s. and
a half-calf copy, No. 28925, at £3 3s.
Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 22021, titles an edition
in German: Copenhagen, J. C. Grothen, 1742.
---- A | description | of | Greenland. [
Shewing | The Natural History, Situa-
tion, Boundaries, | and Face of the
Country ; the Nature of the | Soil; the
Rise and Progress of the old Nor- | we-
gian Colonies; the ancient and mod-
ern | Inhabitants; their Genius and
Way of Life, | and Produce of the Soil; t*
their Plants, Beasts, | Fishes, &c. |
with | A new Map of Greenland. | And |
Several Copper Plates representing dif-
ferent Animals, | Birds and Fishes, the
Greenlanders Way of Hunting | and
Fishing; their Habitations, Dress,
Sports | and Diversions, &c. | By Mr.
Hans Egede, Missionary in that Coun-
try for twenty five Years. | Translated
from the Danish. |
London: | Printed for C. Hitch in
Pater-noster Row; S. Austen in | New-
gate-Street; and J. Jackson near St.
James’s Gate. | MDCCXLV [1745].


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
27
Egede (H.)—Continued.
Pp. i-xvi, 2 11. pp. 1-220, map, 12°.—Linguis-
tics as in 1741 edition, pp. 155-159, 163-174.
Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Con-
gress, Watkinson.
A copy at tbe Squier sale, No. 324, brought
$1.60; pricod by Qnaritch, No. 11653, at 10s;
bought by Quaritch at tho Pinart sale, No. 342,
for 12 fr. and priced by him, No. 28926, at 12s.
—■— Beschryving | van | Oud-Groenland,
| Of eigentlyk van do zoogenaamde |
Straat Davis: | Behelzende | Deszelfs
Natuurlyke Historie, Standsgolegen-
heid, Gedaante, | Grenscheidingen,
Vold-Gewassen, Dieren, Vogelen, Vis*
schen, enz. | Mitsgaders ! Den Oirsprong
on Voortgang dor Aeloude | Noorweeg-
sche Volkplantigen | in dat Gewest; |
Bonevens | Den Aart, Inborst, Woonin-
gen, Levenswyze, Kleding, Spraak, |
Bygeloviglieid, Dichtkunst, Uitspan-
ningen en Tydverdryven der | Heden-
daagsche Inboorlingen. | Eerst in do
Dcensche Taal bescbroven door | Mr.
Ilans Egede, | Van den jaro 1721 tot
173G Missionarisof Lniterscb Predikant
aldaar, | En nu in’t Nederduitsch over-
gebragt. | Met | Eon Nieuwe Kaart van
dat Landschap en | Aardigo Printver-
beeldingen verciert. |
Te Delft | By Reinier Boitet, 1746.
12 p. 11. pp. 1-192, map, sm. 4°.—Linguistics,
pp. 131-134, 137-150.
Copie8seen: Astor, Brown.
----Description | et | Histoire Naturelie |
du | Greenland, | par Mr. Eggede [sic], |
Missionnaire & Evfeque du Gronland. |
Traduite on Francois | par Mr. D. R.
D. I’. [Des Roches do Partlicnay.]
a Copenhaguo ct a Geneve, | cliez
les Frercs C. & A. Philibert. | M DCC
LXIII [1763].
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-171,12°.—Linguistics, pp. 119-
122, 124-135.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Congress, Watkinson.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 651, at 16 fr.;
at tho Murphy sale, No. 875, a copy brought
$1.50; priced by Quaritch, No. 28928, at £1 10s.
---- Herrn Hans Egede, | Missioniirs und
Bischofes in Gronland, | Beschreibung |
und | Natur-Geschichte ( von GrSnland,
| ubersetzct | von | D. Joli. Ge. Krunitz.
| [Design.] | Mit Kupfern. |
Berlin, | verlegts August Mylius. |
1763.
Egede (II.)—Continued.
Pp. i-xii, 1-237, maps, 8°.—Linguistics, pp.
173-176, 180-193.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
---- A | Description of Greenland. | By
Hans Egede, | who was a missionary in
that country ] for ( twenty-five years. |
A new edition. | With an | Historical
Introduction and a life of the author. |
Illustrated | with a map of Greenland,
and numerous engravings on wood. |
[Picture.] |
London : | Printed for T. and J. All-
man, (Princes Street, Hanover Square;
W. H. Reid, Charing Cross; and Bald-
win, Cradock, and Joy, | Paternoster
Row, | 1818.
Pp. i-cxviii, 1-225, map, 8°.—Linguistics, pp.
158-161, 165-178.
Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum
At the Field sale, catalogue No. 614, a copy
brought $2; at the Murphy sale, No. 876, $3.
Priced by Quaritch, No. 28927, at 6s.
---- [Elementa fidei Christianae, in qvi-
bus in Gronlandorum vernacula propo-
nuntur. 1) Ordo Salutis, 2) Catechis-
mus Lutheri, 3) Prmtiunculse qvredam
et Psalmi, item 4) Formula baptizandi
Infantes & Adnltos.
Hafn. 1742.] *
8°. Title from Giessiug’s Nye Samling af
Danske- Norsks- og Islandske- Jtibel-Lrererc,
vol. 1, p. 68, Kiobeuhavn, 1779.
---- See Kragh (P.).
Ilans Egedo was born Jan. 31, 1686, at Trou-
denaes, Norway, whero his father was sheriff.
Ho was missionary in Greenland for 15 years,
beginning in 1721. In 1736 lie returned to
Copenhagen, where for several years he in-
structed missionary candidates in tho language
of Greenland. According to Reiclielt he ho-
gan the translation into Eskimo of tho New
Testament, a work finished by bis son; and
according to Bagster, the elder Egede trans-
lated the Psalms and the Epistles of Paul. In
1740 ho was made bishop, ne died at Stub
bekjobing, Denmark, in 1758.
“The language gave Mr. [Hans] Egede in-
finite trouble; * * * his children learned it
more easily. With their assistance he proceed-
ed so far as to begin a Greenlandic grammar
and to translate some Sunday lessons out of the
gospels, together with a few short questions and
illustrations. * * * Egedo wrote down some
of these sentiments in a Greenland dialogue
between Pok and his countrymen, and another
between a missionary and an angekok, at the
end of his Greenland grammar.”—Cram.
Seo Pok.


28
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Egede (Paul). Evangelium | Okausok
tussarnersok | Gnb Niarnanik Innun-
gortomik, | okausianiglo, Usornartu-
leniglo, tokomel- | lo uinarmelo, Killa-
liarmello, Innuin | annauniartlugit,
aggerromartoniiglo, tokorsut tomasa
umartitsar- Jtortlugit. | Karalit okausiet
attuattlugo aglekpaka | Paul Egede. |
Kongib Iglorperksoarue, Kiobenhav-
nime, | 1744.
Literal translation: The Gospel | tho word
pleasant-to-hear | concerning God’s his Son be-
come-a-man, | and his word, and his miracles,
and his death | and his resurrection, and his
ascent to Heaven, Men | to strive to save them,
and his coming [again ?], the dead thus to bring
them to life. | Greenlanders the word that they
may read it I wrote these things | Paul Egede.
| At the King’s city [great collection of
houses], at Copenhagen, | 1744.
4 p. 11. pp. 1-392, 8°. The Four Gospels in
the Eskimo language of Greenland: Matthew,
pp. 3-113; Mark, pp. 113-182; Luke, pp. 182-
302; John, pp. 302-392.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 662, at 5s. At
the Pinart sale a copy, No. 354, brought 6 fr.
Nyerup’s Litteraturlexicon gives tho above
title in brief, and says the work was subse-
quently issued in 1758, adding tho Wanderings
of the Apostles. Bagster's Bible of Every
Land mentions this later edition also. Tho
latter authority says an edition of the Acts as
well as of the Gospels was issued in 1758.
----- Dictiona- | rium | Gronlandico- |
Danico- | Latinum, | Complectens |
Primitivacum suis | Derivatis, | qvibus |
interjectae sunt voces primariae | b |
Kirendo Augekkutorum, | adornatum |
a | Paulo Egede. |
Hafniae, | Anno MDCCL [1750].
Suinptibus & typis Orphan. Regii, |
Excudit Gotm. Frid. Kisel, Orphano-
tropli. Reg. Typogr.
8 p. 11. pp. 1-312, 12°.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Brown,
Trumbull.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2224, at 80 fr.; by
Quaritch, No. 12576, at 15s. At theBriulej7 sale,
a copy, No. 5634, brought $14. Priced by Triib-
ner, in 1882, at 18s. At tho Pinart sale, No.
344, it brought 13 fr.; at the Murphy sale, No.
878, $5. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30048, at 15s.
[----] Catecliismus | Mingnek | D. M.
Lutlierim | Aglcga | Innusuinnut In-
nungnullo Gum | Okausianik illisiman-
gangitsut, | suna ope- | reknllngo, kan-
norlo innukullugit Tokorsnb kingorn-
nane Kiliang- | mat pekkullugit. |
[Design.] |
Egede (P.) — Continued.
Kidbenhavn, | Illiarsuin Igloenne
nakittet | Nakittairsomit Gottmau
Friderich Kisel. | 175G.
Literal translation: Catechism | the smaller
| D.foctor] M.[artin| Lather's | his writing |
to tho young and people of God’s | his word
ignorant, | what to boliovo, and how to live
death after it to Heaven to attain. | At Copen-
hagen, | at tho orphans’ their house printed |
from the printer Gottman Fridericli Kisel.
Pp. 1-160, 12°. Lnther’s Catechism, with
a selection of hymns, translated into tho lan-
guage of Greenland. Introduction signed by
PaulEgedo. Catechism, pp. 5-56; Hymns, pp.
57-148; Index, pp. 149-160.
Copies seen: Yale.
A copy at the Brinloy sale, No. 5636, brought
$19.
----Grammatica | Gronlandica | Danico-
Latina, Edita | a | Paulo Egede. |
Havnite | Sumptibus& typis Orphan-
tropbii Regii | Excudit Gottman, Frid.
Kisel. An. 1760.
8 p. 11. pp. 1-236, 12°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Brown, Wat-
kinson.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2225, at 50 fr.
Brought at the Brinley sale, No. 5635, $8; at
the Murphy sale, No. 877, $5.
------ Testamento | Nntak, | eller | Det
Nye | Testamente, | oversat | i det |
Gronlandske Sprog, | med | Forkla-
ringer, Paralleler | og udforlige Suin-
marier, | af | Paul Egede, | Professor
Theol. Nat. ved Kibbenhavns | Univer-
sitet, Inspector og Proost for | den
Gronl. Mission, og Priest ved det |
Kongel. Alm. Hospital | i Kiobenhavn. |
Kiobenhavn, | Trykt paa Missionens
Bekostning, | af Gerhard Gieso Sali-
katli, | 1766.
12 p. 11. pp. 1-1000, 4 11. 12°. New Testa-
ment translated into the Greenland language,
with commentaries, parallels, and extensive
summaries.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2233, at 45 fr.;
at the Pinart Bale, No. 886, sold to Quaritch
for 8 fr.
---- Ajokoersoirsun Atuagekseit Naleg-
bingne Grondlandme. Ritual over
Kirke-Forretningerne ved den Danske
Mission paa Gronland.
Kiobenhavn, II. Ch. Schroder. 1783. *
Literal translation: Teachers’ their hand-
book in the church in Greenland.
63 pp. 8°, in Greenland and Danish. Eccle-
siastical Ritual for tlio use of the Danish
Missions in Greenland, translated and pub-


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
29
Egede (P.) — Continued.
lished by Egedo (?). It is a volume heretofore ;
almost unknown. Having been printed for dis- I
tribution in Greenland, only a very few copies
could have remained in Europe.—Leclerc.
Nyerup also gives this title in brief, under i
I’aul Egede.
Eor later edition see Fabricius (0.), Arkik"
— sutiksak.
— [Thomas a Kempis do imitatione
Christi, overs, paa Grpnl.
Kiobenhavnime, 1787.] * :
£ Title from Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Littera-
turlexicon, vol. 1, p. 145.
---- Kristusimik | Mallingnaursut | piv-
dlugit | Tliomasib a Kempisib aglega. |
Kaladlinokauzeennut nuktersimarsok j
Pelesiunermit | Paviamit Egedemit, |
Illegeegnerublo ussornartorsub “Det
Danske Mis- | sions Selskabimik” tai-
utiglub ama | nakittarkomago, | nark-
ingn[arkiksarall6ara | A. F. Honnib. |
Kjobenhavnime.; Illiarsuin iglote'nne
nakittarsiinarsok | 1824. | C. F. Sku-
bartiinit.
Literal translation: Christ | the imitating
concerning | Thomas & Kempis’ his writing. |
Greenlanders’ into their speech translated | by
Bishop | Paul Egede, | and when the society
honorable by [the name of] “Det Danske Mis-|
sions Selskab” callod again | printedit, I did his
besttotrytorevisoit | A. F. Honni. jAtCopen-
hagen. | At the orphans’ their house [Waisen-
haus] printed j 1824. | FromC. F. Schubart.
C p. II. pp. 1-168, 16°. Imitation of Christ,
in tho Eskimo language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Congress.
[----] Ivngerutit | tuksiutidlo, | Kalalin-
nut Opertunnut) Attuaegeksset. | [Print-
er's mark. ] |
Kiobenliavnime, | Illiarsuiu Iglotenne
* nakittarsimauei | Hans. Christoph.
Schroderib, | 1788.
Literal translation: Psalms | and prayers, |
for Greenlanders believing | a handbook. | At
p> Copenhagen, | At tho orphans’ their house
[Waiseuliaus] printed them | Hans. Christoph.
Schroder, | 1788.
Titlo 1 1. preface, signed Paul Egede and
dated Kiobenhavn, d. I May 1761, 1 1. Psalms,
entirely in Eskimo, pp. 5-373; Forsto Register
over Psalme-Samlingerne, &c. pp. 374-375;
Andet Register over Psalmerno i Alphabotik
Order, &c. pp. 376-384; Prayers, entirely in
Eskimo, pp. 385-526; index, 11. 16°.
Copies seen: British Museum.
For edition of 1801, seo Fabricius (0.).
---- Efterretninger om Grpnland, |
uddragne | af on Journal | holden | fra
1721 til 1788 | af | Paul Egedo. |
Egede (P.) — Continued.
Ki0benhavn, | trykt i det kongelige
Vaisenliuses Bogtrykkerie | af Hans
Christopher Schrader. | [1789?]
Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 11. title verso
blank and 5 other p. 11. pp. 1-284, plates and
map, 12°.—Det almindelige Sprog [a short list
of Eskimo words with Danish signification,
and a corresponding column of Danish mean-
ings headed “Angekkokerne3”], pp. 97-98.—
Names of the constellations in Eskimo, pp. 104-
106.—Names of the various kinds of ice, snow,
hail, the verbs to run and to die, pp. 227-228.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
---- Nachrichten | von Grbnland. | Aus
einem Tagebuche, | gefiibrt | von 1721
bis 1788 | vom | Bischof | Paul Egede. |
Aus dem Diinischen. | Mit Kupfern. |
Kopenhagen, 1790. | Bey Christian
Gottlob Prost, | privilegirten Univer-
sitatsbuchhandler.
Portrait of Bishop Paul Egede 11. pp. i-xii,
13-333, 3 pp. n. n. plates and maps, 12°.—Lin-
guistics as in Danish edition, pp. 122-123,
130-132, 269-270.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Paul Egede, a son of Bishop Hans Egede,
was born in Norway, October 9, 1708. He
went with his father to Greenland, and, having
learned the language in a few years, he went
to Copenhagen in 1728 to continue his studies.
In 1734 he went to Greenland as an ordained
missionary. He returned in 1741 and became
parson at Vartov in Copenhagen. In 1761 he
obtained the degree of professor of natural
theology, and was made inspector of the Green-
land mission. In 1779 he becamo bishop. He
died in 1789.
Egede (Peter). [Psalms in the Green-
land language.]
According to Nyerup's Dansk-Norsk Lit-
teraturlexicon, vol. 1, p, 145, a portion of the
psalms contained in Egede (Paul), Catechis-
mus, pp. 140-146, were translated by Peter
Egede (a nephew of Hans Egede), who was
born in Norway and was tho first missionary
ordained in Greenland. He died in 1789.
Ekbgmut Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.).
Elementa Fidei Christianae. See Egede
(II.).
Elementarbog i Eskimoernes Sprog.
See Janssen (C. E.).
[Elsner (A. F.).] Geographic | oder |
Beschreibuug der Lander der Erde. |
Stolpen | Bnchdruckerei von Gustav
Winter. | 1880.
Second title: Gcografi | ubvalo | Nunaksfib
nunangita okantigi,jauningit. |
Stolpeneme | G. Wintorib nenilauktangit |
1880.


30
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Elsner (A. F.)—Continued.
German title verso of first 1. recto blank, Es-
kimo title recto of second 1. verso blank, in-
dex, pp.v-vi, preface, signed by A. F. Elsner,
Hoffentbal, 1878, pp. vii-viii; text, entirely iu
the Eskimo language of Labrador, pp. 1-84,12°.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf.
English-Aleutian Vocabulary. See Buy-
nitzky (S. N.).
Epistles. The Epistles | of tlie | Apos-
tles, | translated into the | Esquimaux
Language, | by the Missionaries | of
the Protestant Church | of | the United
Brethren | in | Labrador. | Printed for
the British and Foreigu Bible | So-
ciety; | For the Use of the Christian
Esquimaux in the Mission Settlements
of the United Brethren at Nain, Okkak,
and Hopedale, | on the Coast of Labra-
dor. |
London: | W. M. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square, | Fleet
Street. | 1819.
Title verso blank 11. pp. 1-452,16°. Entirely
in the Eskimo of Labrador.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety.
Erdmann (Friedrich). Eskimoisches
Worterbuch, | gesammelt | von den
Missiouaren | in | Labrador, | revidirt
und herausgegeben | von | Friedrich
Erdmann. |
Budissin, | gedruckt bei Ernst Moritz
Mouse. ] 1864.
Title verso blank 1 1. preface 1 1. pp. 1-360,
double columns, 8°. Eskimo-German through-
out.
Dr. Kink, in furnishing me a brief title of this
work, though not giving the collation, says:
“In two parts, Eskimo-German and German-
Eskimo.” It may be there is a German-Eskimo
counterpart to the work; if so, I have seen no
copy of it.
Copies seen: Brinton, Eames, Pilling, Pow-
ell, Watkinson, Yale.
Priced by Triibner in 1882 at 8s. 6d; by
Koehler (catalogue 440), No. 954, 7 M. 50 pf.
My copy, bought in 1886 of tho Unitats-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M. 40 pf.
[----] Testamentetotak; | Josnab ag-
langinit, Esterib | aglangit tikkilu-
git. | Printed for | The British and
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab-
rador. |
Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Nener-
lauktangit. | 1869.
! Erdmann (F.)—Continued.
Literal translation: Old Testament; | from
Joshua’s his book, Esther’s | her book coming
to. | Stolpen: | Gustav Winter’s his printings.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-527, 8°. Joshua to Esther in tho
language of Labrador.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, Pilling, rowoil.
My copy, bought of first hands and in cheap
binding, cost 8 M.
[----] Testamentetokak | IIiobib aglan-
git, | Salomoblo | Imgerusersoanga
tikkilugit. | Printed for | Tho British
and Foreign Bible Society in London, |
for the use of the Moravian Mission in
Labrador. I
Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Nener-
lauktangit. | 1871.
Literal translation: Old Testament | Job's
his book, | and Solomon’s | bis great songs com-
ing to. | Stolpen: | Gustav Winter’s bis print-
ings.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-274, 8°. J oh to Song of»Solomon.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So
ciety, Church Missionary Society, rilling,
Powell.
My copy cost 4 M.
These two works are attributed to Erdmann
on the authority of Dr. Kink, who informs me
that this author also rewrote the translation of
Proverbs and Psalms, added many notes and
emendations to tho new edition of tho fivo
books of Moses and to tho New Testament,
and assisted the Unitas Fratrum generally in
their literary labors.
[----] Ajokertutsit | pijarialiksuit telli-
inat. | I. Gfldib perKojanginik liailigi-
nik telli- | maujortunik. | II. Kristnee-
miut okperijaksanginik pinga-1 sunik. |
III. Nalekab tuksiarutauKojanganik. |
IV. Baptijumik hailigimik. | V. Ko-
inunionimik hailigimik. |
Stolpen | Gustav Wiuterib nfinilauK-
tangit | 1883.
Literal translation: Instructions | very need-
ful five. | I. About God’s his commandments
holy ten. | II. About tho Christians’ their sub-
jects of belief three. | III. About the Lord's
his prayer. | IV. About baptism holy. | V.
About communion holy. | Stolpen | Gustav
Winter’s his printings.
Catechism in tho Eskimo language of Labra-
dor. Title verso preface I 1. text, entirely in
tho languago of Labrador, pp. 3-26, 16°. Pp.
25-26 contain the multiplication table.
In the preface it is stated that the transla-
tions are by Erdmann, and that an edition of
tho catechism, not so full as the present, ap-
peared in 1865.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 35 pf.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
31
Erdmann (F.) —Continued.
Friedrich Erdmann was born at Iserlohn,
Prussia, February 25,1810, and died at Konigs-
feld September 15, 1873. He lived in Labrador
38 years, 1834-1872.
eriniugkat nfttigdlit | 105, | tamaltlnik
imagdlit, | iliniarfingtie igdlunilo |
atortugssat. |
Druck von Gustav Winter in Stol-
pen. | 1876.
Literal translation: Songs liaving-notcs |
105, I variously having contents, | in schools
and in houses | things-to-be-usod.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 1-157, index
pp. 158-100, 16°. Song book, with music, for
school and private use, entirely in the language
of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 50 pf.
Erkaersautiksaet udl ut. See Kragh (P.).
Erkarsautigirseksaet silldrsoarmik. See
Kragh (P.).
Erman(GeorgAdolph). Etlmographische
Wahruehmungeu und Erfalirungen an
den Kiisten des Berings-Meeres von A.
Errnau.
In Zeitschrift fiir Ethnologic, vol. 2 (1870),
pp. 295-307, 309-393; vol. 3 (1871), pp. 149-175,
205-219, Berlin [n. d.],8°.
Numerals of the Aleuten, Kadjaker Insu-
laner, Namolli, Kiingjulit, and Ttyuai oder
Kenaiz., vol. 3, p. 21G.
Erslew (ThomasHausen). Alinindeligt |
Forfatter-Lexicon | for | Kongeriget
Danmark med tilh0rende Bilande, | fra
1814 til 1840, | eller | Fortegnelse |
over | de sammesteds f0dte Forfattere
og Forfatterinder, som levede ved Be- |
gyndelsen af Aaret 1814, eller siden ere
f0dte, med Anforelse af deres | vigtigste
Lcvnets-Omstaendighcder og af deres
trykte Arbejder; | samt over | de i
Hertugd0mmerne og i Udlaudet f0dte
Forfattere, som i bemeldte | Tidsrum
have opholdt sig i Danmark og der ud-
givet Skrifter. | Ved | Thomas Hansen
Erslew. | F0rste [-Tredie] Bind. | A —
J L-S - 0]- |
Kj0benhavn. | Forlagsforeningens
Forlag. | Trykt i Bianco Lunos Bog-
try kkeri. | 1843 [-1853].
3 vols. 8°. General author’s dictionary for
the kingdom of Denmark and adjacent coun-
tries from 1814 to 1840; it contains biographies
of authors who have written in the Eskimo and
liots of their works.
Copies seen; Congress.
Eskimaux and English Vocabulary. See
Washington (J.).
Eskimo :
Biblo, John (in part). See Church.
Grammatic comments. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.), Dall (W. H.), Parry (W.E.), Richardson (J.), Shea (J. G.).
Grammatic treatise. Adam (L.), Bancroft (II. H.), Hayes (I. I.).
Letters V and L. Gallatin (A.).
Lord’s Prayer. Atkinson (C.), Hall (C. F.), Hossler (—).
Numerals. Haldeman (S. S.), Latham (R. G.), Pott (A. F.), Sutherland (P. C.).
Prayers. Crespieul (F.X.).
Primer. Abecedarium, Bompas (W. C.).
Remarks. Jofiferys (T.), Morillot (—), Nouvelle, Rosse (I. C.), Scherer (J. B.), Schott (W.), Seeman (B.).
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S-), Beechey (F.W.), Bryant (—), Buschmann (J. C.E.), Chappell (E.), Dobbs (A.), Herzog (W.), Iudrenius(A.A.), Johan (L. F.), Kalm (P.), Latham (R. G.), Long (J.), M’Keovor (T.), Murdoch (J.), Nelson (E. W.), Newton (A.), Parry (W.E.), Petroff (I.), Rand (S. T.), Ross (J.), Scherer (J. B.), Schubert (—), Tomlin (J.), Washington (J.).
Words. Balbi (A.),
Buschmann (J.
C. E.),
Duncan (D.),


32
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Eskimo—Continued.
Words. See Hooper (W. H.),
Latham (R. G.),
Pinart (A. L.),
Yankiewitcli
(T.).
Eskimoisches Worteibuch. See Erd-
mann (F.).
Esquisse d’une Grammaire * * * Aldoute.
See Henry (V.).
Ethics, Greenland. See Steenholdt (W. F.).
EvangeliumOkausek. SeeEgede (Paul).
Everette (Willis Eugene). Compara-
tive vocabulary of the Chilcat or Ko-
losli with the Yukon River Eskimo. *
Manuscript, 17 pp. folio.
---Comparative vocabulary of the Chil-
cat, the Yukon River Indian, and the
Yukon River Eskimo.
Manuscript, 10 pp. folio.
Everette (W. E.)—Continued.
----Comparative vocabulary of the St.
Michael’s and the Aliyut or Aleut or
Ounalaska Eskimo. *
Manuscript, 7 pp. folio.
----Comparative vocabulary of the St.
Michael’s and the Yukon River Eski-
mo. *
Manuscript, 7 pp. folio.
----Comparative vocabulary of the Yu-
kon River Eskimo, St. Michael’s and
Arctic Ocean Eskimo, and the Aleut or
Ounalaska Eskimo. •
Manuscript, 15 pp. folio.
The five vocabularies above, comprising 250
words each, are in tho possession of Mr. Ever-
ette, who has furnished me the above titles, the
material having been collected during 1884-’85.
Expositio catechismi grbnlandici. Seo
Thorhallesen (E.).
F.
Fabricius (Otho). Forsog | til | en for-
bedret | Gr^ulandsk Grammatica | ved
| Otho Fabricius, | Sogneprmst ved Vor
Frelseres Kirke paa Christianshavn. |
Kiobenhavn, 1791. | Trykt udi det
Kougelige Vaysenliuses Bogtrykkerie,
| af Carl Frederick Schubart.
Title verso blank 1 1. pp. iii-viii, 1-322, 4
foldingll. “OmSuflixa Verborntn,” 12°. Gram-
mar of the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Quaritch.
Priced by Triibner, in 1850, No. G61, at 6s.;
by Quaritch, No. 12577, at £1 10s.; No. 30050,
at £1 5s.
A later edition as follows:
-----Fors^g | til | en forbedret | Grpn-
landsk Grammatica | ved | Otho Fabri-
cius, | Sognepraest ved Vor Frelseres
Kirke paa Christianshavn. | Andet Op-
lag. |
Ki0benhavn, 1801. | Trykt udi det
Kongelige Vaysenhuses Bogtrykkerie,
| af C. F. Schubart.
Pp. i-viii, 9-388, 12°.
Copies seen : Astor, Congress, Trumbull.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2227, at 40 fr.: by
Quaritch, No. 12578, at 18s. Sold at the Brinley
sale, No. 5G37, for $14; at the Pinart sale, No.
361, to Leclerc forSfr. Priced by Trubner, in
1882 (p. 53), at £1 Is.,and by Quaritch, No. 30051,
at 12s. and 14s.
[----] Testamente I Nntak | Kaladlin
okauzeennut | nuktersimarsok, nar’kiu-
tiugoam- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. |
Kibbenhavnimc, | Illiarsuin igloteune
Fabricius (O.) — Continued,
pingajueksdnik nakittarsimarsok |
1799. | C. F. Shubartimit.
Literal translation: Testament | New | '
Greenlanders’ into their speech | fully-trans-
lated, and with explanations thoroughly-ex-
pounded. | At Copenhagen, | at tho orphans'
their house [Waisenhaus] a third time printed |
1799. | From C. F. Schubart.
Pp. i-viii, 9-1072, 1G°. New Testament in
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Prefaco
signed Otho Fabricius and dated Kiobenbav-
nime, 1794. Matthew, pp. 1-150; Mark, 151-
231; Luke, 232-369; John, 370-472; Acts, 473-
602; Epistles, &c. 603-1070; index, 1071-1072.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress, Watkinson.
Priced in Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. CG3,
at 7s. 6d. and by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2234, at 30 fr.
Erslew’s Forfatter-Lexikou mentions an edi-
tion of 1794.
[----] Testamente | Nutak | Kaladlin
okauzeennut | nuktersimarsok, nar’kiu-
tingoien- | niglo sukuiarsimarsok. |
Kiobenliavnime, | Illiitrsui’n igloienno
sissameksduik nakkitarsimarsok | 1827
| C. F. Skubartiinit.
Literal translation of imprint: At Copen-
hagen, | at the orphans’ their house [Waisen-
haus] a fourth time printed | 1827 | From C.
F. Schubart.
Pp. i-viii, 9-1072, 12°. New Testament in
the Eskimo language of Greenland. Revised
by N. G. Wolf.
Copies seen: British Museum, Powell, Trum-
bull, Watkinson.
Priced by Quaritch, Nos. 12581 and 30056, at
7s. Get.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
33
Fabricius (O.) — Continued.
[----] Ivngerutit | Tuksiutidlo, | Kalad-
linuut Opertuunut. | Attmegeksret. |
Kiobenliavniine. | Uliarsuiii igloaon-
ne aipeks^nik nakittarsimarsut | C. F.
Skubartimit. | 1801.
Literal translation: Psalms | and prayers, |
for Greenlanders believing. | A handbook. |
At Copenhagen. | At the orphans' their house
[ Waisenhaus] a second time printed | From
C. F. Schubart.
Pp. 1-528, sm. 12°. Psalms in meter. Prayers,
pp. 386-528. Preface signed Otto Fabricius, 11
Jun., 1800.
Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard,
Watkinson.
Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 664, at 5s.; by
Leclerc, 1878, No. 2228, at 25 fr.
For an edition of 1788 see Egede (Paul), Ivn-
gerutit.
-----Den | Gr0nlandske Ordbog, | forbe-
dret og for0get, | udgivet | ved | Otho
Fabricius, | Sogneprajst ved vor Frel-
eers Kirke paa Christiaushavn. |
Kjobenhavn, 1804. | Trykt i det Kon-
gel. Vaiseuliuses Bogtrykkerie | af
Carl Frid. Scliubart.
Pp. i-viii, 1-795,12°. Greenland-Danish, pp.
1-544; Register, in Danish, pp. 545-795.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-
naeum, British Museum, Congress, Trumbull,
Watkinson.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2226, at 40 fr.;
by Quaritch, No. 12579, at £1 10s. Bought at
tho Brinley sale, No. 5638, for $20; at the Pi-
nart sale, No. 360, by Quaritch, for 15 fr.
Priced by Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at £1 16s., and
by Quaritch, No. 30052, at £1.
----- Arkiksutiksak | Pellesinnut Ajok-
Eersd'irsuunudlo, | Kauuong-illivdlutik
pirsaromarput | Ndlegiartorbingne, | Kd-
ladlit Nuntenue. | Ritual | over | Kirke-
Forretuingerne | ved | den Daoske Mis-
sion i Gr0nland. |
Omarbeidet og for0get | ved | Otho
Fabricius, | og 2deu gang trykt i det
Kougeligo Waysenhuses Bog- | tryk-
kerie i Ki0benhavn | 1819 | af Carl
Friedrich Schubart.
Literal translation: Materials-for-rules | for
priests and teachers, | how-bearing-tbcmselvcs
they shall act | at tho limo for church-going, |
the Greenlanders in their country.
Pp.l -87, 16°, alternate pp. Eskimo and Dan-
ish. Ritual prepared for tho Danish missions
in Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard.
For earlier edition see Egede (Paul), Ajok-
oersoirsun.
ESK-------3
Fabricius (O.) — Continued.
----Okalluktuset Opernartut | Tersauko
| Bibeliinit | Testamentitokamidlo
TestainentitAmidlo | Ottob Fabricuasib
| Pellesitinerub | Ken nor (J attuaegek-
saukudlugit Innungnut | koisimarsun-
nut. |
Kiobenhavnime | IIliArsuin igloaenno
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1820. | C. F. Sku-
bartimit.
Literal translation: Narratives true | here-
are | from the Bible | both from tho Old Testa-
ment and the New Testament | of Otho Fabri-
cius | tftie Bishop | the selections he wishing-to-
give-means-of-reading to people | christened. |
At Copenhagen | At the orphans’ their house
[Waisenhaus] printed. [ 182'.'. | From C. F.
Schubart.
Pp. 1-256, 16°, in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
---- Testamentitokamit | Mosesim agle-
gbj | siurdleet. | Kaladliu okauzeennut
| nuktersimarsut | narkiutingoamniglo
sukkuiarsimarsut | Pellesiunerinit | Ot-
tomit Fabriciusimit, | Attuaogeksauk-
udlugit innungnut koisimarsnnuut. |
Kibbenhavnime, | Ulifirsuin igloeenno
nakkittarsimarsut. | 1822. | C. F. Skn-
bartimit.
Literal translation: From tho Old Testa-
ment | Moses’ his book | the first. | Greenland-
ers into their speech | fully-translated | and
with explanations thoroughly-expounded | by
Bishop | Otho Fabricius, | be wishin g-to-give-
means-of-reading to people christened. | At
Copenhagen, | at the orphans’ their house
[Waisenhaus] printed. | 1822. | From C. F.
Schubart.
Pp. 1-202, 16°. Genesis in tho Eskimo lan-
guage of Greenland. The preface is signed by
N. G. Wolf, who perhaps revised it.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Powell, Trumbull, Watkinson.
----Bfbelingoak | Merdlainuut | irnalo-
neet: | Gudim Okauzeesaillejt kennik-
kiet, | nditsunnik kajumiksarneruik
illakartut, | merdlertunnut nalektar-
tunnut. | Kablunain okauzeenne aglek-
simagalloak, | mdna kaladlin okauzeen-
uut uuktersimarsok | Pellesitinermit |
Ottomit Fabriciusimit. |
Kibbenhavnime, | Illiarstiin igleamne
uakkitarsimarsok | 1822. | C. F. Sku-
bartimit.
Literal translation: The little Bible | for chil-
dren | namely: | God’s liis-words-some-of-them
selected, | with short exhortations joined, | for


34
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Fabricius (0.) — Continued.
children obedient., Whiteman's in their speech
originally-written-indeed-but, now Greenland-
ers into their speech translated by | Bishop |
Otho Fabricius. I At Copenhagen, | at tho or-
phans theirhou.se [Waisenliaus] printed | 1822.
| From C. F. Schubart.
Pp. 1-68, 16°. Bible teachings for children
in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Congress.
[----] Bibelingoalc | imaldufit: | Gudim
otausSssa illaiit kenersiniassut | naetu-
nigdlo okadikiksarultingoailik. | illa-
kardluttik.
Havniame nakittarsimassok | 1849. j
J. G. Salomonimit.
Literal translation: The little Bible | name-
ly: | God’s his words some-of-them selected |
and with short little-means-of-exhorting |
joined. | At Copenhagen printed | 1849. | From
J. G. Salomon.
Fp. 1-59, 1 1. 16°. The Small Bible in tho
Eskimo language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Harvard.
----- See Ajokaersutit.
According to Erslew, Fabricius published,
with amendments, in 8°, at Copenhagen, edi-
tions of tho Greenland psalm-book, with ap-
pendix of prayers, and the history of Christ's
passion, in 1788 [see Egede (Paul)]; and tho
explanation of the Greenland catechism, with
addition of the order of salvation, in 1790.
Fabricius was bom March 6, 1744, at Rud-
kjobing, Langeland, where his father, Hans
Fabricius, was minister and dean of the dis-
trict of Norre. After receiving private in-
struction he was sent to the university in
1762; underwent his final examination in 1768,
and in March of the same year was sent as
ordained missionary to the colony of Frede-
rikshaab, in Greenland, where he remained till
1773; in 1774 he became minister at Drangedal
and Torredal, in tho bishopric of Aggers-
hus; in 1779, at Hodro and Skiellerup, in the
same bishopric; in 1781, at Riise, on the island
of Aero; in 1783 he was made parson at tho
orphanage in Copenhagen, and teacher of tho
Greenland language; in 1789, parson of Our
Saviour’s Church at Christianshavn; in tho
same year ho was chosen director of tho Soci-
ety of Natural History of Copenhagen; in
1803 ho received the title of professor of the-
ology and the rank of professor at tho
University of Copenhagen; in 1813 he became
a member of tho Mission College as far as it
related to the affairs of the Greenland mission;
In 1815 ho became Knight of the Danebroge;
on March 23, 1818, he celobrated the fifty
years' jubilee of his office, and on the same,
day received the title and lank of bishop,
together with the honorary diploma of doctor
of theology. Ho died May 20, 1822,
Fasting (Ludvig). Sendebrev til idle
Gronlcenderne i Norden (Aglekkiut
neksiutaet Kaladlinnut tamannut auan-
gnar miunuut).
Kjobeuhavn, Fabritius de Tengua-
gels, 1838. *
Literal translation: Epistle sent to Green-
landers all dwellers-in-the-north.
23 pp. 2 11. 8°, in Danish and Greenland.
Title from Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2763,
where it is priced at 6 fr.
Fauvel-Gouraud (Francis). Practical |
Cosmophonography; | a System of
Writing aud Printing all | the Princi-
pal Languages, with their exact Pro-
nunciation, | by means of an original |
Universal Phonetic Alphabet, | Based
upon Philological Principles, and rep-
resenting Analogically all the Compo-
nent Elements of the Human | Voice,
as they occur in | Different Tongues
and Dialects; | and applicable to daily
use in all the branches of business and
learning; | Illustrated by Numerous
Plates, | explanatory of the | Calli-
graphic, Steno - Phonographic, and
Typo-Phonographic | Adaptations of
the System; | with specimens of | Tho
Lord’s Prayer, | in One Hundred Lan-
guages: | to which is prefixed, | a Gen-
eral Introduction, | elucidating the
origin and progress of language, writ-
ing, stenography, phonography, | etc.,
etc., etc. | By | Francis Fauvel-Gouraud,
D. E. S. | of the Royal University of
France. |
New York: | J. S. Redfield, Clinton
Hall. | 1850.
1 p. L pp. 1-186, 1 1. plates 1-21, A-T, 8°.—
The Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland (from cd.
London, 1822), plate 14, No. 57; in the Esqui-
maux of Labrador (London, 1813), plate 14,
No. 58.
Copies seen: ABtor, British Museum.
Fisher (William James). Words, phrases,
and sentences in the language of tho
Ugashakmiit Indians of Ugashak
River, Bristol Bay, Alaska, and of the
Kageagemut Indians, of Kaguiak-
Kadiak Island, Alaska.
Manuscript, pp. 77-228, 10 11. 4°. In the li-
brary of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded
in a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study
of Indian Languages, 2d edition, incomplete.
The two dialects are in parallel columns.


ESKIMO LANGUAG
35
Formula babtizandi Infantes & Adultos.
See Egede (H.).
Forsjjg til en forbedret Gr0nlandsk Gram-
matica. See Fabricius O.).
Forster (Johann Georg Adam). Ge-
schichte der Reisen, | die seit Cook | an
der | Nordwest- und Nordost-Kiiste |
von Amerika | und in dem | nordlich-
sten Amerika selbst | von | Meares,
Dixon, Portlock, Coxe, Long u. a. M. |
unternommen worden siml. | Mitvielen
Karten und Kupfern. | Ans dem Eng-
lischen, | mit Zuziehung aller ander-
weitigen Hiilfsquellen, ausgearbeitet |
von | Georg Forster. | Erster[-Dritter]
Band. |
Berlin, 1791. | InderVossisclien Buch-
handlung.
3 vols.: pp. i-ix, 1 1. pp. 1-130, 1-302; 5 p. 11.
pp. i-xxii, 1-314; i-xv, i-iii, 1-74, 1-380, 4°.—
Comparative vocabulary, and numerals 1-10,
of the languages of Prince William’s Sound
and Cook's River, Norfolk Sound, and King
George’s Sound (from Portlock and Dixon),
vol. 2, pp. 216-217.—Vocabulary iu language of
Prince William's Sound (from Portlock), vol.
3, pp. 119-121.—Vocabulary of the language of
the Northwest Coast of America (from Port-
lock), vol. 3, p. 145.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum.
Brought at the Fischer sale, No. 1071, 2s.
Four. The | Four Books of Moses, | Exo-
dus to Deuteronomy, | translated into
tho | Esquimaux Language: | by | the
Missionaries | of the | Unitas Fratrum,
or, United Brethren. | Printed for the
use of the Mission, | by | The British
and Foreign Bible Society. |
London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1841. I
Title 1 1. pp. 167-698, 16°, iu tho language
of Labrador.
Copies seen: British andForeign Bible Society.
Genesis, pp. 1-166, issued with the title Mo-
sosib Aglaugita ; tho Pentateuch, pp. 1-698,
wilh the title Mosesil Aglangit.
Fox Channel, Vocabulary. Soo Hall (C. F.).
Franklin (Capt. John). Narrative of a
journey | to tho shores of | the Polar
Sea, | in tho years | 1819, 20, 21, and
22. | By | John Franklin, Captain R. N.,
F. R. S., | and commander of tho ex-
pedition. | With an appendix on vari-
ous subjects relating to | science and
natural history. | Illustrated by numer-
ous plates and maps. | Published by
authority of tlio right honourable the
Earl Bathurst. |
Franklin (J.) — Continued.
London: | John Murray, Albeinarle-
street. | MDCCCXXIII [1823].
2 p. 11. pp. vii-xvi, 1-768, plates and maps,
4°.—Names of animals, fishes, plants, etc. iu Es-
kimo, with English significations, pp. 87-93.—
Names of the various parts of an Eskimo
house, with English significations, p. 267.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress.
A copy at the Field sale, No. 740, brought
$9.25. Priced by Quaritch, No. 11658, at£1.10«.
According to Sabin's Dictionary, No. 25625:
Second Edition, London, John Murray, 1824, 2
vols. 8°, whichispriced by Quaritch, No. 11659,
at 10s., and No. 28980, at 5s.
----- Narrative of a journey | to the
shores of the | Polar Sea, | in | the
years 1819-20-21-22. | By | John Frank-
lin, Capt. R. N., F. R. S., M. W. S., |
and commander of the expedition. |
Published by authority of the Right
Honourable | tho Earl Bathurst. [ Third
Edition. | Two Vols.—Vol. I[-IIJ. |
London: | John Murray, Albemarle-
street. | MDCCCCXXIV [sic for 1824].
2 vols.: pp. i-xix, 1-370; 1 p. 1. pp. i-iv, 1 1.
pp. 1-399, 8°.—Linguistics as in previous edi-
tion, vol. 1, pp. 134-145 ; vol. 2, p. 267.
Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress.
A copy at the Field sale, catalogue No. 741,
lialf-morocco, uncut, brought $2.50. Clarke,
1886, No. 4172, prices it at $3.50.
----- Narrative of a journey | to the
shores of | the Polar Sea, | in the years |
1819, 20,21, &22. | By | John Franklin,
Captain R. N., F. R. S., | ami com-
mander of the expedition. | With an
appendix containing geognostical ob-
serva- | tions, and remarks on the Au-
rora Borealis. | Illustrated by a frontis-
piece and map. | Published by authori-
ty of the Rt. lion, the Earl Bathurst. |
Philadelphia: | II. C. Carey & I. Lea,
A. Small, Edward Parker, M'Carty & |
Davis, B. & T. Kite, Thomas Desilver,
and E. Littell. | 1824.
Pp. i-xi, 1-482, plato aud map, 8°.—Names
of animals, fishes, plants, etc. iu the Eskimo
language, pp. 78-83.
Copies seen: Bancroft, Congress.
----- Journey | to the | shores of tho Po-
lar Sea, j In 1819-20-21-22; | with | a
brief account of tho second journey |
In 1825-26-27. | By | John Franklin,
Capt. R. N. F. R. S., | and Commander
of the Expedition. | Four vols.—With
plates. | Vol. I [-IV].
London: | John Murray, Albemarle
Street. | MDCCCXXIX [1829]. »


36
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Franklin (J.) — Continued.
4 vols. 24°.—Names of animals, plants, &e.
vol. 1, pp. 170-182.—Parts of an Esquimaux
house, vol. 3, p. 5.
Freitag (A.). Grammatik | oder | Hiilfs-
Bucli | zur Erlernung der Eskimo-
Sprache. Original, 1839. Umgearbei-
tet 1846. von A. Freitag
Manuscript, title 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp.
1-208, 2 folding sheets, sm. 4°. The original of
this, I understand, is in use by the missionaries
at Okok, Labrador; there is a copy in Bremen,
and one, that described above, in possession of
Dr. Boas.
Fry (Edmund). Pantograpliia; ( con-
taining | accurate copies of all the
known | alphabets in the world; | to-
gether with | an English explanation
of the peculiar | force or power of each
letter: | to which are added, | speci-
mens of all well-authenticated | oral
languages; | forming | a comprehensive
digest of | phonology. | By Edmund
Fry, | Letter-Founder, Type-Street. |
London. | Printed by Cooper and
Wilson, | For John and Arthur Arch,
Gracechurch-Street; | John White,
Fleet-Street; John Edwards, Pall-Mall;
and | John Debrett, Piccadilly. | MDCC
XCIX [1799].
Fry (E.) — Continued.
2 p. 11. pp. i-xxxvi, 1-320, 8°.—Short vocabu-
lary and numerals (1-10) of the Esquimaux,
p. 80 ; of the language of Greenland, p. 104 ; of
Norton Sound, p. 212; of Oonalashka, p. 214;
of Prince William Sound, p. 240.
These vocabularies are extracted from Au-
derson (A.) and from Bryant (—) in Cook and
King’s Voyages to the Pacific Ocean.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.
At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 385, a copy
was sold for $2.13.
Furuhelm (Gov. Hjalmar). Notes on tlio
natives of Alaska. (Communicated to
the late George Gibbs, M. D., in 1862.)
By His Excellency J. Furuhelm, Lato
Governor of the Russian American Col-
onies.
In Powell (J. W.), Contributions to N. A.
Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 111-116, 121-133, Wash-
ington, 1877, 4°.
Vocabulary and grammatic comments on the
Aleut, pp. 115-116.
----Vocabulary of the Asiagmut (Norton
Bay).
Manuscript 2 11. foolscap, 50 words and nu-
merals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.
----Vocabulary of the Kuskokwim.
Manuscript 2 11. foolscap, 50 words and nu-
merals 1-10; in the library of the Bureau of
Ethnology.
G.
Gallatin (Albert). A synopsis of the In-
dian tribes within the United States
east of the Rocky Mountains, and in
the British and Russian Possessions in
North America. By the Hon. Albert
Gallatin.
In American Antiquarian Soc. Trans. (Arch-
;eologia Americana), vol. 2, pp. 1-422, Cam-
bridge, 1836, 8°.
Grammatical notice of the Esquimaux (from
Adelung’s Mithridates and Cranz), pp. 211-
214.—Vocabulary of the Esquimaux of Hud-
son’s Bay (from Parry), of Kotzebue Sound
(from Beecliey), of the Tshuktchi of Asia
(from Kosclieloff), of Greenland (from Egede
and Cranz), and of the Kadiak (from Klaproth),
pp. 305-367.
---- Letter to Henry Rowe Schoolcraft
respecting the use of the letters V and
L in the Eskimau language.
In American Biblical Repository, 2d series,
vol. 1, pp. 448-449, New York, 1839, 8°.
----Hale’s Indians of northwest America,
and vocabularies of North America, wit'
an introduction. By Albert Gallatin.
Gallatin (A.) —Continued.
In American Ethnol. Soc. Trans, vol. 2; In-
troduction, pp. xxiii-clxxxviii; Part First,
Hale’s Indians of North America, pp. 1-70;
Part Second, Vocabularies of North America,
pp. 71-130, New York, 1848, 8°.
Vocabulary of the Eskimaux of Hudson's
Bay, pp. 78-82; of the Eskimaux of Greenland,
Kotzebue’s Sound, Tschuktclii, and Kadiac, p.
104; of the Onolastia, Aleutan Islands, and
Kamshatka, p. 130.
Gebet. Das | Gebet des Herrn | in den |
Sprachen Russlauds. | [One line quota-
tion.] |
St. Petersburg. | Buchdruckerei der
Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissen-
scliaften. | (Was. Ostr., 9. Lin., N°
12.) | 1870.
Printed cover, title leaf, pp. iii-xii, 1-88, 4°.
Texterlauterung (von H. Dalton), pp. 1-47;
Vater-Hnser-Texto, pp. 49-86.—Lord's Prayer
in Tschuktscliiseh and Kamtschadalisch, p. 52;
in Aleutisch, p. 54.
Copies seen: I)r. Edward W. Gilman, sec-
retary American Bible Society, New York.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
37
Geographie oiler Beschreibung der Lan-
der der Erde. See Elsner (A. F.).
Geography:
Greenland. See Nunalerutit,
Wandall (E. A.).
Labrador. Elsner (A. F.).
Gibbs (George). [Vocabularies of tribes
of the extreme northwest.]
In I’owell (J. W.), Contributions to North
American Ethnology, vol. 1, pp. 107-156, Wash-
ington, 1877, 4°.
Vocabulary of the Kauiagmut, pp. 135-142.
----Miscellaneous Notes on the Eskimo, ]
Kinai, and Atna Languages.
Manuscript, 25 11. 4° and folio, in the library
of the Bureau of Ethnology.
----Vocabulary of the Eskimo of Davis
Strait.
Manuscript, 211 words, 6 11. folio, in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology.
----Vocabulary of the Kodiak.
Manuscript, 6 11. foolscap, 184 words; in the
library of the Bureau of Ethnology. The
first page contains this memorandum: “Vic-
toria, June, 1857, from a man and woman.”
Giessing (Christopher). Nye | Sanding |
af | Danske= Norske= | og | Islandske= |
Jubel=L;erere, | med hcsfpycde | Slmgt—
Registere og Stam=Tavler, | samled og
i Trykken udgived | af | Christopher
Giessing, | Roeskilde Domkirkes og
Skoles Cantor. | F0rste Deel [-Tredie
Deels F0rste Bind]. |
Ki0henhavn, | Trykt med Br0drene
Berlings Skrifter. | 1779[-1786].
3 vols. in 4 parts: vol. 1; vol. 2, parts 1,2; vol.
3, part 1, sm. 4°.—Contains biographies, &c., of
a number of writers on the Eskimo language.
Copies seen: Congress.
Gilbert (—) aud Rivington (—). Speci-
mens | of the | Languages of all Na-
tions, | and the | oriental and foreign
types ! now in use in | the printing
offices | of | Gilbert & Rivington, | lim-
ited. | [11 lines quotations.] |
London: | 52, St. John’s Square,
Clerkenwell, E. C. | 1886.
Printed cover as above, contents pp. 3-4,
text pp. 5-G6, 12°.— St. John iii, 16, in Eskimo
[of Labrador], p. 20; Greenland, p. 25.
Copies seen: Pilling.
Gilder (William H.). Inuit philology.
How Esquimaux talk with white men.
The old language and the new. Useful
glossary of a strange tongue. Ohl-
fashioned savages.
In New York Herald, No. 16219, Monday,
Gilder (W. II.)—Continued.
January 17, 1881.—Vocabulary of about 450
words of the Eskimo of Greenland, collected
by Mr. Gilder while with the Schwatka Ex-
pedition. Reprinted, with a few additions, as
follows:
---- Schwatka’s Search | sledging in the
Arctic in quest of | the Franklin records
| By | William II. Gilder | second in
command | with maps and illustra-
tions |
New York | Charles Scribner’s Sons |
743 and 745 Broadway | 1881
Pp. iii-xvi, 1-316, 8°.—Inuit Philology, pp.
299-316, contains, pp. 299-307, general remarks
on tho Esquimaux language, and, pp. 308-316, a
glossary which “comprises all the words in
general use in conversation between the na-
tives and traders in Hudson Bay and Cumber-
land Sound,” alphabetically arranged.
Copies seen: Boston Athenamm, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Eames.
---- Tho Chuckchees. Some account of
the strange customs of a primitive
tribe. A race without religion. Su-
perstitions aud medicine men. How
babies are brought up. Rotten walrus
aud fish. Revolting viands which con-
stitute their daily food. Peaceful and
kindly though filthy.
In New York Herald, July 31,1882.—Contains
vocabulary, 66 words, of Chuckchee and En-
glish.
rO.IOBlinin> (Bacn.iiii MuxaitiOBii'i). [Golov-
nin (Capt. Vasili Mikhailovich).] Ma-
Tcpia.iti | jui | ncTopin pyccKHXb 3acejeniii |
no lleperavb Bocromiaro oiceaiia. | (3;nrl;'iania
B. M. ro.iOBiuiiia o KaM'iaiKl; n PyccKoii Awe- |
piimi Bb 1809,1810 n 1811 rojax'b) | BbinycKi
mopoii. | IIpiuoiKenie iu> MopcicoMy CfiopniiKy
11° 2, 1861 r. |
CanKTneTepr>yprb. | Bi> ninorpain wopcKaro
MIIHIICTepCTBa. I 1861.
Translation.—Material | for | the history of
Russian Settlements | on tho shores of tho Pa-
cific Ocean. | (Remarks of V. M. Golovnin on
Kamchatka and Russian Amo- | rica in the
years 1809, 1810 and 1811) | Second Series. |
Appendix to the Morskoi Sbornik, No. 2,1861. |
St. Petersburg. | In tho Printing Office of the
Minister of Marine. | 1861.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-130.—A list of terms and expres-
sions adopted by Russians in Kamchatka, ex-
planatory of many terms now found in Alaskan
dialects.
Copies seen: Bancroft.
Gospels according to St. Matthew, St.
Mark, St. Luke, and St. John. See
Burghardt (C. F.).


38
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
[Gospels and Epistles in tlio Greenland
language.
Copenhagen, 1848. ] *
744 pp. 16°.—Title from Sabin’s Dictionary,
No. 22853 (note), and Triibner's catalogue,
1856, No. 666, where it is priced at 6s. See
Kragh (P.), Attuaagahtit, which probably is the
work meant by the above authorities.
Gospels (Harmony of):
Greenland. See Beck (J.),
Naleganta.
Naleganta.
Labrador. Nalegapta.
Graah (WilhelmAugust). Undersogelses-
Reise | til | Ostkysteu af Grimland. |
Efter kougelig Befaling udf0rt | i
Aarene 1828-31 | af | W. A. Graah, |
Capitain-Lieutenant i S0e-Etateu. |
[Design.] |
Ki0benliavn. | Trykthos J.D.Qvist, i
det Christen sen ske Officin. | 0stergade
Nr. 53. | 1832.
Pp. i-xviii, 1-216, map, 4°. — Botaniske og
zoologiske Gienstande, Planter, Pattedyr,
Fugle og Fiske, livilke forckomme paa 0st-
kysten af Grjfnland, App. 2, pp. 191-195.
Copies seen: Congress.
---- Narrative of au expedition | to the
| east coast of Greenland, | sent by
order of the king of Denmark, | in
search of | the lost colonies, | under
the command of | Captn W. A. Graah,
of the Danish royal navy, | knight of
JDannebrog, &c. | Translated from the
Danish, | by | the late G. Gordon Mac-
dougall, F. R. S. N. A., | for the | Royal
Geographical Society of London. | With
the | original Danish chart completed
by the expedition. |
London: | John W. Parker, West
Strand. | M.DCCC.XXXVII [1837],
Pp. i-xvi, 1-199, map, 8°.—Greenland names
of mammalia, birds, and fishes, Appendix B, pp.
178-180.
Copies seen: Congress.
At the Field sale, No. 832, a copy brought
$1.63; at the Murphy sale, No. 1078, $4.
Grammar:
Aleut. See Henry (V.),
VeDiaminoff (J.).
Greenland. Egede (II.),
Egedo (Paul),
Fabricius (O.),
Henry (V.),
Kleinschmidt (S. P.),
Konigsee? (C. M.).
Kadiak. Veniaminoff (J.).
Labrador. Bourquin (T.),
Freitag (A.).
Tchligits. Henry (V.).
Grammatic comments:
Aleut. See Buynitzky (S. N.), Furuhelm (H.), Pinart (A. L.), Veniaminoff (J.).
Eskimo. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.),
Dall (W. H.),
Parry (W. E.), Richardson (J.).
Greenland. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.), Bastian (A.), Egedo (II.), Gallatin (A.), Shoa (-T. G-).
Kaniagmut. Pinart (A. L.).
Konasgen. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Labrador. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Norton Sound. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Tschugazzen. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Ugaljacbmutzi. Grammatic treatise: Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Aleut. See nenry (V.), Pfizmaier (A ).
Eskimo. Adam (L.), Bancroft (H. H.).
Greenland. Abel (I.), Anderson (J.), Bock (C. W.), Cranz (D.), Hervas (L.), Pfizmaier (A.), Rink (H. J.), Thorhalloscn (E.).
Innok. Henry (V.).
Kadiak. Pfizmaier (A.).
KalAlek. Pfizmaier (A.).
Tcbiglit. Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Tschuktschi. Radlotf (L.).
Grammatics, Gronlandica Danico-La-
tina. Sec Egede (Paul).
Grammatik der griinlandischen Spraclie.
See Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
Grammatik oder Hiilfs-Buch. See Frei-
tag (A.).
Greenland :
Abecedarium.
Abecedarium.
Abecedarium.
Abecedarium.
Apostles’ Creed.
Arithmetic.
Baptismal forms.
Bible.
See ABC card,
Abecedarium,
Greenland,
Kattitsiomarsut.
Egede (II.).
Wandall (E. A.).
Egede (II.).
Testamentetokak.
Old Testament (in
part).
Old Testament (in
Beck (J.),
Brodersen (J.).
pr.rt).


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
39
Greenland— Continued.
Bible:
Genesis. See Fabricius (0.).
Exodus. Kragh (P.).
Leviticus. Kragh (P.).
Joshua. Kragh (P.).
J udges. Kragh (P.).
Ruth. Kragh (P.).
Samuel T-II. Kragh (P.).
Kings I-II. Kragh (P.).
Ezra. Kragh (P.).
Nehemiali. Kragh (P.).
Esther. Kragh (P.).
Psalms. Brun (R.),
Psalms. Egedo (Paul),
Psalms. Egede (Peter),
Psalms. Fabricius (0.),
Psalms. Jorensen (T.),
Psalms. Kjer (K.),
Psalms. Kristumiutut,
Psalms. Muller (V.),
Psalms. Wolf (N. G.).
Proverbs. Wolf (N. G.).
Isaiah. Broderseu (J.),
Isaiah. Wolf (N.G.).
Daniel. Kragh (P.).
Minor prophets. Kragh (P.).
Apocrypha (in part). Kragh (P.).
New Testament. Beck (J.),
New Testament. Egedo (Paul),
New Testament. Fabricius (0.),
New Testament. Kleinschmidt (J. C.),
New Testament. Testamentetak.
Four Gospels. Egede (Paul),
Four Gospels. Gospels.
Matthew (in part). Warden (D. B.).
Luke. Apostclit.
John (in part). American Bible So- ciety,
John (in part). Apostelit (note),
John (in part). Bagster (J.),
John (in part). Biblo Society,
John (in part). British and Foreign,
John (in part). Warden (I). B.).
Epistles. Apostelit (note),
Epistles. Gospels.
Revelation. Apostelit (note).
Bible (small). Fabricius (0.).
Bible lessons. Fabricius (0.),
Bible lessons. Jesnsib,
Bible lessons. Kaumarsok,
Bible lessons. Kjer (K.),
Bible lessons. Kragh (P.),
Bible lessons. Nalekab,
Bible lessons. Tamerssa.
Bible quotations. G ii tip.
Bible stories. Fabricius (0.),
Bible stories. Kragh (I4.),
Biblo stories. Mentzel (—),
Bible stories. Okautsit,
Bible stories. Senfkornesutdpok,
Biblo stories. Steenholdt (W. F.),
Biblo stories. Stdnberg (K. J. 0.),
Biblo stories. Tamerssa,
Biblo stories. Tas tarn ant.itorka- mik.
Greenland — Continued. Calendar. See Calendar.
Canticles. Tuksiautit.
Catechism. Ajokaersoutit,
Catechism. Ajokaarsutit,
Catechism. apcrssfltit,
Catechism. Egedo (II.),
Catechism. Egedo (Paul),
Catechism. Katekismuse,
Catechism. Sapame,
Catechism. Tamersa,
Catechism. Thorhallesen (E.),
Catechism. Tuksiautit.
Census. Piniaitut.
Christ (Imitation of). Egede (Paul),
Christ (Salvation through). Kragh (P.).
Christian doctrine. Jesusib,
Christian doctrine. Jesusim,
Christian doctrine. Konigseer (C. M.).
Christian faith. Egedo (II.),
Christ’s passion. Naleganta.
Dialogues. Egedo (H.),
Dialogues. Kragh (P.).
Dictionary. Anderson (J.),
Dictionary. Beyer (J. F.),
Dictionary. Egedo (Paul),
Dictionary Fabricius (0.),
Dictionary. Kleinschmidt(S. I’.).
Ethics. Steenholdt (W. F.).
First inhabitants of. Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
Geography. Nunalerutit,
Geography. Wandall (E. A.).
Gospel lessons. Kragh (P.).
Gospels (Harmonyof). Beck (J.),
Gospels (Harmony of). Naleganta.
Gospels (Harmony of). Nalegauta.
Grammar. Egede (H.),
Grammar. Egedo (Paul),
Grammar. Fabricius (0.),
Grammar. Henry (V.),
Grammar. Kleinschmidt (S.P.),
Grammar. Konigseer (C. M.).
Grammatic comments. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.),
Grammatic comments. Bastian (A.),
Grammatic comments. Egedo (H.),
Grammatic-comments. Gallatin (A.),
Grammatio comments. Shea (J. G.).
Grammatic treatise. Abel (I.),
Grammatic treatise. Anderson (J.),
Grammatic treatise. Bock (C. W.),
Grammatic treatise. Cranz (D.),
Grammatic treatise. Hervas (L.),
Grammatic treatise. Pfizmaier (A.),
Grammatic treatise. Rink (H. J.),
Grammatic treatise. Thorhallesen (E.).
History of the world. Janssen (C. E.),
History of the world. Kleinschmidt(S.P.).
Ilymns. Brodersen (J.),
Hymns. Egedo (Paul),
Hymns. Hayes (I. I.),
Hymns. Kjer (K.),
Hymns. Konigseer (C. M.),
Hymns. Kragh (P.),
Hymns. Thorliallesen (E.),


40
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Greenland—Continued.
Hymns. See Tugsiautit.
Instructions for trad- Ktingip.
ing posts. Legends. Kaladlit,
Legends. Pok.
Linguistic discussion. Rink (IT. J.),
Linguistic discussion. Woldike (M.).
Litany. ilagigsut.
Liturgy. Tuksiautit.
Lord's Prayer. Adel ung (J. C.) and
Lord's Prayer. Vater (J. S.), Auer (A.),
Lord’s Prayer. Bergholtz (G. F.),
Lord's Prayer. Bergmann (G. von),
Lord’s Prayer. Boiloni (J. B.),
Lord’s Prayer.- Egedo (H.),
Lord’s Prayer. Fauvel-Gouraud(F.),
Lord’s Prayer. Hervas (L.),
Lord's Prayer. Lord’s-Prayer,
Lord's Prayer. Marcel (J. J.),
Lord’s Prayer. Marietti (P.),
Lord’s Trayer. Napliegyi (G.),
Lord’s Trayer. Richard (L.),
Lord’s Prayer. Strain (F. A.).
Medical manual. Hagen (C.),
Medical manual. Kragh (P.),
Medical manual. Rudolph (—).
Numerals. Adelung (J. C.) and
Numerals. Vater (J. S.), Antrim (B. J.).
Ode. Barth (J. A.).
Periodical. Atuagagdliutit,
Periodical. Kaladlit.
Prayers. Anderson (J.),
Prayers. Egedo (Paul),
Prayers. Kragh (P.),
Prayers. Preces.
Primer. Groenlandsk,
rrimer. Janssen (C. E.),
Primer. Kattitsiomarsut,
Primer. Kleinschmidt (S.P.).
Relationships. Kleinschmidt (S.P).
Relationships. Morgan (L. II.).
Remarks. La Harpe (J. F. de),
Remarks. O'Reilly (B.),
Remarks. Rink (H. J.),
Remarks. Scherer (J. B.),
Remarks. Schott (W.),
Remarks. Steinthal (II.).
Reports. Nalunaerutit.
Ritual. Egedo (Paul),
Ritual. Fabricius (0.).
Sermons. ivangkiliunik,
Sermons. Kragh (P.).
Songs. Cranz (D.),
Songs. erfiniugkat,
Songs. Kjcr (K.),
Songs. Rink (II. J.).
Tales. Biiggild (0 ),
Tales. Kaladlit,
Tales. K.jer (K.),
Tales. Pok.
Ten Commandments. Anderson (J.).
Thomas a Kempis. Egedo (Paul).
Tracts. Kragh (P.),
Greenland — Continued.
Tracts. Seo Steenholdt (W. F.).
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.),
V ocabulary. Bartholinus (C.),
Vocabulary. Barton (B.S.),
Vocabulary. Bryant (—),
Vocabulary. CourtdeGebelin (A.
Vocabulary. de), Dall (W. H.),
Vocabulary. Egede (H.),
Vocabulary. Egede (Paul),
Vocabulary. Franklin (J.),
Vocabulary. Fry (E.),
Vocabulary. Gallatin (A.),
Vocabulary. Gilder (W. H.),
Vocabulary. Graah (W. A.),
Vocabulary. Klaproth (J.),
Vocabulary. Konigsecr (C. M.),
Vocabulary. Markham (0. R.),
Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H).,
Vocabulary. O’Reilly (B.),
Vocabulary. Olearins (A.),
Vocabulary. Pflzmaier (A.),
Vocabulary. Prichard (J. C.),
Vocabulary. Rink (H. J.),
Vocabulary. Scherer (J. I?.).
Wanderings of tbo Egede (Paul), note.
Apostles. W ords. Buschmann (J.C.E.),
Words. Lesley (J. P.),
Words. Rink (H. J.),
Words. Vater (J. S.),
Words. Whymper (F.), .
Words. Umery (J.).
“Oil passing from tho folk-loro, preserved
merely by verbal tradition, to the printed lit-
erature of Greenland, we must mention that a
few old manuscripts have boen found in tho
possession of the natives containing stories of
European origin, which they had preserved in
this way by copying them, such as ‘ Pok: or a
Greenlander’s Journey to Denmark,’ ‘ Sibylle,
‘Oberon,’ and ‘Holger the Dane.’ * *
The details of these stories in their Greenland
versions of course frequently appear very curi-
ous.
“ The literature of the Greenlanders, printed
in the Eskimo language, amounts to about as
much as might make fifty ordinary volumes.
Most of it has been printed in Denmark," but,
as already mentioned, a small printing-ofllco
was established at Godthaab, in Greenland, in
1862, from whence about 280 sheets have issued,
bosides many lithographic prints. As regards
its contents the Greeninndish literature in-
cludes the following books, of which, however,
many are very small, or mero pamphlets :
“ The Biblo, in four or five larger parts, and
some smaller sections as separate parts.
“Three or four volumes, and soveral smaller
books, containing psalms.
“About twenty books concerning religious
objects.
“About ten books serving for manuals in
spelling, arithmetic, geography, history, &c.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
41
Greenland — Continued.
“About sixteen books, with stories or other
contents, chiefly entertaining.
“About six grammars and dictionaries in the
Eskimo language, for Europeans.
“A Journal: Atuagagdliutit, nalinginarmik
tusaruminflsassumik univkdt, i. e., ‘something
for reading, accounts of all sorts of entertain-
ing subjects,’published in Greenland since 1801.
Up to 1874 it comprised 194 sheets in quarto,
and about 200 leaves with illustrations.
“Official reports concerning the municipal in-
stitutions, 1802 to 1872, in Danish and Green-
landish, comprising about twenty-six sheets,
besides many lithographic plates containing
accounts and statistical returns.”—Rink, Dan-
ish Greenland, pp. 213, 214.
According to Cranz, printing was introduced
into Greenland at least prior to 1792, Brodor-
sen, who died in that year, having brought a
small printing-press from Europe, on which ho
struck off a few copies of a collection of hymns
for immediate uso.
[Groenlandsk ABD Bog.
Kjobenliavn, 1760.]
8°. Title from Ludewig. For reprint, see
Kattitsiomarsut.
I Gronlaendernes fjftrste Praeste. See
Kragh (P.).
Grp'nlandske Ordbog. See Fabricius
(0.).
Gronlandske Ordbog. See Klein-
schmidt (S. P.).
Grpnlandst Psalmebog. See Brun (R.)
Guide to the Heavenly kingdom, Aleut-
Fox. Seo Veniaminoff (J.).
Gdtip | okausisa ilait | merdlertunut ilfn-
iagagssat. | [Three lines quotation ] |
Stolpen, | Druck von Gustav Winter. |
1880.
Literal translation: God | his words some of
them | for children lessons.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-G3, 12°.
Bible quotations for school uso, entirely in the
language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitiits-Biichhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf.
II.
Hagen (Carl). NAparsiinassngdlit | atu-
artagagssait. | nngterdlugit Kavdlunait
nakorsaisa agdlagait, | maligtariner-
uvdlugit: | “ Thornams Liegebog”, |
“ Husliegen af Raspail | agdlagkat
Carl Hagenmit. |
Nnngme. | Nunap nalagata nakiteri-
viano nakitat, | L. Moller mit. | 1866.
Literal translation: Those who have the
sick [to cure] | their manual. He [tho writer]
translating white men their doctors their
books, | following-mostly: | “Thornams
Liegebog [Medicine],” | “Husliugen -at’
Raspail [The household physician by Rasp-
ail.]” | written by Carl Hagen. | At tho Point
[Godthaab]. | On tho land’s its ruler’s [the In-
spector’s] printing-press printed, | from L.
Moller.
Pp. 1-72, 8°, in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen : Powell.
Haldeman (Samuel Steliman). Analytic
orthography: | an | investigation of
tho sounds of the voice, | and their |
alphabetic notation; | including | the
mechanism of speech, | and its bearing
upon | etymology. | By | S. S. Halde-
man, A. M., | professor in Delaware
College: | member [&c. six lines], |
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott &
Co. | London: Triibner & Co. Paris: I
Haldeman (S. S.) — Continued.
Benjamin Duprat. | Berlin: Ford.
Dummler. | 1860.
Pp. i-viii, 5-148, 4°.—Numerals 1-10 of the
Eskimo, pp. 144-146.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaaum, British Mu-
seum, Eames, Powell, Trumbull.
Hall (Charles Francis). Life with the
Esquimaux: | tho narrative | of | Cap-
tain Charles Francis Hall, | of tho
whaling barque “George Henry” |
from tho 29th May 1860, to tho 13tli
Soptember, 1862. | With tho results of
a long intercourse with the Innuits, and
full ) description of their mode of life, |
the discovery of | actual relics of the
expedition of Martin Frobisher of |
three centuries ago, and deductions in
favor of yet discovering | some of the
survivors of Sir John Franklin’s ex-
pedition. | With maps and one hun-
dred illustrations. | In two volumes, |
Vol. I[-II]. |
London: | Sampson Low, Son, and
Marston, | 14 Ludgate Hill. | 1864.
2 vols.: pp. i-xvi, 1-324; i-xii, 1-352, 8°.—
Lord's Prayer in Eskimo, vol. 1, pp. 62-63.—
Numerals 1—10 of tho Innuit, vol. 2, p. 324.
Copies seen: British Museum.


42
BIBLIOGRAPHY OP TIIE
Hall (C. F.) — Continued.
----- Arctic researches | and | life among
the Esquimaux: | being the | narrative
of an expedition in search of Sir John |
Franklin, | in the years 1860, 1861, and
1862. â–  By | Charles Francis Hall. | With
Maps and One Hundred Illustrations. |
New York : | Harper & Brothers, Pub-
lishers, | Franklin Square. | 1865.
Engraved title 11. pp. i-xxviii, 29-595, map,
8°.—Lord’s Prayer in Esquimaux, p. 69.—Iu-
nuit numerals 1-10, p. 577.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.
A copy at the Squier sale, catalogue No. 450,
brought $1.25.
-----Narrative j of the | second Arctic ex-
pedition | made by | Charles F. Hall: |
his voyage to Repulse Bay, sledge
journeys to the Straits of Fury »| and
Hecla and to King William’s Land, |
and | residence among the Eskimos
during the Years 1864-69. | Edited un-
der the orders of the hon. secretary of
the navy, | by | Prof. J. E. Nourse, U.
S. N. | U. S. Naval Observatory, | 1879. |
Washington: | Government Printing
Office. | 1879.
5 p. 11. pp. i—1, 1-644, maps, 4°.—Besides many
Eskimo terms passim, there are also in this
work four lists of names of geographic feat-
ures, a few with English significations, in the
following localities: Northeast coast of Fox
Channel (50 names), p. 354; Too-noo-nee-noo-
sliuk, or Admiralty Inlet (40 names), pp. 355-
356; Pond’s Bay (33 names), p. 370; King Will-
iam’s Land, and the adjacent country (16
names), p. 398.
Copies seen: Astor, Powell.
This author’s Deux Ans cliez les Esqui-
maux, Paris, 1880, 8°, contains no Eskimo lin-
guistics.
Harvard : This word following a title indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by the compiler in the library of Harvard Uni-
versity, Cambridge, Mass.
Hasling (—). Eine Probe der Esqui-
niaux-Sprache.
In Ncues Lausitzisclies Magazin, herausgege-
benvon der Oberlausitzischen Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften, vol. 14, pp. 260-262, Gorlitz,
1836, 8°.
Hayes (Dr. Isaac Israel). The | land of
desolation | being a | personal narra-
tive | of | adventure in Greenland |
by | Isaac.!, [sic] Hayes, M. D. | author
of | “The Open Polar Sea” | etc. |
London | Sampson Low, Marston,
Low, & Searle | Crown Buildings, 188
Fleet Street | 1871 | All rights reserved.
Hayes (I. I.)—'Continued.
2 p. 11. pp. vii-xiv, 1 1. pp. 1-312, 8°. —Ono
stanza of an Eskimo hymn with literal transla-
tion, and two lines of another without transla-
tion, p. 81.
Copies seen: British Museum.
---- The | land of desolation: | being a
personal narrative of | observation and
adventure in | Greenland. | By Isaac I.
Hayes, M. D., | gold medalist [&c. four
lines]. | Illustrated. | [Design.] |
New York: | Harper & Brothers, Pub-
lishers, | Franklin Square. | 1872.
2 p.-ll. pp. 7-357, 8°.—Linguistics as in 1871
edition, p. 100.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
---- La terre | de desolation | excursion
d’6td | au Greenland | par | le Dr I.
J. [sic] Hayes | Auteur de la Mer libre
du Pdle | Onvrage tradnit de 1’anglais |
avec l’autorisation de l’auteur | par J.
M. L. Reclus | et con tenant 43 gravures
et une carte |
Paris | Librairie Hachette et Cio | 79,
Boulevard Saint-Germain, 79 | 1874 |
Tons droits rdservds
Title verso blank 1 1. pp. i-iv, 1 1. pp. 1-360,
map, 8°.—Linguistics as in edition of 1871, p. 88.
Copies seen : British Museum.
Heckewelder (.John Gottlieb Ernestus).
An Account of the History, Manners,
and Customs, of the Indian Nations,
who once inhabited Pennsylvania and
the Neighbouring States. By the Rev.
John Heckewelder, of Bethlehem.
In American Philosopli. Soc. Trans, of the
Hist, and Lit. Com. vol. 1, pp. 1-347, Phila-
delphia, 1819, 8°.
Chapter ix, Languages, pp. 104-105, contains
notice of the Karalit [ Eskimo] language.
Separately issued as follows:
---- An account | of lhe | History, Man-
ners, and Customs, | of | the Indian
Nations, | who once inhabited Pennsyl-
vania and | the neighboring states. |
Communicated to the Historical and
Literary Committee of | the American
Philosophical Society, held at l’hila-
del- phia for promoting Useful Knowl-
edge, | by | the Rev John Heckewel-
der, | of Bethlehem, | and | published
by order of the Committee. |
Philadelphia: | Printed and Pub-
lished by Abraham Small. | no. 112,
Chesnut [sic] Street. | 1818.
Titlo verso blank 1 1. copyright notice verso
2d 1. recto blank, contents pp. iii-iv, text pp.
1-348, 8°.—Linguistics, pp. 101-102.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
43
Heckewelder (J. G. E.) — Continued.
----Johann Heckewelder’s | evangelischen
Predigers zu Bethlehem | Nachricht |
von der | Geschiclite, den Sitten und
Gebriiuchen | der | indianischen Volker-
scliaften, | welche ebemals Pennsylva-
nien und die benach- | barten Staaten
bewohnten. Aus dem Englischen iiber-
setzt und mit den Angaben | anderer
Schriftsteller iiber eben dieselben Ge-
genstiinde | Carver, Loskiel, Long,
Volney vermehrt | von | Fr. Hesse |
evangelischen Prediger zu Nienburg. |
Nebst einem die Glaubwiirdigkeit und
den anthropolo- | gischen Werth der
Nachrichten Heckewelder’s | betreffen-
den Zusatze | von G. E. Schulze. |
Gottingen | bey Vandenhoeck und
Ruprecht. | 1821.
Pp. i-xlviii, 1-582, 1 1. 8°.—Linguistics, pp.
158-159.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.
A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No.
787, brought 2s.
---- Histoire, | inoeurs et coutumes | des
| nations indiennes | qui habitaient
autrefois la Pensylvanio | et les titats
voisins; | par le r6v6rend | Jean Hecke-
welder, | missionnaire morave, | traduit
de l’anglais | Par le Chevalier Du Pon-
ceau. |
A Paris, | Chez L. De Bure, Libraire,
rue Gueudgaud, n° 27. | 1822.
2 p. 11. pp. i-xii, 13-571, 8°.—Deslangues: le
Karalit, pp. 170-171.
Copies seen: Congress, Trumbull.
At tlio Squier sale, No. 465, a copy brought
$5.13. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 896, 18 fr.
Tho Brinley copy, No. 5403, brought $2.
---- History, | Manners, and Customs |
of | Tlie Indian Nations | who once in-
habited Pennsylvania and | the neigh-
bouring states. | By the | Rev. John
Heckewelder, | of Bethlehem, Pa. | New
and Revised Edition. | With an | Intro-
duction and Notes | by the | Rev. Will-
iam C. Reicliel, | of Bethlehem, Pa. |
Philadelphia: | Publication Fund of |
the Historical Society of Pennsylvania,
| No. 820 Spruce Street. | 1876.
In Pennsylvania Hist. Soc. Memoirs, vol. xii,
pp. 15-348, Philadelphia, 1876, 8°.— Comments
on tho Karalit language, pp. 118-120.
Copies seen: Eames.
Henry (Victor). Esquisse d’une Gram-
maire do la langue Innok <5tudi6e dans
Henry (V.) — Continued.
le dialecte des Tchiglit du Mackenzie,
d’aprbs la Grammaire et le vocabulaire
Tchiglit du R. P. Petitot.
In Revue de Lingnistique, tome 10, pp. 223-
260, Paris, 1877, 8°.
Separately issued, without title-page, pp.1-38,
8°.
A copy priced in Leclerc’s Supplement, No.
2798, at 2 fr.
---- Esquisse d’une grammaire raisonn6e
de la langue aldoute d’aprbs la gram-
maire et le vocabulaire de Ivan Venia-
minov.
In Revue de Linguistique, vol. 11, pp. 424-
457; vol. 12, pp. 1-62, Paris, 1878, 1879, 8°.
Separately issued as follows:
---- Esquisse | d’une grammaire raison-
nde | de la | langue altioute | d’aprbs
la grammaire et le vocabulaire de Ivan
Vdniaminov | Par V. Henry | [Design] |
Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, libraires-
editeurs | 25, Quai Voltaire, 25 | 1879
2 p. 11. pp. 1-73, 11. 8°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Powell.
Priced in Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2797, at
3 fr. 50c.; by Triibner, 1882 (p. 48), at 3«. 6d.
---- Grammaire compare de trois lan-
gues liyperboreennes: gronlandais,
tcliiglerts, aieoute.
“Manuscript left, August, 1879, in the hands
of M. Bamps, secretary of the Congrds des
Amdricanistes de Bruxelles, and which will
probably never appear, because the Congress
does not publish its memoirs, and refuses nev-
ertheless to return the manuscripts which have
been furnished it.”—Henry.
Hervas (Lorenzo). Catalogo | delle lin-
- gue conosciute | e notizia | della loro
affinita e diversity. | Opera | del Signor
Abbate | Don Lorenzo Hervas | [De-
sign.] |
In Cesena MDCCLXXXIV [1784]. |
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Iusegna di
Ballade | Con Licenza de’ Snperiori.
1 P-1- PP-1-260, sm. 4°.—Gronlandese, ed Eski-
mese lingue aflini; linguagglo Lapponico-Teu-
tonico nella Groenlandia, p. 85.
Copies seen .- Astor, Congress.
Enlarged and reprinted as follows.
---- Catdlogo de las Lenguas | de laB
Naciones Conocidas, | y numeracion,
division, y clases de estas | segnn la
diversidad | de bus Idiomas y Dialectos.
| SuAutor | el Abate Don Lorenzo Ilcr-
vds, | Tedlogo del Eminentfsimo Senor
Cardenal Juan Francisco | Albani [Ac.
three lines], ] Volumen I[-VI]. I Leu-


44
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Hervas (L.)— Continued.
guas y Naciones Aniericanas. | Con
licencia. | En la imprenta de la admi-
nistration del real arbitrio de beueli-
cencia. |
Madrid Aho 1800[-1805]. | Se liallara
en la Librerla de Ranz calle de la Cruz.
6 vols. sm. 4°.—Capitulo vii. Lenguas que
se hablan en la California * * * y Groen-
landia.
Copies seen: Bancroft, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.
A copy at tho Squier sale, No. 486, brought
$6. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2072, at 120 fr.
At the Ramirez sale, No. 396, bought by Quar-
itch for £1 15#. The Murphy copy, catalogue
No. 1215, brought $42.
-----Saggio Pratico | dello Lingue | con
prolcgomeni, e nna raccolta di orazioni
Dominicali in | piu di trecento lingue,
e dialetti, con cui si dimostra j 1’ infu-
sione del primo idioma dell’ uman ge-
nere, e la | confusione delle lingue in
esso poi succeduta, e si | additano la
diramazione, e dispersione della na- |
zioui con molti risultati utili alia storia.
| Oficia | dell’ Abate | Don Lorenzo
Hervas | Socio della Reale Accademia
delle Scienze,edAnticliitil | diDublino,
o dell’ Etrusca di Cortona. | [Figure.] |
In Cesena M DCC LXXXVII [1787], |
Per Gregorio Biasini all’ Insegna di
Pallade | Con Licenza de’ Superiori.
Pp. 1-256, sm. 4°.—Lord’s Prayer in Green-
land (two dialects), with comments, pp. 126-
127.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress.
Herzog (Wilhelm). Ueber die Verwand-
schaft des Yumasprachstammes init
der Sprache der Aleuten und der Eski-
mostamme. Von Willi. Herzog, Pfarrer.
In Zeitschrift fur Ethnologic, vol. 10, pp. 449-
459, Beilin [1878], 8°.
Comparative vocabulary of various Yuma
dialects with the Aleut, pp. 450-452 ; and with
the Eskimo, pp. 453-457.
The Yuma material is compiled from Gat-
schet, Schoolcraft, Whipple, Buschmann, and
Hervas; the Aleut, from Veniaminoff; tho Es-
kimo, from Gallatin, Dall, and Adelung.
History of tho first inhabitants of Greenland.
Seo Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
History of tho world, Greenland. See Jansson
(C. E.), Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
Hoffman (Dr. Walter James). Compari-
son of Eskimo Pictographs with those
of other American Aborigines.
In Anthropological Soc. of Washington,
Trans, vol. 2, pp. 128-146, Washington, 1883, 8°.
Hoffman (W. J.) — Continued.
Interpretation of picture-writings in tho Ki'-
ate'yamut dialect of tho lunuit, with literal En-
glish translation, pp. 133,134,143-144.— Same in
the Aigaluyamut dialect of the Innuit, p. 138.
Separately issued as follows :
----Comparison | of | Eskimo pictographs
| with those of | other American abo-
rigines. | By W. J. Hoffman, M. D., |
general secretary [&c. four lines]. |
(Reprinted from the Transactions of
the Anthropological Society of Wash-
ington, | Vol. II, 1883.) |
Washington: | Judd & Detweiler,
Printers. | 1883.
Printed cover as above, text pp. 1-19, 8°.
Copies seen : Brinton, Pilling, Powell.
----Ein Beitrag zu dem Studium Bilder-
sclirift. Von Dr. W. J. Hoffman in
Washington.
In Das Ausland for 1884, No. 33, pp. 646-651;
No. 34, pp. 666-669, Stuttgart und Miinchen,
1884, 4°.
Contains, besides observations on picture-
writing in general, some Innuit examples, with
interpretations into their own language and
translation therefrom into German.
---- Innuit sentences with interlinear
translation.
In Bureau of Ethnology, fourth annual re-
port, pp. 148, 149,193-194,198,215, Washington,
1886, 8°.
Honne (A. F,). See Egede (Paul).
---- See Kragh (P.).
Hooper (Lieut. William Hulme). List of
Esquimaux Words collected between
Point Barrow and Cape Bathurst,
1849-50, by Lieut. W. H. Hooper, R. N.
In Arctic Expeditions, pp. 179-186, London,
1852, folio.
Contains vocabulary of the Eastern and
Western Esquimaux, and of the Coast and In-
land Tchouski, pp. 179-184.—List of Esquimaux
persons, p. 185.
----Ten months | among | tho tents of
the Tuski, | with incidents of an | arc-
tic boat expedition in search of | Sir
John Franklin, | as far as the Macken-
zie River, and Capo Bathurst. | By
Lieut. W. II. Hooper, R. N. | With a
map and illustrations. |
London : | John Murray, Albemarle
Street. | 1853.
Pp. i-xvi, 1-417, map, 8°.—Tuski phrase, with
translation, p. 87.—Tuski song of rejoicing
with translation, p. 181.—Many terms scattered
1 hroughout.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
45
Hooper (W. II.)— Continued.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
j Hudson Bay—Continued.
See Peck (E. J.).
gress.
Priced by Quaritch, No. 28996, at 5«.
Hossler (—). Eskimos.
In Allgemcine Encyklopiidie, vol. 38, pp. 108-
130, Leipzig, 1843, 4°.
Two versions of the Lord’s Prayer, in Eski-
mo, p.111.
Hudson Bay:
Apostles’ Creed.
Benediction.
Bible, Luke.
John (in part).
Romans (in part).
Corinthians (in part).
El >istles of John (in part).
Revelation (in part).
See Peck (E. J.).
Peek (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Catechism.
Peck (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Hymns.
Peck (E. J.).
Peck (E. J.).
Lord’s Prayer.
Prayers.
Relationships.
Ten Commandments.
Vocabulary.
Hymns:
Greenland.
Hudson Bay.
Labrador.
Peck (E. J.).
Clare (J. R.),
Morgan (L. H.).
Peck (E. J.).
Gallatin (A.),
Gilder (W.H.),
Morgan (L. H.),
Schomburgk (R. H.)
Seo Brodersen (J.),
Egedo (Paul),
Hayes (I. I.),
Kjer (K.),
Kragh (P.),
Konigseer (C. M.),
Thorhalleson (E.),
Tugsiautit.
Peck (E. J.).
Imgerutit,
Tuksiarutsit.
I.
Igloolik Numerals. See Baer (K. E. von).
ilagigsut tugsiussissutait sapame | ator-
tugssat sujugdlit.
Colophon: Druck von Gustav Winter
in Stolpen. [1880.J
Literal translation: The congregation their-
means-of-praying on Sunday | things to bo used
the first.
No title-page; pp. 1-9, 16°. Church litany,
entirely in the Eskimo of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 15 pf.
Illerkorsutit makko aglekkaene. See
Kjer (K.).
Imgerutit | attorteksat | illagektunut |
Labradoremetunut. |
Stolpeneme, | G. Winterib Neuilauk-
tangit. | 1879.
Title verso blank 1 1. prefaco pp. iii-v, con-
tents pp. vi-xiv, text pp. 1-391, 13 hymns set
to music (lithograph), pp. i-viii, 16°. Hymn
book in the Eskimo of Labrador.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 5 M. 40 pf.
Imgerutit | attorekset | illagektunnut |
Labradorometnnnnt. |
Lcehaume, | J. A. Duroldtib Nenilauk-
tangit. [1840 ?]
Literal translation: Songs | a manual | for
the communities [congregations] | living in
Labrador. | Lobau, | J. A. Duroldt’s his print-
ings.
Pp. i-xii, 1-340, 16°. A collection of hymns.
Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum.
The Brinley copy, No. 5640, brought $7.
Imgerutsit notiggit | 100. | Hundert Es-
kimoische Lieder, | freie Ubersetzungen
und Nachbildungen | deutscher Volks-
gesange. |
[E. Poschelib LeipzigemAtub sule-
Katingitalo nenilaurtangit.] 1872.
Title 1 1. preface 2 11. text (songs, set to
music, in the language of Labrador) pp. 1-90,
16°. The songs were translated by Freitag,
Erdmann, Elsner, Kretschmer, and Bourquin.
Copies seen : Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 2 M.
Indrenius (Andreas Abraham). A. nai
£1. | Specimen academicum | De | Es-
quimaux, | gente | Americana, | Quod |
in Regio Fennorum Lycaeo, | Consent.
Ampliss. Facult. Philos. | Sub Umbone
| Viri Ampliss. atque Celeberrimi | Dn.
Petri Kalm, | Oeconom. Profess. Reg.
& Ord. item | Reg. Scient. Acad. Holm.
Membri, | Placidse eruditorum discus-
sioni submittitur | Ab | Andrea Abra-
liami Indrenio, | Tavast. | Ad Diem
XIX. Junii, Anni currentis MDCCLVI
[175G]. | Loco liorisque consvetis. |
Abote, Impressit Direct. & Typogr.
Reg. Magn. Due. | Finland. Jacob
Merckell.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-24, sm. 4°.—Vocabula Esqui
matica, 100 words, pp. 23-24.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress.
See Kalm (P.).
Inkalit-Yugelmut:
Vocabulary. See Buschmann (J. C. E.),
Schott (W.),
Zagoskin (L. A.).


46
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Inkilik:
Vocabulary. See Buschmann (J. C. E.),
Schott (W.),
Schwatka (F.),
Zagoskin (L. A.).
The Iukalit and Inkilik tribes are not Es-
kimo; these vocabularies are inserted because
of the Eskimo words included in them.
Inkuluklates Vocabulary. See Wrangell (F. von).
Innok Grammatictreatise. See Henry (V.).
Innub nangniinek. See Steenholdt (W.
F.).
Innuit:
Numerals. See Hall (C.F.),
Kumlien (L.).
Relationships. Dall (W. H.).
Sentences. Hoffman (W. J.).
Vocabulary. Buschmann (J. C. E.), Muller (F.), Woolfe (H. D.).
Instructions for trading posts, Greenland. See
Kungip.
ivangkiliunik | isumasitltit | sapAtine
nagdliussivingnilo | atugagssat. | su-
jugdlit: | ukiukut [-Aipait: auBBAkut]
nagdliutartune atugagssat. |
ivangkiliunik — Continued.
Stolpen, | Bruck von Gustav Winter. |
1877[-1879].
Literal translation: About the Gospels |
means for discovering their meaning | on Sun-
days and times-for-celebrating-festivals | to-be-
used. | First: | in winter [-second : in summer]
on-holidays-repeatedly-arriving to-bc-used.
2 vols. 12°: Half-title Gronliindische Predig-
ten, Erster Band, 11. title verso blank 11. con-
tents verso blank 11. text pp. 1-147; Half-title
Gronliindische Predigten, Zweiter Band, 1 1.
title verso blank 1 1. contents 1 1. text pp. 1-
224,12°.— Sermons for Sundays and holy days,
entirely in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of the Unitats-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M. 40 pf.
Ivngerutit kerssungiue senningarsonie.
See Kjer (K.).
Ivngerutit Tuksiutidlo Kaladlinnut.
See Fabricius (0.).
Ivngerutit tuksiutidlo Kalalinnut. See
Egede (Paul).
Janssen (Carl Emil). Kalatdlit Inuv-
dluar-Kugamigit 1857.
Nungme. 1858.
27 pp. 8°.—Printed at Godthaab on tho first
printing-press sent to Greenland, in tho sum-
mer of 1857.—Sabin's Dictionary, No. 35572.
---- [Silamiut ingerdlausiAnik, . . . C.
E.--Janssen.
Copenhagen, 1861.]
Literal translation: The inhabitants-of-the-
world about their history of progress.
13G pp. 8°. Title from Dr. Kink.
---- Elementarbog | i | Eskimoernes
Sprog | til Brug for | Europmerne ved
Colonierne i Gr0nland. | Ved | C. E.
Janssen. |
Kj0benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk-
keri. | 1862.
Pp. 1-92, iudex 1 1. 12°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Powell.
Priced by Trubner, 1882 (p. 53), at 3s. Gd.
â– --- Elementarbog i Eskimoernes sprog
til brug for Europaeerne ved colonierne
i Gronland.
Kjobenhavn. 1869.
Title from Steiger’s Bibliotheca Glottica.
Jean (Pere'). [A16oute Catechism. ] *
Father Jean has joined to his translation of
tho Catechism some observations upon the
language of the Aldoutes.—Lutke.
Pere Jean is probably the Key. Ivan Vpnia.
ininoff.
Jefferys (Thomas). The natural and
civil | history | of the | French do-
minions | in | North and South Amer-
ica. | Giving a particular Account of
the | Climate, | Soil, | Minerals, | Ani-
mals, | Vegetables, | Manufactures, |
Trade, | Commerce, | and | Languages,
| together with | The Religion, Govern-
ment, Genius, Character, Manners and
| Customs of the Indians and other In-
habitants. | Illustrated by | Maps and
Plans of the principal Places, | Col-
lected from the best Authorities, and
engraved by | T. Jefferys, Geographer to
his Royal Highness the Prince of Wales.
| Part I. Containing | A Description of
Canada and Louisiana. [Part II. Con-
taining | Part of the Islands of St.
Domingo and St. Martin, | The Islands
of | St. Bartholomew, Guadaloupe,
Martiuico, La Grenade, | and | The
Island and Colony of Cayenne.] |
London, | Printed for Thomas Jefferys
at Charing-Cross. | MDCCLX [1760],
Part 1, 4 p. 11. pp. 1-168; Part 2, 2 p. 11. pp.
1-24G, maps, folio.— Of the origin, languages
* * * of the different Indian nations inhab-
iting Canada [Eskimaux, Sioux, Assiniboels,
Algoukius, Koundlieads, Saltuers, Malhorn-
mes, Hurons], part 1, pp. 42-97.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Massachusetts Historical Society.
Sold at the Field sale, No. 1119, for $6.50.
v


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
47
Jefferys (T.)— Continued.
---- The natural and civil | history | of |
the | French dominions | in | North
and South America. | With an Histori-
cal Detail of the Acquisitions and Con-
quests made by the | British arms in
those Parts. Giving a particular Ac-
count of the Climate, | Soil, | Miner-
als, | Animals, | Vegetables, | Manu-
factures, | Trade, | Commerce, | and |
Languages. | Together with | the Re-
ligion, Government, Genius, Character,
Manners and | Customs of tho Indians
and other Inhabitants. | Illustrated by
| Maps and Plans of the principal •
Places, | Collected from the best
Authorities, and engraved by | T. Jeff-
erys, Geographer to his Majesty. |
Part I. Containing | A Description of
Canada and Louisiana [-Part II. Con-
taining | &c. 5 lines]. |
Londou: | Printed for T. Jefferys, at
Charing-Cross; W. Johnston, in Lud-
gate-street; J. Richardson | in Pater-
noster-Row; and B. Law and Co. in
Ave-Mary-Lane. | MDCCLXI [1761].
Part 1, 4 p. 11. pp. 1-1G8, maps; Part 2, 2 p. 11.
pp. 1-246, maps, folio.— Contents as in edition
of 1760.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress.
Jdhan (L.-F.). Troisieme et dernifere |
Encyclopedic Theologique, | [&c.
twenty-four lines]. | Publide | par M.
l’Abbd Migne | [&c. six lines]. | Tomo
Trente-quatribme. | Dictionnaire do
Linguistique. | Tome Unique. J Prix:
7 Francs. |
S’Imprime et so vend chez J.-P.
Migne, Editeur, | aux Ateliers Catlio-
liques, Rue d’Amboise, an Petit Mont-
■rouge, | Barrihre d’Enfer de Paris. |
1858.
Second title; Dictionnaire | de | Linguistique)
et | do Philologie Comparde. | Histoiro de
toutes les Langues mortes et vivantes, | ou |
Traito complet d’ldiomographie, | embrassant |
l’exameu critique dos systdmes et de toutes
les questions qui so rattachent | h l’origino et it
la filiation dos langues, h lour essenco orga-
nique | et h lours rapports avec l'histoiro des
races humaines, do lours migrations, etc. |
Pr6c6d6 d’un | Essai sur lo 161o du langago
dans Involution do l’intelligenco humaine. |
Par L.-F. Jdlian (do Saint-Clavien), | Memhro
do la Socidtd gdelogiquedo France, do 1'Acade-
mio royalo des sciences do Turin, etc. | [Quo-
tation, three lines.] | Ptihlid I par I’AVbd i
Jehau (L.-F.) — Continued.
Migne, | Editeur de la Bibliothequo Univor-
sello du Clergd, | ou | des Cours Complete sur
chaque brauche de la science eccldsiastique. [
Tomo Unique. | Prix: 7 francs. |
[Imprint as in first title.]
Outside title 11. titles as above 2 II. columns
(two to a page) 9-1448.—The Tableau polyglotte
des langues includes tho Eskimaux (Famillo
des idiomes), columns 542-548.
Copies seen: British Museum, Shea.
There is an edition, Paris, 1861, which I
have not seen, a copy of which is in tho Wat-
kinson Library, Hartford, Conn.
Jerusalemib asserornekaruera. | [Pict-
ure.] |
[N. p.] 1845.
Literal translation: Jerusalem to destruc-
tion.
Pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible lessons in the dialect
of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Jesus, Judit ndlegannerdet. | [Picture.]
Literal translation: Jesus, the Jews their
supremo ruler.
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible les-
sons in the dialect of Greenland.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Jesuse, Judikut attauinget. | [Design.]
Literal translation: Jesus, the Jews their
King.
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible
lessons in tho dialect of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Jesusib Kristusib I ajokaersutei | pirs-
sariakarnerit | Gudib okauseenit agle-
kennit katter- | sorsimarsut attortuk-
sello innusuit | illageeksuun6tut ajo-
kaersorkol- | lugit. | [Design.]
Budissimo | Ernst Gottlob Monsib
nakkittaegei. | 1833.
Literal translation : Jesus Christ's | his doc-
trines | most necessary things | from God’s his
word written collected | and useful-things
young people | iu communion | that ho may in-
struct them. At Bautzen | Ernst Gottlob Mons
printed them. |
Titlo verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-75, 16°.
Summary of Christian Doctrine, entirely iu tho
language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of tho Unitiits-Buchhand-
luug, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 60 pf.
Earlier and later editions as follows:
Jesusim Kristusim | ajokmrsutci | pirs-
sariakarnerit | Gudim okauseenit agle-
kenuit Katte- | sorsimarsut attortuk-
sello | innusuit illageeksunuetut ojo-
kaer- | sorkullugit. | [Design.]
Barbyme, 1785.
Titlo verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-72, 16°.


48
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Jesusim —Continued.
Abstract of Christ’s Doctrines, in the Eskimo
language of Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Jesusjb Krjstusib | ajokertutingita | pi-
jariakarnerpangOningit. | A Summary |
of | Christian Doctrine, | oder: j Haupt-
inhalt der christliclien Lehre. |
Verso of title: E. Bastanierniullo &
Dunskymullo. | Neuertaulaukput Lce-
baume. [1867.]
Literal translation: Jesus Christ’s | his doc.
trines | its most important things. | * * | By
E. Bastanier and Dunsky. | Printed at Lobau.
Title I 1. preface pp. 3-4, contents pp. 5-6,
text, entirely in the language of Labrador, pp.
7-112, 12°.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 1 M. 30 pf.
Dr. Rink has communicated to me a similar
title, with collation as 116 pp. 8°.
Johannesib koirsirsub nejsa. See Kragh
(P.).
Johnson (J. William)» [Words, phrases,
and sentences in the Innuit or Eskimo
of Bristol Bay.]
Manuscript-, pp. 77-228, 4°, in tlio library
of the Bureau of Ethnology. Recorded in a
copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study
of Indian Languages, second edition. Half the
schedules have no entries and the others are
but scantily idled. Collected at Bristol Bay,
1884-1886.
Jorensen (Thoger). [Nagdliutorsiutit
ernaglit.
Nftngme, 1875. ] *
94 pp. 12°. Psalms in Greenland Eskimo.—
Rink.
Jorgensen (H. F.) See Kleinschmidt
(S. P.).
K.
Kadiak :
Grammar. See Veniaminoff (J.).
Grammatic treatise. Pfizmaier (A.).
Numerals. Adelung (J. C.) and
Remarks. Vater (J. S.), Baer (K. E. von), Erman (G. A.), Pott (A. F.). Veniaminoff (J.).
Texts. Veniaminoff (J.).
Vocabulary. Baer (K. E. von),
Buschmann (J. C. E.), Campbell (J.), Davidoff (G.I.), Davidson (G.), Gallatin (A.), Gibbs (G.),
Kliromchenko (V. S.), Klaproth (J.), Latham (R. G.), Lesseps (J. B. B.), Lisiansky (U.), Pctroff (I.), Robeck (—), Sauer (M.), Schott (W.), Vocabularies, Wowodsky (—),♦ Zagoskin (L. A.), Zelenoi (S. J.).
Kagtagemut Vocabulary. Seo Eislier (W. J.).
Kaladlit assilialiat | or | woodcuts,
drawn and engraved by | Greenland-
ers. | [Picture of a ship, followed by
two lines inscription.] |
Godthaab | in South-Greenland. |
Printed in the Inspectors printing of-
fice by L. M011er | and R. Berthelsen. |
1860.
Kaladlit — Continued.
Title 11. text in English descriptive of the
illustrations 11. 24 11. containing illustrations
numbered 1-39, 2 11. colored plates, 4°.
“These wood-cuts are the results of experi-
ments undertaken in 1858—’60, to test the nat-
ural capabilities of tho Greenlanders for this
branch of art. The whole have been engraved,
and with the exception of Nos. 1-8, compost d
and drawn without assistance, by 5 or 6 na-
tives of Greenland, the necessary wood and
instruments having been lent them. Tho best
of these wood cuts are the production of a
Greenlander named Aron living near Godt-
haab, who has received no better education
than the generality of his countrymen.”—Ex-
tract from text.
Copies seen: Congress.
Au edition in Danish as follows:
Kaladlit Assillaliait I Gr0ulaudske Traes-
uit. [Picture of church with tho in-
scription : Kirken, Seminariet og In-
spekteurboligen | ved Kolonien Godt-
haab.] |
Godthaab. | Try kt I Inspektoratets
Bogtrykkeri af L. M011er | og R: Ber-
thelsen. | 1860.
Title verso blank 1 1. 24 engravings num-
bered 1-39, followed by 1 1. text in Danish, 4°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress, Pow-
ell.
The Fischer copy, No. 2342, sold for 7s. The
Pinart copy, No. 503, bought by Quaritcli for
10 fr.
An edition with text in French as follows:
Kaladlit Assilialiait | ou | quelques gra-
vures, dessindes ct gravies | sur bois |
par | des Esquimaux dtl Groulaud.,


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
49
Kaladlit—Continued.
[Picture, of a ship, with two lines ex-
planation in French.] |
Godtbaab | Iinprilnd chez l’Inspecteur
du Greenland Meridional | par L: M011er
et R: Berthelsen. | 1860.
25 11.—Prints with titles in the language of
Greenland.
Copies seen : British Museum, Yale.
At the Field sale, No. 1172, a copy brought
$1.75.
Kaladlit Okalluktnal- | liait. I kalddlisut
kablundtudlo. | [Design.] | Attuakset
siurdliiBt[-sisamai].
Noungme. | Nunnap Nalegata Nakit-
teriviane Nakittat | L. Mpllcrinit, | Ir-
sigirsoralugo R: Berthelsen. | 1859
[-1863],
Literal translation: Greenlanders the stories-
told-by | -them. | Greenland and Banish. |
Book the first [-fourth]. | At the Point [Godt-
haab]. | On tho Country’s its Euler’s [Inspec-
tor's] printing-press printed. | From L. Moller,
| overseeing it II. Berthelsen.
Second title: Gronlandsko Folkesagn, | op-
skrevne og mcddeclte af Iudfyidte, | med dansk
Oversmttelse. Ffirste[-Fjerde] Bind. |Medtrms-
nit, | tegnedo og udskaari no af | en indffidt. |
Godthaab. | Tryktilnspectoratets Bogtryk- ,
keri | af L: Miller, | under tilsyn af lijelpe-
lierer | II. Boithelsen. | 1859[-18G3].
4 vols. 8°: 1859, 4 p. 11. 137 pp. 1 1. 8 pp. music;
1860, 4 p. 11. Ill pp. charts; 18G1, 4 p. 11. 136 pp.
12 pp. illustrations, numbered 1-12; 1863, 3 p. â– 
11. 123 pp., alternate Greenland and Banish.
Greenland folklore; popular tales and legends.
The illustrations wore made by native Green-
landers. Berthelsen, who was, I think, the in-
spector, aided in the translations.
Copies seen: Boston AthensBum, British Mu-
seum, Congress, Powell, Trumbull.
A copy at tho Fischer sale. No. 2340, bought
by Quaritch for £5 5s. Priced by Leclerc,
1878, No. 2229, at 140 fr. Tho Pinart copy, No.
504, 3 vols. 1859-1861, sold for 52 fr.
Kaladlit Pclloserkdugooeta. Sec Kragh
(P.).
Kalalek Gram m a tic treatise. Seo Pflzmaier (A.).
Kalatdlit Inuvdluar. See Janssen (C.
E.).
Kalatdlit nunata | assinga.
Colophon: (Nmigmc nakitigkat 1858.)
Literal translation: Greenlanders their lands
| its picture. At tho Point [Godthaab] printed.
No title-page; 1 1. broadside. A map of tho
southern end of Greenland, showing the east
coast as far north as Uinanek and the west coast
to Upernivik, occupies the center of thosheet;
on the two sides and at the bottom is a printed
description of tho various Eskimo settlements.
Copies seen: Congress.
ESK--------4
Kalatdlit turogagssait misigssiussu- |
nik, | misigssugaiuigdlo ukiut mako
mardluk ukib- | titdlugit, 1857-1859.
Colophon: Nuugme 1859.
Literal translation: Greenlanders their
things-to-be-heard about the surveyors and
their surveys, in the course of these two years,
1857-1859. At tho Point [Godthaab].
No titlo-pago; caption only; pp. 1-4, 8°, in
the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Congress.
Kalm (Peter). En | Resa | Til | Norra
America, | P& | Kongl. Swenska Weten-
skaps | Academiens befallning, | Och |
Publici kostnad, | Forrattad | Af |
Pelir Kalm, | Oeconomiie Professor i
Abo, saint Ledamot af | Kongl. Swens-
ka Wetenskaps-Academien. | Tom. I
[-III]. | Med Kongl. Maj:ts Allerna-
digste Privilegio. |
Stockholm, | Tryckt pa Lars Salvii
kostnad 1753[-1761].
3 vols. 12°.—Esquimaux words, vol. 3, p. 451.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Congress.
—- Des Herren | Peter Kalms | Profes-
sors der Hausbaltungskuust in Aobo,
mid Mitglic- | des der koniglichen
scliwedischen Akademie der | Wissen-
schaften | Beschreibung | der Reiso die
er | nach dem | ndrdlichen Amerilca |
auf den Bcfehl gedacliter Akademie |
und offentliclie Kosten | nnternommen
liat. | der erste[-drittc] Theil. | [De-
sign.] | Fine Uebersetzung. | Unter
dem Konigliclien Pohlnischeu mid
Chur- | furstl. Sachsischen allergna-
digsten Privilegio. |
Gottingen | im Verlage der Wittwe
Abrams Vandenhoek, 1754[-1764].
3 vols. 8°.—Esquimaux words, vol. 3, p. 546.
Some copies have the imprint of Leipzig (*),
and others of Stockholm (*). A partial re-
print of this work, embracing the portion relat-
ing to natural history, was published at Paris
in 1768 (*). It does not, I presume, contain the
linguistics.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Harvard.
----- Travels | into | North America; |
containing | Its Natural History, and |
A circumstantial Account of its Plan-
tations | and Agriculture in general, |
with the | civil, ecclesiastical and com-
mercial | state of the country, | The
Manners of the inhabitants, and several
curious | and important remarks ou
various Subjects. | By Peter Kalm, |
Professor of Oecouomy in the Univer-


50
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Kalm (P.)— Continued.
sity of Aobo in Swedish | Finland, and
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy
of | Sciences. | Translated into English |
By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. |
Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for
the Illustration of | Natural History, and
some additional Notes. | Vol. I [-III]. |
Warrington [London ]: | Printed by
William Eyres. | MDCCLXX[-MDCC-
LXXI] [1770-1771].
3 vols. 8°. The imprint of vol. I is ‘'War-
rington: 1770,” and of vols. II and III “Lon-
don: 1771,” but they seemingly belong to the
samo edition.—Eskimo vocabulary, vol. 3, pp.
239-240.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British
Museum, Congress, Harvard.
---- Reis | door | Noord | Amerika, |
gedaan door den | Heer | Pieter Kalm, |
Professor in de Huishoudingskonst op
de Hoge School | te Aobo, en Medelid der
Koniuglyke Zweedsche | Maatscliappy
dcr Wetenschappen. | Vercierd met ko-
peren Platen. | Eerste[-Twede] deel. |
Te Utrecht. | By J. van Schoonboven
en Comp. | en | G. van den Brink Janz. |
MDCCLXXII [1772].
2 vols.: 9 ]>. 11. pp. 1-223 ; 6 p. 11. pp. 1-240, 4
11. map, 4°.—Taal der Eskimaus, pp. 177-178.
Copies seen: Congress.
---- Travels | into I North America; | con-
taining | Its Natural History, and | A
circumstantial Account of its Planta-
tions | and Agriculture in general, |
with the | civil, ecclesiastical and com-
mercial | state of the country, | The
Manners of the Inhabitants, and several
curious and | important remarks on
various subjects. | By Peter Kalm, |
Professor of Oeconomy in the Univer-
sity of Aobo in Swedish Finland, | and
Member of the Swedish Royal Academy
of Sciences. | Translated into English |
By John Reinhold Forster, F. A. S. |
Enriched with a Map, several Cuts for
the Illustration of Natural | History,
and some additional Notes. | The second
edition. | In two volumes, | Vol. I
[-H]. |
London, | Printed for T. Lowndes,
N° 77, in Fleet-street. 1772.
2 vols.: pp. i-xii, 1-414; i-iv, 1-423, index 4 11.
map, 8°.—Esquimaux vocabulary, vol. 2, p.
3G8.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard, Watkinsou.
Priced by Quaritch, Nos. 28939 and 29452, at 10«.
Kalm (P.)— Continued.
----Travels into North America; contain-
ing its natural history, and a circum-
stantial account of its plantations and
agriculture in general, with the Civil,
Ecclesiastical, and Commercial state of
the Country, the Manners of the Inhab-
itants, and several curious and impor-
tant Remarks on various Subjects. By
Peter Kalm, Professor of Oeconomy in
the University of Abo in Swedish Fin-
land, and Member of the Swedish Royal
Academy of Sciences. Translated into
English by John Reinhold Forster, F.
A S. (From the Second Edition, Lon-
don 1772, 2 vols. 8vo.)
In Pinkerton (John). General Collection of
Voyages and Travels, vol. 13, pp. 374-700, Lon-
don, 1812, 4°.—Linguistics, p. 678,
----Voyage de Kalm en Amdrique ana-
lyst et traduit par L. W. Marchand.
Forms Books 7 and 8 of the SociGtG Ilisto-
rique de Montreal, MGmoire, Montreal, 1880,
8°.—Linguistics, Book 7, p. 182.
See Indrenius (A. A.).
Kamschatka:
Numerals.
Vocabulary.
Kangjulit:
Numerals.
Vocabulary.
Kaniagmut:
Dictionary.
Grammatic comments.
Songs.
Vocabulary.
See Latham (R. G.).
Drake (S. G.),
Gallatin (A.),
Golovnin (V. M.),
Klaproth (J.),
Lesseps (J. B. B.),
Sauer (M.).
Seo Erman (G. A.).
Zelenoi (S. J.).
See Pinart (A. L.).
Pinart (A. L.).
Pinart (A. L.)
Dall (W. H.),
Gibbs (G.).
See Heckewelder
Karalit Linguistic discussion.
(J. G.E.).
Katekismuse | Luterim | Aglega | Tersa
| Iliniarkautikstet Gudimiglo pek-
korsejnig- | lo iunungnut nalegeksaeu-
nik, pidluarsin- | naungorkudlugit liu-
nametidlutik | tokublo king6rngagut. |
Kiobenhavnime, | Pingajueksfinik na-
kittarsimarsok | 1797. | I. R. Thielimit.
Literal translation: Catechism | Luther’s |
his writing | Here are | fundamental-doctrines
about God and about his commands to men to
be obeyed, that they may gain the blessed land
| after death. | At Copenhagen, | a third time
printed. | 1797. | From I. R. Thiel.
Pp. 1-22,16°, in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Powell.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE
51
Katekismuse [ Luterim | Aglega. | Tersa
| Uiniarkautiksaet Gmlimiglo pekkor-
sejnig- | lo innungnut jialegeksamnik,
pidluarsin- | nauugorkudlugit nuuame-
tidlutik | tokublo kingdrngagnt. |
Kiobenhavnime, | Illiarsuin iglotenue
sissameksanik nakittarsimarsok 11816 |
C. F. Scliubartimit.
Literaltranslationof imprint: At Copenhagen I
at tlio orphans their house [Waisenhaus] a
fourth time printed 1 1816 | from C. F. Schubart.
Pp. 1-24,16°. Luther’s Catechism in the lan-
guage of Greenland.
Copies seen: Congress.
[Katekismuse Luterim.
Hauniame, 1849.]
16 pp. 8°. in the Eskimo language. Title from
tlio Pinart sale catalogue, 1883, No. 352.
Kattaengutigeek. See Kjer (K.).
Kattitsiomarsut attuaromarsullo Mal-
ligekseit.
Gnadau, 1835.
Literal translation: Intended to be spelled
and intended to be read examples.
8°. Greenland primer; reprint of Groen-
landsk ABI) Bog.
According to Ludewig, p. 72, a new edition of
this primer, by Stfinberg, was published: Kjo-
benliavn, Missions Collegium, 1849, 20 pp. 8°.
Kaumajok | uellcjunuik | kaumatsitik-
sak. | [Design.]
Literal translation: A plain | by [for] the ig-
norant | explanation.
N. p. n. d. 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible les-
sons in the dialect of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Published also in the Greenland dialect, as
follows:
Kaumarsok naellursunuut | kaumarsau-
tiksak. | [Picture.]
Literal translation: A plain for the ignorant
< explanation.
N. p. n. d. 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. Biblo lessons
in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen : American Tract Society.
Kavidgmut Vocabulary. See Dall (W. H.).
Khromchenko (Capt. Vasili Stepano-
vich). Journal kept during a Cruise
along the Coast of Russian-America.
In Northern Archives for History, Statistics,
and Voyages (in Bussian), Nos. 11-18, St. Pe-
tersburg, 1824, 8°. (*)
Contains vocabulary of tlio Kad.jak. Re-
printed in Ferrusac’s Bulletin des Sciences His-
toriques, &c., vol. 6, pp. 412-413, Paris, 1826, 8°.
(Congress.) Reprinted in German in Hertha
Zeitschrift, etc., vol. 2, Stuttgart, 1825; vocab-
ulary pp. 219-221. (*)
Ki'ate'xamut Vocabulary. See Hoffman (W. J).
King William Land Vocabulary. Seo Hall (C. F.).
Kissitsisilliornermik i liniarkautiksiet.
See Wandall (E. A.).
Kjer (Knud). Tuksiautit | Julesiutit |
makko | nukterdlugidloneet arsillin-
cardlugidloneet | narkriuguiardlugidlo-
neet kattersorei | nakrittoegangortid-
lugidlo. ] K. Kjer-ib | Amertlormiut
maneetsormiudlo pellesiasta. Tussar-
nersunnik umativsigut tuksiardluse
nalekkamut. | lvoloss. 3. 16. |
Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritius de Teug-
nagelikut nakrittareit. | 1831.
Literal translation: Psalms | means-for-mak-
ing-Christmas | these | translating them either,
copying them | or trying-to-improve-them col-
lected them also explaining them | K. Kjer |
the-people-of-tlie-little-place and the people-of-
the “rough-place” their priest. With things
pleasing-to-liear in your hearts singing psalms
to the Lord. | Colossians 3.16.1 At Copenhagen.
| Fabrieius de Tengnagel’s people printed
them.
Pp. 1-34, 1 1. 16°, in the language of Green-
land.
Copies seen: Shea.
----Illerkorsutit | makko | aglekkaeue
naktikkamiloneet | niuvertni nalegejsa
akkillernuene kattersorej nakrittte-
gangortidlugidlo | K. Kjer-ib | Amer-
tlormiut Maneetsorniudlo | Pellesigial-
loaeta. |
Nakrittsimaput Elmquist-ikunnit |
Aarhuus-inie | 1832.
I’p. 1-31, sq. 16°. Psalms in the language ot
Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum.
---- Sennerutilingmik. | Tuksiautitait, ]
nutaungitsudlo illaiuangoeet | adlau-
gortitset | oper katigeet Kaladlit nu-
mennetun | okatarutiksejt, | K. Kjeri-
mit. | [Engraving, and quotation one
line.] |
Odeusime. | Nakittarsimaput Ileinpe-
likunnit. | 1834.
4 p. 11. pp. 1-237, 1 1. errata, 12°. Hymns in
the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Trum-
bull.
---- Ivngerutit | kerssungme senningar-
some | Kikiektomik | ajokmrsutejniglo, |
illejt nutaungitsut, illejt | K. Kjerimit. |
[Eight line verse in Eskimo.] | Tape-
karput. |
Kjobenhavnime | 1838. | Briinnichib
nakitteriviane nakkittarsimarsut.
Literal translation: Hymns | on the wood
crossed | about the nailed one | and about his
teachings, | some of them old, some of them |


52
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Kjer (K.) — Continued.
by K. Kjer. | They have an addition. | At Co-
penhagen | 1838. | Brunnich’s on his printing-
press printed. |
Pp. i-xxiv, 1-490, 10°, in the language of
Greenland.—Hymns, pp. 1-360; index, pp. j
361-374; Sunday lessons, pp. 375-384; Evange- '
listin, &c. pp. 385-411; Unuersoutiksak, &c. I
pp. 412-424; Kenutit, &c. pp. 425-484; Tarko-
put [contents], p. 485; Nakittarnordlukkmet
[errata], pp. 487-490.
Copies seen: British Museum, Trumbull.
There were two copies in the Pinart sale,
No. 515 bringing 1 fr. No 516 1 fr. 50c.
---- Kattiengutigeek. | K. Kjerib | nuk-
tige.i- I
Kjobenliavnime. | Fabritius de Teng-
nagelib nakitteri viaue | nakittarsimar-
tpit. | 1838.
Literal translation: The brothers and sis-
ters. | K. Kjer | translated them. | At Copen-
hagen. | On Fabricius do Tengnagel’s printing-
press | printed. | 1838.
Pp. 1-45, 16°. A story in the language of
Greenland.
Copies seen: Powell.
---- Tuksiantit | Kikiektugarursomik,
pellesib K.Kjerim aglegij kattersugejlo.
[Seven lines quotation.] Tape-karput. |
M. Vogeliusib Nakittaegej, Frederiks-
ltavnime, 1856.
Literal translation: Psalms | about him
nailed, the priest K. Kjer wrote them and col-
lected them. | They have an addition. | M.
Vogelius printed them, atFrederikshavn, 1856.
Pp. i-xviii, 1-385, 2 11. pp. 1-97, 24°, in the
language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Harvard.
A copy was bought by Leclerc at the Pinart
sale, No. 904, for 1 fr.
According to Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Lit-
teraturloxicon, Kjer translated into the Green-
land a contribution to Bonne s Dansk-Beli-
gionsblad, in 1827, and Anderson’spoem, “ The
Dying Child,” in 1829.
Kjer was the son of Jacob Kjer, who was par-
son of Loaning and Korning, in the bishopric of
Aarhuus. Born October 2, 1802, at the parson-
age of Losning; went to the school of norsen
in 1814, whence he proceeded to the university ;
after having passed his second examination, in
1821, he became private teach er in Laaland, and
in the following year returned to Copenhagen,
where he was received in the Greenland Sem-
inary as alumnus; underwent the theolog-
ical official examination in 1823 and was imme-
diately after ordained missionary for the col-
ony of Holsteinborg in Greenland m June,
1823, he became parson at Todse, in the bishop-
ric of Aalborg, and in October, 1838, at Skjod-
fitrup, in the same bishopric.
Klaproth (Julins). Asia] polyglottal von
| Julius Klaproth. | Zweite Auilage. |
Klaproth (J.) — Continued.
Paris | Verlag von Heideloff &
Campe. | 1831.
Title verso blank 1 1. dedication 1 1. preface,
&c. pp. vii-xvi, textpp. 1-384, LebendesBudd‘a
pp. 125-144, index pp.-l-8, 4°.—Vocabulary of
Kamqatka, pp. 320-322; of the Polar Amerika-
Groenlaendischner in Asien, pp. 322-324; of the
Polar Amerika-Kadjakneriu Asien, pp. 324-325.
Atlas as follows :
---- Asia | polyglotta | von | Julius Kla-
proth. | Sprachatlas. | Zweite Auflage |
Paris | Verlag von Heideloff &
Campe. | 1831.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. i-lix, map,
folio.—Vocabulary of thoKorjiiken (7 dialects),
Kamqadalen (5 dialects), Polar Amerikauur in
Asien (2 dialects), pp. xxxxix-lvii.
Copies seen: Congress.
The first edition was published: Paris, 1823,
4°, atlas, folio. (*)
Priced by Triibnor (catalogue 1856), No. 538
(dated 1823-31JT, at £1 4s.
Kleinschmidt (John Conrad). [Transla-
tions into the language of Greenland. ] *
“John Conrad Kleinschmidt left Licliten-
fels [in Greenland] for Europe July 15, 1812,
the day on which, nineteen years before, he
had arrived in Greenland. * * * After spend-
ing the winter at Fulneck, and marrying again,
Brother Kleinschmidt and his wife * * *
sailed from Leith, Scotland, for Greenland, May
24tli, 1813. * * * Ono of the first carcsof the
missionaries after their return was to furnish a
complete translation of the New Testament
into Greenlandie, the Bible Societies, both in
London and Edinburgh, having kindly offered
to print it forthem. This important work was
committed to Brother Kleinschmidt, who, from
his long residence in tho country, had obtained
a very competent knowledge of the language.
A * * We are happy to learn from the ac-
counts of the last year, 1819, that tho whole was
finished and only waited another final revision
before it should be transmitted to Europe.”—
Cranz.
Kleinschmidt (Samuel Peter). Gram-
matik | der | gronliindischen spraclie |
mit tlieilweisein einschluss des Labra-
dordialects | von | S. Kleinschmidt. |
Berlin, 1851. | Druck uud Verlag von
G. Reimer.
Pp. i-x, 1-182, 8°.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Pilling, Powell, Trumbull.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2553, at 15 fr.;
by Triibner, 1882, p. 53, at 3s A copy at the Pi-
nart sale, No. 517, sold to Quaritch for 4 fr.,
who prices it, No. 30053, at os., and another
copy, half-calf, uncut, No. 30054, at 6s. My
copy, bought of tho Unitiits-Buchhandlung,
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
53
Kleinschmidt (S. P.)— Continued.
•--- Silame iliornerit . . . S. Klein-
schmidt.
Nungme [Godthaab], 1859.
128 pp. 8°. History of the world in Green-
land Eskimo. Title from Dr. Kink.
---- Renseignements sur les premiers ha-
bitants de la c6te occidentale du Green-
land. Trad, en groenlandais par S.
Kleinschmidt. 1864.
4°. Picked-up title. I have seen reference
in Rink’s Danish-Greenland to*Kleinschmidt’s
Sinerissap kavdlundkarfiligtd, 1806, which is
possibly the above work, as tho map given by
Rink is taken from it.
---- Den | Gr^nlandske Ordbog, | omar-
beidet | af | Sam. Kleinschmidt; | ud-
given | paa Foranstaltning af Minis-
teriet for Kirke- og Underviisningsvas-
senet og med | det kongelige danske
Videnskabernes Selskabs Underst0t-
telse | ved | H. F. J0rgensen. |
Ki0benhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk-
keri. | 1871.
Title 11. pp. iii-x, half-title 11. text pp. 1-460,
in double columns, arranged alphabetically by
Greenland words, 8°.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress,
Eames.
Priced by Leclerc, Supplement, No. 2814, at
12 fr.; by Koehler, catalogue 440, No. 960, at 7
M. 50 pf.
----Terms of Relationship of the Eskimo,
Greenland, collected by Samuel Klein-
schmidt, Godthaab, Greenland.
In Morgan (L. H.), Systems of Consanguin-
ity and Affinity, pp. 293-382, Washington, 1871,
4°.
Samuel Petrus Kleinschmidt, the son of a
missionary, was born at Liclitenau, Greenhind,
February 27,1814, and died at Godhaven, Green-
land, February 8, 1886. In 1823 he was taken
to the school of Kleinwelkc, Saxony. From
1828 to 1836 he served as apothecary’s appren-
tice in Zeist, Holland, and from 1836 to 1840 as
school teachor at Christiansfeld, Slesvig. In
1840 he returned to Greenland, and was ap-
pointed in the missionary service of the Mora-
vians, acting as teacher at tho seminary bom
1859. Since 1860 he lias had a printing-press in
liis house, and has printed with his own hands
several books in Greenlandish, school books in
history, geography, and church history, and
especially a large part of the Old Testament,
but only a limited number of copies, merely in-
tended for tho uso of tho revisers of his now
translation. Finally, ho has published a now
edition of tho New Testament, printed at Bu-
dissin, Saxony.”—Itink.
“A new impetus was given to tho study of
the Greenland tongue by Conrad [aic] Klein-
Kleinschmidt (S. P.)—Continued.
schmidt, a man of varied talents. He intro-
duced an improved system of orthography7,
which had regard to the derivations of tho
words and has been adopted by all the Green-
land missionaries, including those of the Dan-
ish church, and discarded as a model the Latin
grammar, which had been painfully followed
by all his predecessors, treating the Greenland
tongue according to its own peculiar idioms
and the existing forms of its words. His gram-
mar of tho Greenland language appeared at
Berlin in 1851 and his Greenland-Danish lexi-
con at Copenhagen at a later time. Ho wrote
also several school books, among them a ge-
ography and a natural history, both of which
gave him abundant opportunities to construct
new woids and formulate new terms for many
things unknown to tho Greenlanders. Tho
most important of his undertakings was a ver-
sion of tho Old Testament, upon which he be-
stowed extraordinary care and which, by7 this
time, must be nearly completed. On a press
presented by the church at Zeist, in Holland,
ho printed with his own hands a small edition
of this work, as far as completed, for the bene-
fit merely of the missionaries. The uso of this
press was cheerfully granted him, even after
ho had joined the Danish mission and had been
appointed director of the seminary at Godt-
haab.”—Reichelt.
Kleinschmidt’s father, also a missionary to
Greenland, was named John Conrad; hence
tho mistake probably in the above quotation.
[Kohlmeister (Benjamin Gottlieb).] Ta-
medsa | Joliannesib Aglangit, | okaut-
sifiik Tussarnertunik, | Jesuse Kristuse-
mik, | Gudim Erngningauik. | Printed
for | the British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety; | For the use of the Christian
Esquimaux in the Mission-Settlements
| of the United Brethren at Nain, Ok-
kak, and Hopedale, | on the Coast of
Labrador. | •
Londonneme: | W. M’Dowallib, Neni-
lauktangit. | 1810.
Literal translation: Here are | John’s his
writings | about the words pleasant to hear |
about Jesus Christ | about God’s his Son. | At
London: | W. M’Dowall's, his printings.
Title verso blank 1 1. pp. 1-124, 12°. Gospel
of John in tho language of Labrador.
Copies seen: Shea.
A copy at the Field sale, No. 643, brought
$1.50; another, No. 2321, 87 cents. The Mur-
phy copy, No. 2914, morocco, giltedges, brought
$2.25.
“After the successful establishment of a mis-
sion station in Labrador in 1771, tho Moravian
missionaries addressed themselves in tho first
instance to tho preparation of a harmony of the
Gospels for tho Esquimaux of Labrador. Many
years were spent in revising and correcting this


54
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
[Kohlmeistei' (B. G.)]—Continued.
work, and at length, in 1809, it was sent for pub-
lication to London. Mr. Kolilmeister, who had
been many years a missionary in Labrador, ex-
tracted from this manuscript an entire version
of the Gospel of St. John; and in 1810 an edition
of 1,000 copies of that Gospel was published in
London at the expense of the British and For-
eign Bible Society.”—Bagster.
For the other three Gospels see Burghardt
(C. F.). For the Harmony of the Gospels see
Nalegapta.
Koikhpagmiut Vocabulary. See Zagoskin (L. A.).
Konsegen :
Grammatic-comments. See Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.).
Vocabulary. Bancroft (H. H.).
Konigseer(Cliristopher Michael). [Green-
land Grammar and Vocabularies.) *
“Konigseer, about 1780, wrote a Greenland
grammar and compiled various vocabularies.
These works remained in manuscript, each
newly arrived missionary making a copy of
them for his own use. In course of time they
were enlarged and improved.”—Reichelt.
---- [Greenland Hymn Book and Sum-
mary of the Christian Doctrine.)
“Having received a liberal education, an ad-
vantage which none of his predecessors had
enjoyed, ho [Konigseer] was enabled to correct
their translations, and also added several new
versions of useful works. Among these were
a Greenlandic hymn book and a translation of
the Summary of Christian Doctrine, which
have been printed, besides some smaller pieces
in manuscript.”—Cranz.
---- See Beck (John).
Konigseer was superintendent of the Green-
land Mission from 1773 to 1786. He was born
in 1723, in Thuringia, and studied at the uni-
versities of Jena and Halle. He died in Green-
land on the 30tli of May, 1786.
Kotzebue Sound Vocabulary. See Gallatin (A.).
Kragh (Peter). Testamentitokab | mak-
pdrsaegfcjsa illhugoeet, | profetit ming-
nerit | Danieliblo Aglegeit, | Kalddlin
ok&uzeennut nuktersimarsut, | nark’i-
gutingoaenniglo sukui’drsimarsut | Pel-
lesimit | Peterrnit Kraghmit. | Attute-
geksaukudlugit innilngnut koisimar-
sunnut. |
Kjbbenhavnime. | Fabritiusib de
Tengnagelib nak’itteriviiine | nak’it-
tirsimarsut. | 1829.
Literal translation: The old testament’s | its
books’ parts of them | the prophets minor |
and Daniel’s his book the Greenlanders into
their speech translated | and with noteB ex-
plained | by the priest | Peter Kragh. | To be
a manual for men christened. | At Copenha-
Kragh (P.)—Continued.
gon. | Fabricios de Tengnagel on his print-
ing press | printed.
Pp. i-viii, 2 11. pp. 1-290, 1 1. 12°. Minor
prophets, Daniel, and parts of the Apocrypha
(Susanna, Bel, and the Dragon) in the lan-
guage of Greenland.
Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign
Bible Society, British Museum, Eames, Powell,
Watkinsou.
At the Fischer sale, No. 2339, a copy brought
9s.
---- Okaliuktuhutit | sajmaubingmik
anubkbingmiglo | Jesuse-Kristusikut, |
makpbrssekktennit Kabluna.it adltedlo |
ok&uzeenne aglbksimarsunnit | katter-
sbrsiinarsut, | Kaladlidlo okhuzeennnt
nuktbrsirnarsut | Pellesimit Peter-
Kraghmit. | [Three lines quotation.)
Kjbhenhavnime [sic], | Fabritiusib
de Tengnagelib nak’itteriviane nakk’-
ittarsimarsut | 1830.
Literal translation: Discourses | about the
timo of mercy and the time of salvation J
through Jesus Christ, I from the books Euro-
peans and others | in their tongues written. |
Collected, | and Greenlanders into their lan-
guage translated | by tho priest Peter Kragh. |
At Copenhagen. Fabricius do Tengnagel’s on
his printing-press printed.
4 p. 11. pp. 1-292, 16°. Salvation through
the mediation of Jesus Christ in the language
of Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
---- [Tracts in Greenlandish. (21.).
Kjbbenhavnime, 1830.)
19 sheets, 12°.
“The English consul, Mr. Brown, bore the
expense of this publication.”—Erslew.
A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2341, brought
3s.
---- Testamentitokab | makpbrsegejsa
illangoeet, ) Mosesirn Aglegejsa | ardlejt
tedlimejdlo, | Jobib, Esrab, Nehemiab,
Esterib | Rutiblo aglegejt, | Kalddlin
ok&uzeennut nuktbrsimarsut, | nafk’i-
gutingoienniglo sukuidrsimarsut
Gjerlevimiut Enslevimiudlo Pellesiten-
nit | Peter-Kraghmit. | Attuaegeksiiu-
kudlugit innhngnnt koisimarsunnut. |
Kjbbenhavnime. | Fabritiusib deTen-
gnagelib nak’itteriviane nak’it- | tiirsi-
marsut. | 1832.
Literal translation: The old testament’s | its
books’ parts of them | Moses’ his books the
second and the fifth, Job’s, Ezra’s, Nehemiah’s,
Esther’s and Ruth’s their books, Greenlanders
into their speech translated | and with notes
explained | by the people of Gjerlev and of
Ensley their priest | Peter Kragh. | To be a


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
55
Kragh (P.)— Continued.
manual for people christened. | At Copenha-
gen. | Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his print-
ing-press printed.
4 p. 11. pp. 1-633, 11. 12°. Books of Exodus,
Leviticus, Job, Ezra, Neliemiah, Esther, and
Iiuth in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Astor, British and Foreign Bible
Society, British Museum, Powell, Watkinson.
A copy at the Fischer sale, catalogue No.
2336, brought 6#.
---- Okallbutit, | Sabbdtinne akkudlee-
siksiet, | Evangelinmit sukui&utbjt
okiokun | attuiegdksaet, | kattcrsdrsi-
marsut | Kalildlidlo okAuzeennut nuk-
t^rsimarsut | Pellesimit Peter-Kragli-
niit. | [Five lines quotation.]
Kjobenliavnime 1833. | Fabritiusib
de Tengnagelib nak’ itterivitiue nak’
ittfirsi- | inarsut.
Literal translation: Discourses | on the Sab-
bath to bo preached, | from the gospel explana-
tions in winter | to bo used, | collected and
Greenlanders into their speech translated | by
the priest Peter Kragh. | At Copenhagen
1833. | Fabricius do Tengnagel’t on his print-
ing-press print- | ed.
Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. 1-464, 2 11. (one folding),
16°. Prayers and lessons on the Gospels, for
Sundays and holy days, from the beginning of
Advent until Easter, in the language of
Greenland.
Copies seen: Brinley, British Museum,
Trumbull.
A copy at the Brinley sale, No. 5642, brought
$8; at tbo Pinart sale, No. 523, a copy was bought
for 2 fr. by Quaritch, who prices it, No. 30055,
at 5s.
---- Testamentitokab | MakptSrsaegbjsa
Illangoeet, | Josvab efkartoursirsudlo
agldgbjt, | Samueliiu aglegej siurdleet
ard- | lbjdlo, agldkkiet Kouginuik |
siurdleet ardl&jdlo, | Kaltidliu ok&uzee-
nnut nnktdrsiniarsnt, nark’igu- | tin-
goaenniglo sukuifirsimarsut | Gjerlevi-
miut Enslevimiudlo Pelleskennit | Peter
Kragliniit.'l [Two lines quotation.]
Kjobenhavniine. | Fabritinsib de
Tengnagelib nak’itterivifine | nak’it-
tfirsi inarsut. | 1836.
Literal translation: Tho old testament’s | its
books' parts of them, | Joshua’s and the J edges’
their books | Samuel's his books the first and
the sec- | ond | the books about Kings first and
second | Greenlanders into their speech trans-
lated, | and with notes explained | by tho peo-
ple of Gjerlev and Enslev their priest | Peter
Kragh. | At Copenhagen. | Fabricius de Teng-
nagel’s on his printing-press | printed.
4 p. 11. pp. 1-708, 3 unnumbered pp. 1_°, in
thelanguageofGreenlaud.—Joshua, pp. 3-95.—
Kragh (P.) — Continued.
Judges, pp. 95-194.—I Samuel, pp. 195-329.—
II Samuel, pp. 329-439.—I Kings, pp. 441-577.—
II Kings, pp. 578-708.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell.
------ Kaladlit | Pelleserkdngoseta | Hans
Egedib | Okallontbi Unnukorsiutit |
ajokiersukkaniiuut, | agleksiinagalloiet
Johan Christian Morch-mit | Kakortor-
niiut niuvertorigalloajnnit | niAnalo
titHrnekartisimarsut | Peter Kragh mit |
Gjerlevimiut Pellesiaennit. |
Kjobenhavnime. | Fabritins de Teng-
nagelib nakk’itterividne | nakk’ittfir-
sinuarsut. | 1837.
Literal translation: The Greenlanders | their
priest’s | Hans Egede’s | discourses means for
passing the evening | to his disciples, | written-
formerly by Johan Christian Morell | the peo-
ple of Kakortok [white place—Julianehoot]
their late trader, | and now arranged by Peter
Kragh | the people of Gjerlev their priest. | At
Copenhagen. | Fabricius do Tengnagel’s on his
printing-press | printed.
Pp. 1-189,16°, in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Congress, Harvard, Pilling,
Powell.
A copy at the Pinart sale, No. 505, brought
2 fr.
Also issued with Danish translation, title as
above, followed by Danish title as follows:
---- Gronhendernes | f0rste Praests | Hans
Egedes | Afteu-Sam taler | nied sine
Diciple, | forfattede efter Campe | af |
Johan Christian Morcb, | forhenvier-
ende Kj0bmand ved Jnlianehaab, | og
nn udgivne af | Peter Kragh, | Priest i
Gjerlev. |
Kjobenhavn: | Trykt i Fabricins de
Tengnagels Bogtrykkeri: | 1837.
Pp. 1-376, 16°, alternate pages Danish and
Greenland. Eskimo title verso 1. 1, Danish
title recto 1.' 2. Evening Conversations of
Ilans Egedo with his disciples, compiled by
Morell and newly edited by P. Kragh.
Copies seen: Harvard, Trumbull, Wat-
kinson.
---- Erkars&utigirseksiet | sillarsoarmik,
| agldksiniarsut | G. F. Ursinimit, |
nuktersimarsut | P. Kragh-mit, | Lin-
trupimiut Pellesiiennit. |
Kjbbenhavnime. | Fabritins de Teng-
nagelib nak’itterivitine nak’ittarsim-
arsut. | 1839.
Literal translation: Things to be thought of
| about the great heavens | written by | G. F.
Ursini, | translated | by P. Kragh | tho people
of Lintrup their priest. | At Copenhagen. |
Fabricins de Tengnagel’s on his printing-
press printed.


56
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Kragh (P.) — Continued.
PP. 1-23, 16°. Treatise on astronomy, by '
Ursini, translated into the Greenland l>y Kragh.
It is probable that this work was issued also
with alternate pages, Danish and Greenland, as
Erslew mentions an edition: Kjobenhavnime,
1839, 8°, 45 pp.
Copies seen: Powell.
-— Okalluktualitet, | nuktArsimarsut, |
R. J. Brandt-init, | KArsome niiivertnk-
saugalloamit, | ark’iksdrsimarsut titAr-
nekartisimarsudlo | P. Kragh-mit | Lin-
trupimiut Hjertingimiudlo Pellesisen-
nit |
Kjbbenhavnime. | Fabritius do Ten-
gnagelib nak’itteriviAne uak’ittArsim-
arsut. | 1839.
Literal translation: Discourses | translated
| by It. J. Brandt | at Karsok late assistant
trader | put in order and arranged | by P.
Kragh | the people of Lintrup and the peoplo
of Hjerting their priest. | At Copenhagen. |
Fabricius de Tengnagel’s on his printing-press
printed.
Pp. 1-118, 1G°, in the language of Greenland, i
Copies seen: Harvard, Powell.
AcopyatthePinartsale, No. 140, brought 1 fr.
----AttusegAutit, | EvangeliumitsukuiA-
utbjt Paaskimit | Trinitatis Sabbateesa
kingurdliaen- | nut atturegeksaet, | kat-
tersorsimarsut Kaladlidlo | okauzeen-
nut nuktersimarsut | Pellisimit Peter
Kraghmit, | [Three lines quotation.] |
Kjobenhavnime: | Bianco Lu nob nak-
k’itteriviAne nakk’ittarsimarsut. | 1848.
Literal translation: Readings! from the Gos-
pel explanations from Easter | to Trinitys
Sunday’s its next following [the Sunday after
Trinity] | to bo used, | collected and Green-
landers | into their speech translated | by the
priest Peter Kragh. | At Copenhagen: | Bianco
Duno’s on his printing-press printed.
Pp. i-viii, 1-731, 2 11. 18°, in the language of
Greenland.
Copies seen: Harvard, Trumbull.
A copy was bought by Quaritch at the Pinart
sale, No. 522, for 4 fr.
---- Attntekkaen illuarsantiksaet | ille-
geennut opertunnut, | kattersorsimar-
8ut | Umiktormiut pellesitennit, W. A.
Wexelsimit, | mAnale nuktersimarsut |
Oesbymiut pel lesertie unit P. Kraghmit.
| [Four lines quotation.] |
Kiobenhavnime 1850. | Bianco Lunob |
nak’itterviaue nok’ittarsimarsut.
Literal translation: Readings means for im-
provement | for congregations faithful, | col-
lected | by the people of Umiktok their priest,
W. A. Wexcls, | but now translated | by tlio
people of Oesby their priestP. Kragh. | Copen-
Kragh (P.) — Continued.
liagen 1850. | Bianco Luno’s on his printing,
press printed.
Title 1 1. preface, signed Peter Kragh, Oct.
7, 1850, pp. iii-viii, text (translation of Wilhelm
Andreas Wexels’ sermons, each followed by a
hymn) entirely in the Greenland, pp. 1-206, 11.
16°. Pp. 175-206 entirely hymns.
Copies seen: British Museum.
[----] Erkiersautiksiet, | udlut nungud-
lugit attuaigieksiet. | Kattersorsimarsut
J. Paulusimit. | Nordleen ilkennit. |
[Two lines quotation.] |
Nakittarsimarsut Pet. Chr. Kochib |
nakitterivigiksoAne, | Haderslevime. |
1853. .
Literal translatio n : Things io be though
of | every day to be used. | Collected by J.
Paulus. | [?] | Printed on Pet. Chr. Koch's |
his great piinting-piess, | at Haderslev.
Picture of the crucifixion vith Eskimo title
1 1. title 1 1. preface, signed I’. Kragh, pp. iii-iv,
verses pp. vi-viii, text pp. 1-400, 16°. Book of
daily devotion entirely in the Eskimo of
Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buclihand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 80 pf.
-----Unnersbutiksak | eruisuksiortunnut |
KalAdlit nunamnAtunnut, | Kablunain
okAuzceune aglAksimarsok | nekkur-
sA'irsomit Lerkimit, | KalAdlidlo okAu-
zeenuut nuktersimarsok | Pellesimit |
Peter-Kraghmit. |
Kjobenhavnime. | Louis Kleinib nak’-
itt’eriviksoAne. | 1867.
Literal translation: Instructions | for mid-
wives | Greenlanders in their land living | Eu-
ropeans in their speech written | by the healer
Lerch, | and Greenlanders into their speech
translated | by the priest | Peter Kragh. | At
Copenhagen. ] On Louis Klein's liis great print-
ing-press.
Second title: Underretning | for Jordenqidre
| i Grjindland, | skreven paa Danslc | af |
Chirurg Lerch, | oversat paa Gr^nlandsk | af
| Praistcn Kragh. |
Kjdbenliavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. |
1867.
Pp. 2-63, alternate pages Greenland and
Danish. Eskimo title verso 1 1. Danish title
recto 1. 2, 16°.
Copies seen: Powell.
Erslew titles an edition: Copenhagen, 1829,
4 sheets [64 pp.?], 8°.
-----Johannesib koi’rsirsub nejsA innuka-
juitsame .... nuktersimarsok P.
Kragh-mit.
Haderslevime, 1871.
Literal translation: John’s the Baptist’s liis
warning in the wilderness .... trans-
lated by I’. Kragh. At Haderslev.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
57
Kragli (P.) — Continued.
98 pp. 8°, in the Greenland language. Title
from Dr. Rink.
----Greenland Sermons. (27.) *
27 sheets, 8°, printed at the expense of the
Danish Missionary Society. Title from Dr.
Rink.
“ Peder Kragh, the son of Michael Kragh and
Kirstine Jensen, was horn at Gimtning, then
annexed to Banders, November 20, 1794. In
1804 he entered the school at Randers, in
1806 the Latin school at the same placo, and
thence, in 1813, to the university. He entered
the Greenland seminary iu April, 1817;
passed his final examination in theology in Oc-
tober of the same year, and in January, 1818,
was sent as missionary to Egedesminde and an-
nexed districts, in Disco Bay, in North Greenr
land, whither he set out in May, arriving iu
August, and before tho end of the same month
gave his first sermon in the Greenland.- He re-
mained in that office for ten years. In 1825 he
established the mission of Upernivik, aban.
doned forty years afterward. He left Green-
land in July, 1828, and arrived at Copenhagen
• about tho end of August of the same year. In
January, 1829, ho becamo parson at Gjerlev and
Enslev, in the bishopric of Aarhuus, and in
Octobor, 1838, at Lintrup and Hjerting, in the
bishopric of Ribe.
“There are in circulation in Greenland by
this author various translations, namely, In-
gemann’s Voices in the Wilderness, and Tho
High Game, Krummacher’s Parables and Feast
Book, Hans Egcde’s Life, and some cradle songs
and other songs, for tho publication of which
no money could bo obtained.”—Ersleto.
Krause (/Vurel). Verzeicliniss einiger
Tschuktscliischer- und Eskimo-Worter
von der Tschukscheu Halbinsel.
In Deutsche geographische Blatter, lieraus-
gegeben von dor Goographischen Gesellschaft
in Bremen, vol. 6, neft 3, pp. 266-278, Bremen,
1883, 8°.
Krlstumiutut tugsiautit.
Kjobenhavnime, 187G.
Literal translation: In tho Christian manner
psalms. At Copenhagen.
115 pp. 8°. Psalm book in the Eskimo lan-
guage of Greenland. Title from Dr. Rink.
Kristusimik Mallingnaursut * * *
Thomasib a Kempisib. See Egede
(P-).
Kumlien (Ludwig). Contributions | to
the | natural, history | of | Arctic Amer-
ica, | made in connection with | the
Howgate polar expedition, 1877-78, |
by | Ludwig Kumlien, | naturalist of
the expedition. |
Kumlien (L.) — Continued.
Washington: | Government Printing
Office. | 1879.
Printed cover 11. pp. 1-179, 8°. Forms Bul-
letin 15 of the National Museum.
Mr. Kumlien’s contributions to this pam-
phlet are as follows: Ethnology, pp. 11-46;
Mammals, pp. 47-67; Birds, pp. 69-105. The
first contains a few Innuit terms passim, and
numerals 1-10, pp. 26-27; the last two contain
many names of animals and birds in the Cum-
berland Eskimo.
Copies seen: Congress, Powell.
Reprinted, in part, as follows:
---- Ethnology. Fragmentary Notes on
the Eskimo of Cumberland Sound.
By Ludwig Kumlien.
In Science, vol. 1, pp. 85-88, 100-101, 214-218,
New York, 1880, 4°.—Innuit numerals, 1-10, p.
216.
Kungip tugdliataperkussutai | Kalfitdlit
misigssuissortait piv- | dlngit nunatalo
akigssautai pivdlugit, | Kungip tugdli-
ata sulivfiane agdlagsimassut 1872 me |
Januarip 31 ane.
Literal translation: The king’s his nearest
[ministers] things that he gives commands
about | in reference to the Greenlanders their
governors | and in reference to the land’s its
wealth, | at the minister’s his working place
[office] written in 1872 [ on January 31.
No title-page; pp. 1-18, 8°. Instructions for
the trading posts in Greenland, in the Eskimo
language.
Copies seen: Powell.
Kupernerit uapautduput. See Soren-
sen (B. F.).
Kuskokwim. [Noto book with various
vocabularies, notes ou the dialects of
Koskokwim, Nunivak, &c.]
Manuscript in possession of M. Alph. L.
Pinart.
Kuskokwim:
Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von).
Furuhelm (H.), Kuskokwim, Vocabularies, Wrangell (F. von).
Kuskutchewak:
Vocabulary. See Baer (K. E. von), Latham (R. G.), Morgan (L. H.), Richardson (J.).
Kuskwdgmnt:
Vocabulary. See Dall (W. II.),
Schott (W.), Zagoskin (L. A.).
Kwigpak:
Vocabulary. See Schott (W.).


58
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
L.
Labrador:
Bible:
Pentateuch. See Moselil.
Genesis. Mosesib.
Exodus. Four' Books.
Leviticus. Four Books.
Numbers. Four Books.
Deuteronomy. Four Books.
Joshua. Erdmann (F.).
J udges. Erdmann (F.).
Ruth. Erdmann (F.).
Samuel I-II. Erdmann (F.).
Kings I-II. Erdmann (F.).
Chronicles I-II. Erdmann (F.).
Ezra. Erdmann (F.).
Nehemiali. Erdmann (F.).
Esther. Erdmann (F.).
Job. Erdmann (F.).
Psalms. Davidib,
Psalms. Erdmann (F.).
Proverbs. Erdmann (F.),
Proverbs. Salomonib.
Ecclesiastes. Erdmann (F.).
Song of Solomon. Erdmann (F.).
Isaiah. Prophetib.
Jeremiah. Salomonib.
Ezekiel. Salomonib.
Daniel. Salomonib.
Minor prophets. Salomonib.
New Testament. Testamentetak ta- medsa,
New Testament. Testamentitak ta- rn aedsa.
Four Gospels. Burghardt (C. F.),
Four Gospels. Tamedsa Mattluen- sil>,
Four Gospels. ’ Testamentitak ta-
rn ledsa.
Matthew (in part). Warden (D. B.).
John (in part). American Bible So- ciety,
John (in part). Bagster (J.),
John (in part ). Bible Society,
John (in part). British and Foreign Biblo Society,
John (in part). Church,
John (in part). Kohlmeister (B. G.),
John (in part). Warden (D. B.).
Acts. Acts,
Acts. Apostelit,
Acts. Testamentitak ta- in ardsa.
Epistles. Apostelit (note),
Epistles. Epistles.
Revelation. Apostclit (note).
Bible lessons. Jorusalemib,
Bible lessons. Jesuse,
Bible lessons. Katimajok,
Biblo lessons. Ndlekam,
Bible lessons. Nalungiak,
Biblo lessons. Naugbtawkkoa,
Bible lessons. Nauk taipkoa,
Bible lessons. Nukakpiak,
Bible lessons. Nukakpiarksek,
Bible lessons. Nukapiak,
Labrador—Continued.
Bible lessons. See Senfkornetun-ipok,
Bible lessons. Tamedsa,
Bible lessons. Tussajungnik,
Bible lessons. Ussornakaut.
Bible stories. Okpernermik,
Biblo stories. Pillitikset,
Biblo stories. Pingortitsinermik,
Bible stories. Senfkornesut6pok,
Bible stories. Unipkautsit.
Catechism. Bourquin (T.),
Catechism. Erdmann (F.).
Christian doctrine. Jesusjb.
Chronicles. Erdmann (F.).
Dictionary. Erdmann (F.).
Geography. Elsner (A. F.).
Gospels (Harmony of). Nalegapta.
Grammar. Bourquin (T.),
Grammar. Freitag (A.).
Grammatic comments. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.).
Hymns. Imgerutit,
Hymns. Tuksiarutsit.
Liturgy. Liturgiit atoraksat,
Liturgy. Liturgiit upvalo.
Lord’s Prayer. Berglioltz (G. F.),
Lord’s Prayer. Sirale (F. A.).
Numerals. Antrim (B. J.),
Numerals. Cull (R.),
Numerals. Stearns (W. A.)
Prayers. Tuksiarutsit
Primer. Okautsit.
Sermons. Okdlantsit.
Songs. Imgerutsit.
Tract. Bibelib.
Vocabulary. Fry (E.)»
Vocabulary. Latrobo (P.) and Washington (J.),
Vocabulary. Lesley (J. I’.),
Vocabulary. Lesseps (J. B. B.),
Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H.),
Vocabulary. Richardson (J.),
Vocabulary. Stearns (W. A.).
La Harpe (Jean Francois de). Abrdgfi |
de | l’histoire gdndrale | des voyages,
| contenant | C'e qu’il y a de plus re-
marqnable, de plus utile & | de inieux
avdrd dans les Pays oil les Voyageurs |
ont pdndtrd; les intent's des Ilabitans,
la Religion, | les Usages, Arts & Sci-
ences, Commerce, | Manufactures; en-
richie de Cartes gdographiqnes | & de
figures. | Par M. Do La Harpe, de
l’Acaddmie Franyaise. | Tome premier
[-trente-deux]. | [Design.] |
A Paris, | Hfitel de Thon, rue des
Poitevins. | M. DCC. LXXX[-An IX.—
1801] [1780-1801]. | Avoc Approbation,
& Privilege du Roi.
32 vols. 8°, and atlas, 1804, 4°.—Remarks on
the Greenland language, with examples (from


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
59
La Harpe (J. F. de) — Continued.
Anderson, in Cook and King's Voyages), vol.
18, pp. 369-377.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress.
---- Abr6g6 | de | l’Histoire G6n6rale |
des voyages, | contenant | ce qu’il y a
de plus remarquable, de plus utile et
de | mieux avdrd dans les pays oil les
voyageurs ont | p6n6tr<5; les moeurs des
liabitans, la religion, les | usages; arts
et sciences, commerce et raanufac- |
tures. | Par J. F. LaHarpe. | Torno
Premier[-Vingt-quatribme]. |
A Paris, | Chez Ledoux et Tenrd,
Libraires, | Rue Pierre-Sarrozin, N° 8. |
1816.
24 vols. 12°.—Linguistics, vol. 17, pp. 378-385.
Copies seen: British Museum.
---- Abr6g<$ | de | l’histoire g6u6rale |
des voyages, | contenant | ce qu’il y a
de plus remarquable, de plus utile et
de mieux | av<$r£ dans les pays on les
voyageurs ont p6n6tr6; les | moeurs
des liabitans, la religion, les usages,
arts et | sciences, commerce et manu-
factures; | Par J. F. LaHarpe. | Nou-
vello Edition, | revue et corrig^e avec
le plus grand soin, | et accompagnde
d’un bel atlas in-folio. | Tome premier
[-vingt-quatribme]. |
A Paris, | chez Etienne Ledoux, li-
braire, | rue Gu6n<5gaud, N° 9. | 1820.
24 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 16, pp. 217-226.
Copies seen: Congress.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 38632,
there are editions: Paris, Achille Jourdan,
1822, 30 vols. 8°; Paris, 1825, 30 vols. 8°; Lyon,
Rusand, 1829—’30, 30 vols. 8°. .
Latham (Robert Gordon). Miscellaneous
Contributions to the Ethnography of
North America. By R. G. Latham, M. D.
In Philological Society [of London], Proc,
vol. 2, pp. 31-50, [London], 1846 , 8°.
Table of words showing affinities among
various American tribes, including the Eskimo,
pp. 34-38.
----â–  On the Languages of the Oregon
Territory. By R. G. Latham, M. D.
In Ethnological Soc. of London, Journal, vol.
1 pp 154-166, Edinburgh, [1848], 8°.
A table of ten Sussee words showing affinity
with various other zlmerican tribes, among
them the Eskimo, p. 161.—Short comparative
vocabulary of tho Sitca and Kadiack, p. 163.—
Table showing miscellaneous affinities between
the languages of Oregon Territory and the Es-
kimo, pp. 164-165.
---- On the Ethnography of Russian
America. By R. G. Latham, M. D.
Latham (R. G.) — Continued.
In Ethnological Soc. of London, Journal
vol. 1, pp. 182-191, Edinburgh,.[1848], 8°.
Contains general remarks on the classifica-
tion of the languages of the above region, and
a very brief list of the vocabularies of the
languages of that region which have been
printed, including tho Eskimo.
----- The | natural history | of | the
varieties of man. | By | Robert Gordon
Latham, M. D., F. R. S., | late Fellow
of King’s College, Cambridge; | one of
the Vice-Presidents of the Ethnologi-
cal Society, London; | Corresponding
Member to tho Ethnological Society, |
New York, etc. | [Design.] |
London: | John Van Voorst, Pater-
noster Row. | M.D.CCCL [1850].
Pp. i-xxviii, 1-574, 8°.—Romarks on the
Eskimo language, pp. 288-294.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
A presentation copy (dated 1851) at the Squier
sale, catalogue No. 638, brought $2.50.
----- Opuscula. | Essays | chiefly | philo-
logical and ethnographical | by | Rob-
ert Gordon Latham, | M. A., M. D., F.
R. S., etc. | Late Fellow of Kings Col-
lege, Cambridge, late Professor of En-
glish | in University College, London,
late assistant physician | at the Middle-
sex Hospital. |
Williams & Norgate, | 14 Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden, London | and |
20 South Frederick Street, Edinburgh.
| Leipzig, R. Hartmann. | 1860.
Pp. i-vi, 1-418, 8°. A reprint of a number of
articles which appeared in tho publications of
the Ethnological and Philological Societies of
London. Addenda and Corrigenda, pp. 379-417,
contain linguistic material not appearing in
any of the former articles; amongst it are the
numerals, 1-5, of tho Eskimo, Aleutian, and
Kamskadale, p. 410.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Brinton,
Bureau of Ethnology, Congress, Watkinson.
A presentation copy brought $2.37 at tho
Squier sale, catalogue No. 639. The Murphy
copy, No. 1438, sold for $1.
----- Elements | of | comparative philol-
ogy. I Ey | R. G. Latham, M. A., M. D.,
F.--R. S., &c., | late fellow of King’s
College, Cambridge; and late professor
of English | in University College, Lon-
don. |
London: | Walton and Maberly, |
Upper Gower street, and Ivy lane,
Paternoster row; | Longman, Green,
Longman, Roberts, and Green, | Pater-


60
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Latham (R. G.) — Continued.
noster row. j 1862. | The Right of
Translation is Reserved.
Pp. i-xxxii, errata 1 1. pp. 1-774, 8°.—Com-
parative vocabulary of the Vnalashka, Kadiak,
Kuskutshewac, and Labrador, pp. 386-387.—
Two Eskimo [Asiatic] vocabularies, p. 387.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Watkinson.
Latrobe (Rev. Peter) and Washington
(Capt. John). Vocabulary of the Es-
kimo of Labrador.
In Richardson (Sir John), Arctic Searchiug
Expedition, pp. 483-496, London, 1851, 8°.
Reprinted in the New York edition of 1852,
pp. 483-496.
Leclerc (Charles). Bibliotheca | Ameri-
cana | Catalogue raisonnd | d’une trhs-
prdcieuse | collection de livres anciens |
et modernes | sur 1’AmArique et les
Philippines | Classes par ordre alpliabd-
tique de noms d’Auteurs. | R&ligd par
Ch. Leclerc. | [Design.] |
Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie | 15, Qnai
Voltaire | M.D.CCC.LXVII [1867]
Pp. i-vii, 1-407, 8°. Contains a number of
Eskimo titles.
Copies seen: Congress, Powell.
At the Eischor sale, No. 919, a copy brought
10s.; at the Squier sale, No. 651, $1.50. Le-
clerc, 1878, No. 345, prices it at 4 fr. The Mur-
phy copy, No. 1452, brought $2.75.
---- Bibliotheca | Amerioana | Histoire,
geographic, | voyages, archdologie et
lingnistique | des | deux Am6riqhes |
et | des Iles Philippines | r6digde | par
Ch. Leclerc | [Design.] |
Paris | Maisonneuve et Cie, libraires-
dditeurs | 25, Qnai Voltaire, 25. | 1878
2 p. 11. pp. i-xx, 1-737, 11. 8°.—The linguistic
partof this volumeoccupiespp. 537-643, and is ar-
ranged under families, the A16oute occurring on
p 550; thcEsquimau(Groenlandais)pp. 579-581.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, Pilling.
Priced by Quaritch, No. 12172, at 12s.; another
copy, No. 12173, large paper, £1 Is. Leclerc’s
Supplement, 1881, No. 2831, prices it at 15 fr.,
and No. 2832, a copy on Holland paper, at 30 fr.
A large-paper copy priced by Quaritch, No.
30230, at 12s.
----Bibliotheca | Americana | Histoire, gdo-
grapliie, | voyages, arcluioJogie et lin-
guistique| des deux Amdriques j Supple-
ment | N° I. Novembro 1881 | [Design]. |
Paris | Maisonneuve & Cie, libraires-
editeurs | 25, quai Voltaire, 25 | 1881
Printed cover 1 1. title 1 1. advertisement 1
1. pp. 1-102, 1 i. 8°.
Copies seen: Congress, Pilling.
Legends:
Greenland. See Kaladlit,
Pok.
Tcliiglit. Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Lenox: This word following a title indicates that
a copy of the work referred to was seen by the
compiler in the Lenox Library, New York City.
Lerch (—). Sec Kragh (P.).
Lesley (Joseph Peter). On the Insensi-
ble Gradation of Words, by J. P. Lesley.
In American Philosopli. Soc. Proc. vol. 7,
pp. 129-155, Philadelphia 1862, 8°.
Contains a few words on Greenland Esqui-
maux, Labrador, and Kadjak, pp. 136-139, 145-
148, 148-152.
Lesseps (Jean Baptiste Barth^lemy,
baron de). Journal historique | du
voyage | de M. de Lesseps, | Consul do
France, employd dans l’expddition | de
M. le comte de la Pdrouse, en quality |
d’interprbte du Roi; | Depuis l’instant
oh. il a quittd les frigates Francoises |
au port Saint-Pierre & Saint-Paul du
Kanitschatka, | jnsqu’A son arrivde en
France, le 17 octobre 1788. | Premiere
[-seconde] partie. | [Design.] |
A Paris, | de l’imprimerie royale. |
M. DCCXC [1790],
2 vols. 8°.—Vocabtilaire des langues Kam-
tschadale, Koriaqtie, Tchouktchi et Lamont o,
vol. 2, pp. 355-375.—Vocabtilairo do la langue
Kamtschadalo, vol. 2, pp. 376-380.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
At the Fischer sale, No. 2517, a copy brought
12s.
---- Travels | in | Kamtschatka, | during
the years 1787 and 1788. | Translated
from the French of | M. de Lesseps,,
Consul of France, | and | interpreter to
the Count de la Pdrouse, now | engaged
in a voyage round the world, by | com-
mand of His Most Christian Majesty. |
In two volumes. | Volume I[-II], |
London : | Printed for J. Johnson, St,
Paul’s Church-yard. | 1790.
2 vols. 8°.—Linguistics, vol. 2, pp. 384-403,
404-408.
Copies seen: Boston Atlienaium, British Mu-
seum.
---- Voyage | de | M. De Lesseps | du
Kamtschatka on France | avec | uno
Preface par Ferdinand de Lesseps |
[Picture.] |
Paris | Maurice Dreyfours, Editenr
| 13, Rue du Faubourg-Montmartre, 13
| Tons droits rdservds [n. d.]
Pp. i-xx, 1-248, table 1 1. 12°.—Vocabulaire


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
61
Lesseps (J. B. B.)—•Continued.
des langues Kamtschadale, Koriaque, Tchouk-
tclii ct Lamoute, pp. 237-248.
Copies seen: British Museum.
The edition, Riga & Leipzig, 1791, 2 vols.l2°,
contains no linguistics. (British Museum.)
Letters V and L, Eskimo. Seo Gallatin (A.).
Linguistic discussion:
Greenland. See Rink (FI. J.),
Wbldike (M.).
Karalit. Heckewelder (J. G. E.).
dllCHIICKlii (IOPlii). [Lisiansky (Capt.
Urey).] IlyTeuiecTBie | Boitpyrb CBfira bi> |
1803. 4. 5. ii 180G rojaxb, | no noBe.rfcniio |
ero HMnepaTopcitaro Be.iii'iecTBa | AjeKcan^pa
Ilepiiaro, | ua Kopa6.il; | UeBt, | iioji. iia'ia.itc-
TBOMb | 4>.ioTa KanirraHh-ieiiTCiiania, nmirh
nanirrana | 1-ro panra n itaBhiepa | IOpia
AiicHHCKaro. | 'lacTb nepnaa[-BTOpaa]. |
CaiiKTneTep6yprb, bt> Tnnorpatin 0. Jpex-
c.iepo, | 1812.
Translation.—Voyage | around the world |
in the years 1803, 4, 5 and 1806 | by order of | His
Imperial Majesty | Alexander I, | on the ship
| Neva, | under command | ofCaptain-Lieuten-
antof the Navy, nowCaptain | of the 1st rank |
and Knight Urey Lisiansky. | Vol. I[—Ilj. |
St. Petersburg, | in tlie printing-office of Th.
Drechsler, | 1812.
2 vols. 8°.—Short vocabulary of the languages !
of the northwestern parts of America, with
Russian translation; Russian-Kadiak-Kena'i I
and Russian-Sitka-Unalashka, vol. 2, pp. 154-
181, 182-207.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
-----A | voyage round the world, | iu |
the years 1803, 4, 5, & 6; | performed ]
by order of his imperial majesty | Alex-
ander the First, emperor of Russia, |
in | the Bhip Neva, | by | Urey Lisian-
sky, | captain in the Russian navy,
and i knight of the orders of St. George
and St. Vladimer. f
Loudon: | Printed for John Booth,
â–  Duke street, Portland place; and |
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, & Brown,
Paternoster row; | by S. Hamilton,
Weybridge, Surrey. | 1814.
I’p. i-xxi, 11. pp. 1-388, maps, 4°.—Appendix
No. 3, Vocabulary of the languages of the
islands of Cadiack and Oonalashca, the bay of
Konay, and Sitca sound, pp. 329-337.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenamm, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.
A copy at the Pinart sale, No. 1372, brought
5 fr.
These vocabularies reprinted in Davidson
(G.), Report relative to * * * Alaska, in Coast
Survey, Ann. Rept. 1867, pp. 293-298, Wash'
ington, 1869, 4°; again in Davidson (G.), Report
relative to * * * Alaska, in Ex. Doc. 77, 40th
.IHCflnCKlii (K)Plii) —Continued.
Cong., 2d sess , pp. 328-333; and again in Coast
Survey, Coast Pilot of Alaska, pp. 215-221,
Washington, 1869, 8°. For extracts see Schott
(W.), Zagoskin (L. A.), Zelenoi (S. J.).
Litany, Greenland. See ilagigsut.
Liturgiit | atoraksat | Jesusib Ania-
viane. |
London: | Printed for the Society for
the | Furtherance of the Gospel among
the Heathen, | 97, Hatton Garden. | By
Norman & Skeen, Maiden Lane, Cov-
ent Garden. ] 1867.
Literal translation: Liturgy | to be used |
at Jesus’ his time of suffering.
Title verso blank 11. text entirely in the lan-
guage of Labrador, pp. 3-48, 18°.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of the Unitats-Buchhand-
luug, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 70 pf.
Liturgiit | upvalo: | tuksiarutsit, im-
gerutillo kujalitiksat nertordlerntik-
sallo | atoraksat illagektunut | Labra-
doremetunut. |
Stolpen. | Druck von Gustav Winter.
| 1867.
Literal translation: Liturgy | daily ?: |
psalms, and hymns of-thanksgiving and of-
praise | a manual for congregations | living-in-
Labrador. |
Title verso blank 1 1. contents pp. iii-iv, text
entirely in the language of Labrador, pp. 1-278,
16°. Hymns sung during week day services.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of thoUnitats-Buchhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M. 80 pf.
Liturgy:
Greenland. See Tuksiautit.
Labrador. Liturgiit atoraksat,
Liturgiit upvalo.
Long (John). Voyages and Travels | of
an | Indian Interpreter and Trader, |
describing | the Manners and Customs
| of the | North American Indians; |
with | an Account of the Posts | sit-
uated on the River Saint Laurence,
Lake Ontario, &c. | To which is added,
| A Vocabulary | of | tho Chippeway
Language. | Names of Furs and Skins,
in English and French. | A list of words
| in the | Iroquois, Mohegan, Shawa-
nee, and Esqiiimeaux Tongues, | and a
table, shewing | the Analogy between
the Algonkin and Chippeway Lan-
guages. | By J. Long. |
London: | Printed for the author;
and sold by Robson, Bond-Street; Do-
brett, | Piccadilly; T. and J. Egerton,
Charing-Cross; White and Son, Fleet-


62
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Long (J.) — Continued.
| Street; Sewell, Cornhill; Edwards,
Pall-Mall; and Messrs. Tay- | lors, Hol-
born, London; Fletcher, Oxford ; and
Bull, Bath. | M, DCC, XCI [1791].
1 p. 1. pp. i-xi, 1-295, map, 4°.—Vocabulary
of the Esquimaux (22 words), p. 183.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athcnreum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress, Trumbull, Watkinson.
The copy at the Field sale. No. 1379, brought
$5.50. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 942, at 60
fr., an uncut copy. Tho Brinley copy, No.
5661, sold for $5.50, “ tree-calf, yellow edges, a
large and exceptionally fine copy.” At the Pi-
nart sale, No. 558, it brought 20 fr. and at the
Murphy sale, No. 1518, $5.50.
---- J. Long’s | westindischen Dolmet-
Bchers und Kaufmanns | See- und Land-
Reisen, | enthaltend: | eine Beschrei-
bung der Sitten und Gewolinheiten |
der | nordamerikanischen Wilden; |
der | englischen Fortes oder Schanzeu
langs dem St. Lorenz- | Flusse, deui
See Ontario u. s. w.; | ferner | ein um-
standliches Worterbnch der Chippc-
wiiischen und anderer | nordamerikani-
schen Sprachen. | Aus dem Englischen.
| Herausgegeben | und mit einer kurzen
i Einleitung uber Kanada und einer er-
besserten | Karte verseheu | von | E. A.
W. Zimmermann, | Hofrath und Pro-
fessor in Braunschweig. | Mit allergnii-
digsten Freiheiten. |
Hamburg, 1791. | bei Benjamin Gott-
lob Hoffmann.
Pp. i-xxiv, 1 1. pp. 1-334, map, 8°.—Linguis-
tics, p. 217.
Copies seen: Brown.
At tho Fischer sale, No. 969, acopybronghtla.
I have Been a German edition: Berlin, 1792, 8°,
and a French one: Paris, an II [17941, 8°, neither
of which contains the linguistic material. I
have also seen mention of an edition: Paris, 1810.
Lord's. The Lord’s Prayer | Iu One Hun-
dred and Thirty-One TongueB. | Con-
taining all the principal languages |
spoken | in Europe, Asia, Africa, and
America. |
London: | St. Paul’s Publishing Com-
pany, | 12, Paternoster Square. | [n.d.]
Title verso blank 11. preface, signed F. Pin-
cott, fellow of the Royal Asiatic Society, pp.
1-2, contents pp. 3-4, text pp. 5-62,12°.—Lord’s
Prayer in tho Greenland, p. 58.
Copies seen : Church Missionary Society.
Lord’s Prayer:
Aleut. See Gebet.
Eskimo. Atkinson (C.),
Hall (C.F.),
Hossler (—).
Lord’s Prayer — Continued.
Greenland. Adelung (J. C.) and Vater (J. S.), Auer (A.), Bergholtz (G. F.), Bergmann (G. von), Bodoni (J. B.), Egedo (H.), Fauvel-Gouraud (F.), Hervas (L.), Lord’s Prayer, Marcel (J. J.), Napliegyi (G.), Richard (L.), Strale (F. A.).
Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.).
Labrador. Bergholtz (G. F.), Strale (F. A.).
Lowe (F.) Wenjaminow fiber die aleu-
tischen Inselu und deren Bewoliner
Von Herrn F. Lowe.
In Erman (A.), Archiv fur wissenschaft-
liche Kunde von Russlaud, vol. 2, pp. 459-495,
Berlin, 1842, 8°.
Brief remarks on the Aleut language, pp. 486-
487.
Reprinted as follows:
----- Les Isles Aldoutes et lenrs habitants.
Par M. Venjaminov. Article de M. Er-
man [F. Lowe]. Traduit del’allemand.
In Nouvelles Annales des Voyages, vol. 2,
1849 (vol. 122 of tho collection), pp. 66-82,
Paris, n. d. 8°, and vol. 4, 1849 (vol. 124 of the
collection), pp. 112-148, Paris, n. d. 8°.
Ludewig (Hermann E.). The | litera-
ture | of | American aboriginal lan-
guages. | By | Hermann E. Ludewig. |
With additions and corrections | by
Professor Wm. W. Turner. | Edited by
Nicolas Triibner. |
London: | Triibnerand Co., 60, Pater-
noster row. | MDCCCLVIII [1858].
Pp. i-viii, 1 1. pp. ix-xxiv, 1-258, 8°. Ar-
ranged alphabetically by families. Addenda
by Wm. W. Turner and Nicolas Triibuer, pp.
210-246, index pp. 247-256, errata pp. 257-258.
Contains a list of grammars and vocabularies
of thofollowing peoples: Aglegmutos, pp. 3-4;
Aleutans, p. 4; Eskimo, pp. 69-72, 220-221-;
Fox Islands, pp. 74, 221; Inkiiliircliliiato or
Kangjulit, pp. 86, 223; Kadjak, pp. 90-91; Kus-
kokwimos, Tcliwaginjutes, Kuskutsclicwak,
or Kushkukchwakmutes, pp. 98, 226; Norton
Sound, p. 134; Prince William’s Sound, p. 154;
Tschugatscbi, p. 191; Tschuktchi, pp. 191, 242;
Ugalonzi, pp. 194, 243; Unalashka, pp. 195, 244.
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Pilling.
A copy at tho Fischer sale, No. 990, brought
58. 6d.; at the Field sale, No. 1403, $2.63; at the
Squier sale, No. 699, $2 62; another copy, 1906,
$2.38. Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2075, at 15
fr. The Pinart copy, No. 565, sold for 25 fr.
und the Murphy copy, No. 1540, for $2.50.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
63
Luther’s Catechism:
Greenland. See Ajokcersoutit.
Egede (II.),
Egede (Paul),
Katekismuse.
Lutke (Fr6d6ric). Voyage | autourdu
monde, | ex6cut6 par ordre | de sa
majestd l’empereur Nicolas Ier, | Sur
la Corvette Le Sdniavine, | Dans les
amides 1826, 1827, 1828 et 1829, | par
Frdddric Lutkd, | capitaine de vais-
seau, aide-de-camp de S. M. l’empe-
reur, | commandant de l’expddition. |
Partie Historique, | avec nil atlas,
litliograpliid d’aprbs les dessins origi-
naux | d’Alexandre Postels et du
Lutke (F.)— Continued.
Baron Kittlitz. | Traduit du russe
sur le manuscrit original, sous les
yeux | de l’auteur, | par le conseiller
d’dtat F. Boyd. | Tome premier[-troi-
sidme]. |
Paris, | typographic de Firmin Didot
Fibres, | imprimeurs de l’institut, rue
Jacob, N° 24. | 1835[-1836J.
3 vols. maps, 8°, and atlas, folio.—Remarks
upon the language and a vocabulary of the
Ounalachka, vol. 1, pp. 236-247.
Copies seen: Congress.
Dall and Baker’s Bibliography of Alaska
gives a brief title of an edition: Paris, Engel-
man & Cie. 1835-1836.
M.
M’Keevor (Thomas). A | voyage | to |
Hudson’s Bay, | during the summer |
of 1812. | Containing | a particular
account of the icebergs and other |
phenomena which present themselves |
in those regions; | also, | a description
of the Esquimeaux and North Ame- |
rican Indians; their manners, customs,
| dress, language, &c. &c. &c. | By |
Thomas M'Keevor, M. D. | of the Dub-
lin Lying-in Hospital. | [Six lines.] |
London: | Printed for Sir Richard
Phillips and Co. | Bride-Court, Bridge-
Street. | 1819.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-76, 8°. Appended, with full
title-page, is: Voyage to the North Polo, by the
Chevalier de la Poix do Freminville, pp. 77-96.
Forms portion of vol. 2 of New Voyages and
Travels, London, Printed for Sir Richard
Phillips & Co.—Vocabulary (27 words) of the
Esquimaux, pp. 29-30.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
MAhlemut:
Vocabulary. See Bannister (H. M.),
Dall (W. H.),
Pinart (A. L.),
Smith (E. E.),
Whymper (F.).
Maisonneuve: This word following atitleindicates
that a copy of the work referred to w'as seen by
tho compiler in tho publishing house of Mai.
sonneuve Frdres ot Ch. Leclerc, Paris, France.
Marcel (Joan Jacques). Oratio doinin-
ica | CL linguis versa, | et propriis cu-
jusque lingutB | characteribus | plerum-
que expressa; | Edente J. J. Marcel, |
typograplieii imperial is administro
generali. | [Design.] |
Parisiis, | typis imperialibus. | Anno
repar. sal. 1805,I imperiique Napoleon is
primo,
Marcel (J. J.) — Continued.
Half-title reverse blank 1 1. title reverse
Lord's Prayer in Hebrew (version No. 1) 1 1.
text 80 unnumbered 11. index 4 11. dedication 11.
large 8°. Tho versions are numbered 1-150.—
Lord’s Prayer in Groenlandice (ex Evang,
groenlandice Hafniaj edito), No. 132.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
Some copies printed on large paper, with the
5 11. dedication and index immediately follow-
ing tho title leaf; the versos of most of the
leaves are blank, and the whole work is di-
vided by half-titles into four parts: Asia, Eu-
rope, A frica, America; 16111.4°. (Congress.)
Marietti (Pietro), editor. Oratio Domin-
ica | in CCL. lingvas versa | et |
CLXXX. charactervm formis | vel uob-
tratibvs vel peregrinis expressa | evrante
| Petro Marietti | Eqvite Typographo
Pontificio | Socio Administro | Typo-
graphei | S. Consilii de Propaganda
Fide | [Printer’s device.] |
Rontae | Anno M. DCCC. LXX
[1870].
5 p. 11. (half-title, title, and dedication) pp.
xi-xxvii, 1-319, 4 11. indexes, 4°.—Lord’s Prayer
in the Greenland, p. 309. Title furnished by
Dr. J. H. Trumbull from copy in his pos
session.
Markham (Clements Robert). The Arc-
tic Highlanders. By C. R. Markham,
Bsq.
In Ethnological Soc. of London Tr.ms. vol.
4, pp. 125-137, London, 1866, 8°.
A short comparative vocabulary of the
Greenlanders and Siberian, p. 133.
Reprinted in Royal Geographical Society of
London’s Arctic Geography and Ethnology,
pp. 175-189, London, 1875, 8°. Tho vocabulary
occurs on p. 183 names of Arctic Highlanders,
pp. 188-189,


61
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Markham (C. R.)—Continued.
-----Language ofthe Eskimo ofGreenland.
In Royal Geog. Soo, of London, Arctic
Geography and Ethnology, pp. 189-229, Lon-
don, 1875, 8°.
In addition to a lengthy vocabulary Mr.
Markham gives the Eskimo names of many
geographic features, with English significa-
tions. Tbo above is the third of a series of
“Papers on the Greenland Eskimo,” by Mr. j
Markham, in this volume.
Massachusetts Historical Society: These words
following a title indicate that a copy of the
work referred to was seen by the compiler in
the library of that society, Boston, Mass.
Medical Manual:
Greenland. See Hagen (C.),
Kragh (P.),
Rudolph (—).
Mednovskie Vocabulary. See Wrangell (F. von).
Mentzel (—). [Jesus the Friend of Chil-
dren, in the language of Greenland. ] *
“Brother Mentzel translated a small duo-
decimo book entitled ‘Jesus the Friend of
Children,’ being a short compendium of the
Bible, written for children and recommended i
by a society of pious ministers in Denmark for i
distribution among the Greenlanders of both 1
missions.”—Cram.
Miriewo (T. Y. de). See Yankiewitch
(T.).
Morch (Johan Christian). See Kragh.
(P.).'
Morgan (Lewis Henry). Smithsonian
Contributions to Knowledge. | 218 | Sys-
tems | of | consanguinity and affinity |
of the | human family. | By | Lewis
H. Morgan. |
Washington City: | Published by the
Smithsonian Institution. | 1871.
Outside title 1 1. pp. i-xiv, i-xii, 1-590, 4°.
Forms vol. 17 Smithsonian Contributions to
Knowledge.—Comparative vocabulary of tho
Eskimo of Behring’s Sea (Kuskutchewak) from
Richardson; of Hudson’s Bay, from Gallatin;
of Labrador, from Latrobe; of Northumber-
land Inlet; of Greenland, from Cranz and
Egede, p. 208.—List of relationships ofthe Es-
kimo west of Hudson’s Bay, by Clare; of
Greenland, by Kleinschmidt; and of North-
umberland Inlet, lines 78-80, pp. 293-382.
Copies seen: Congress, Eames, Powell.
At the Squier sale, catalogue No. 889, a copy
brought $5.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 12425*,
at £4.
Morillot (Mythologie et Ldgendes
des Esquimaux du Greenland.
In Soci6t6 Philologique, Actes, vol. 4, 215-
288, Paris, 1875, 8°. Contaius remarks on tho
Eskimo language,
Morillot (zl&ZiJ) —Continued.
Separately issued as follows:
---- Actes | de la | SocffitA Philologique |
Tome IV.—No. 7.—Juillet 1874. | My-
thologie & LtSgendes | des | Esqui-
maux | du Greenland |
Paris | Maisonnenve & Cie, Li-
braires-Editeurs | 15, Quai Voltaire,
15 | 1874.
Printed title on cover, pp. 215-288, 8°.
Copies seen : Astor, Trumbull.
Moselil Aglangit. | The | Five Books of
Moses | translated into the | Esquimaux
Language. | By the Missionaries j of the |
Unitas Fratrum, | or, | United Breth-
ren. | Printed for the use of the Mis-
sions by | The British and Foreign Bi-
ble Society. |
London. | W. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, | Gough Square. |
1841.
Pp. 1-690,16°, entirely in the language of Lab-
rador. A portion of the work (Genesis), pp.
1-166, was issued in 1834 with the title: Mosesib
Aglangita; and the remainder, pp. 167-698,
in 1841 with the title: Four Books of Moses.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety, British Museum.
Bagster’s Bible of Every Land mentions an
edition of 1847—probably a typographic error.
Mosesib Aglangita | Sivorlingit | Assin-
gitalo tuksiarutsiningit nertordleru-
tingillo | imgerusertaggit. | The book of
Genesis | translated into the | Esqui-
maux language, | by the missionaries |
of the | Unitas fratrum, or, United
brethren. | Printed for the use of the
mission, | by the British and Foreign
Bible Society. |
London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. |
1834.
Literal translation: Moses his books | their
first | and the others their hymns and means-
of-praising | in song.
Title 1 1. pp. 3-166, 1 1. 16°, entirely in the
Eskimo language of Labrador. Seo Mosolil
Aglangit.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety.
Priced by Triibner [1856], No. 667, at 5«., and
in Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2671, at 5 fr.
Muller (Dr. Friedrich). Grundriss | der |
Sprachwisscnscliaft | von | Dr. Fried-
rich Muller | Professor [&c. live lines],
| I. Band. | Einleitung in die Sprach-
wissenscliaft.—Die Sprachen der woll-
liaarigeu Rassen[-II. Band]. |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
65
Muller (F.)— Continued.
Wien 1877[-1882]. | Alfred Holder |
K. K. Hof- und Universitiits-Bucliliand-
ler. | Rothenthurmstrasse 15.
2 vols. in four parts, 8°, each volume with
an outside title and each part with a double
titlo. Vol. 2, part 1, which includos the Amer-
ican languages, has the following special title :
Die Sprachen | dor | sehliclithaarigen Kas-
son | von | Dr. Friedrich Miiller | Professor
[&.c. eight lines]. 11. Abtheilung. |DieSprachen
dor australischen, dor hyperboreischon | und
dor amerikanisclien Rassen. |
Wien 1882 | Alfred Holder | K. K. Hof- und
Universitiits • Buclihandler | Rothenthurm-
stra8se 15.
I’p. i-x, 1-440, 8°.—Die Spraclieder Aleuten,
pp. 146-101; Innuit (Eskimo), pp. 162-180.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Powell,
Watkinson.
[Muller (Rev. Valentine).] Tuksiautit |
orinaglit | Testainentitokaine aglek- |
biniarsut. | [Design.] |
Budissime | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst
Moritz Monsibme. ] 1842.
Literal translation: Psalms | having a tune |
in tho Ohl Testament written. | At Bautzen |
printed at Ernst Moritz Mons’8.
Titlo verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-200, 12°.
Psalms of David entirely in the language of
Greenland. Seo Davidib; see also Kristum-
iutit.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
Aly copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M.
“A version of tho Psalms [in Greenland
Eskimo], prepared by tho Rev. Valentine
Muller, ono of the Moravian missionaries,
from Luther's Gorman version, and carefully
compared with tho original, was published by
the British and Foreign Bible Society in 1842,
the edition consisting of 1,200 copies.”—Bagster.
A later edition as follows:
[----] Tuksiautit | eriuaglit Testamenti -
tokame aglek- | simarsut. | [Desigu.] |
Budissinie | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst
Moritz Monsibme. | 1843.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-200, 12°.
Psalms of David in Eskimo of Greenland.
Copies seen: British Museum.
N.
Nagdliutorsiutit ernaglit. See Joren-
aen (T.).
Naitsungordlugo nunab aglautigenera.
Seo Wandall (E. A.).
Naleganta Jesusil Kristusiin Annaur-
cirsinta sullirsei, okautsinnik Tussar-
nersunnik, Aglegniartut sissamaet Pis-
sitansimaput Attautsimut.
Barbine. 1804.
Murdoch (John). Catalogue of ethno-
logical specimens collected by the Point
Barrow Expedition. Prepared by John
Murdoch, A. M., Sergeant Signal Corps,
U. S. Army.
Iu Report of the International Polar Expe-
dition to Poiut Barrow, Alaska,'pp. 61-87,
Washington, 1885, 4°.
Gives the Eskimo names of many of the
specimens.
-----Natural history. By John Murdoch,
A.--M., Sergeant Signal Corps, U. S.
Army.
In Report of the International Polar Expe-
dition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 89-200,
Washington, 1885, 4°.
Throughout sections I-III are given many
Eskimo names of mammals, birds, and fishes.
-----[Linguistic results of the Point Bar-
row Expedition.]
Manuscript in possession of its author. Mr.
Murdoch, who is now librarian of the Smith-
sonian Institution, has compiled all the vocab-
ularies and grammatic notes collected by tho
different members of the expedition—Lieut.
Ray, Dr. Oldmixon, Capt. Herendeen, and him-
self—and has transliterated them into a uni-
form spelling, nearly the same as that adopted
by the Bureau of Ethnology. The vocabu-
lary forms 132 pp. folio, containing about
1,100 words, among which aro represented at
least 590 radicals. These radicals are arranged
alphabetically, each followed by its own com-
pounds after the pattern of Part I of Klein-
schmidt's Gronlandsk Ordbog. Following
each word is tho corresponding word in the
dialects of Greenland, Labrador, and tho
Mackenzie River District, taken from the
standard dictionaries, for the purpose of com-
parison, and the corresponding English trans-
lation.
Iu addition to the vocabulary, tliore is a list
of 90 ‘‘affixes” or inseparable words, corre-
sponding to Part II of the Gronlandsk Ordbog.
Mr. Murdoch is still engaged in working up the
grammatic notes, which are quite scanty, and
iu comparing the material collected with the
language of Greenland as represented in the
standard authorities.
Naleganta— Continued.
Literal translation: Our Lord Jesus Christ
the Savior's his works, in words pleasant to
hear. Writings four aro collected into one.
At Barby.
280 pp. 12°. Harmony of the Gospels, iu tho
Greenland language.—Sabin's Dictionary, No.
22861.
Priced in Triibner's catalogue, 1856, No. 665
at 5s., and iu No. 671 at 7s.
ESI<-----5


66
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Nalegapta | Jesusib Kristusib Piulijipta
| Pinniarningit, Anialervinga | Nelliu-
tingmet | Okautsinnik Tussarnertun-
nik. | Aglenguiartut Sittanuet | Katis-
simavut at- | tautsimut. | [Design.] |
Barbimp, 1800.
Literal translation: Our Lord | Jesus Christ |
the Savior's | works bis suffering | when the
appointed time came | in words pleasing-to-
hear. | Writings four are collected | into one. |
At Barby.
Pp. 1-132, 12°. Harmony of the Gospels, in
the dialect of Labrador.
The only copy I have seen, that at tho
Brinloy sale, No. 5G39, brought $8.50.
Nalegapta Jesusib Kristusib, piulijipta
pinniarningit; okautsinik tussarnertu-
fiik, aglangniartut sittamaet, kattisi-
niavut attautsimut. Printed for the
Brethren’s Society for the furtherance
of the Gospel among the Heathen ; for
the use of the Christian Esquimaux
in the Brethren’s settlements, Main,
Okkak, and Hopedale, on the Coast of
Labrador.
Londonueine,W. Mc. Dowallib, 1810. *
Literal translation: Our Lord Jesus Christ,
the Savior’s works; in words pleasing-to-hear,
writings four are collected into one.
Title from Leclerc’s Bibliotheca Americana
(1867), No. 1461, where it is said to be tho New
Testament. The translation of the title shows
it to be an edition of the Harmonj of tho Gos-
pels. Seo noto to Kohlmeister (B. G.).
Nalegauta | Jesusib Kristusib | anuaur-
sirsivta | sullirsei | okautsinnik tussar-
nersunnik aglengni- | artut sissarnaet
pissitausimaput | attautsimut. | [De-
sign:] |
Budissime | Ernst Gottlob Monsib
nakkittaegei. | 1829.
Literal translation: Our Lord | Jesus Christ |
tho Savior’s | his works | in words pleasing-to-
hear | writings four are collected | into one. |
At Bautzen Ernst Gottlob Mon sprinted them.
Pp. 1-280,1G°. Harmony of tho four Gospels,
entirely in the Greenland language.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, purchased of the Unitiits-Buch
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M. 60 pf.
Nalekab okausee. | [Picture.]
Iriteral translation : The Lord's his words.
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible les
sons in tho language of Greenland.—Matth. 15,
21-28; Luk. 8, 5-8; Luk. 22, 39-44; Ebr. 1218-24
Coiries seen: American Tract Society.
Nalekam okausinga. | [Picture.]
Literal translation : The Lord's his words.
No title-page; ! p. 1. pp. 1-8, eq. 24°. Bible
Nalekani — Continued.
lessons in tho Eskimo language of Labrador.—
Matth. 15, 21-28; Luk. 8,5-18; Luk. 22, 39-44 I
Ebr. 12,18-24.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Nalunaerutit | sinerfssap kujatffne iui-
sigssuissut | pivdlugit. | 1862-1866
[-1867], |
Meddelelser | vedkommende For-
standerskaberne | i Sydgr0nlaud. | 1862
-1866[-1867].
Literal translation: Communications | the
coast’s in its southern part rules | being con-
cerned.
3 parts: 1 p. 1. pp. 1-172,1-20,1-7, 8°.
Copies seen: Powell.
Nalunaerutit | sinerlssap kujatffne mi-
sig8suissut pivdlugit. | 7-9. | 1868-70. |
Meddelelser | vedkommende For-
standerskaberne i Syd- | gr0nland. |
7-9. | 1868-70.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-87, 8°.
Copies seen: Powell.
Nalunaerutit | siuerissap kujatdne mi-
sigssuissut pivdlugit. | 10. | 1870-71. |
Meddelelser | vedkommende | For-
standerskaberne i Sydgr0nland. | 10. |
1870- 71.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-54, 8°.
Copies seen: Powell.
Nalunaerutit | sinerissame kiijatdlarme
misigssuissut | pivdlugit. | 11.|1871-721
Meddelelser, | vedkommende | For-
st anderskaberne i Sydgr0nland. | 11. |
1871- 72.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-43, 8°. lieports concerning the
Municipal Council of South Greenland, and
statistical tables. Printed at Godtbaab, Green-
land.
Copies seen: Powell.
Nalungiak Bethleheme. | [Picture.]
[Stuttgart, J. F. Steinkopf.] | 1847.
Literal translation: The child born at Beth-
lehem.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,16°. Bible lessons in tho Ian-
guage of Labrador.
Copies seen; American Tract Society.
Namolll:
Numerals. See Erman (G. A.).
Vocabulary. Schott (W.).
Ndparsimassugdlit See Hagen (C.). atu ar t agagssai t.
Naphegyi (Gabor). The | Album of- |
Language | illustrated by the [ Lord’s
Prayer | in | One hundred Languages. |
By G.Naphegyi, M, D., A. M. | Member


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
67
Naphegyi (G.) — Continued.
of the “Sociedad Geografica y Estadis-
tica” of Mexico, | and “Mejoras Mate-
riales” of Texoco. |
Lith. & Printed in colors by Edward
Herline, | 630 Chestnut St. Philadel-
phia. | Published ; by | J. B. Lippincott'
& Co. | Philadelphia. |
Printed title: The | Album of Language. |
Illustrated by | The Lord’s Prayer ( in | One
Hundred Languages, | with | historical de-
scriptions of the principal languages, inter-
linear translation and | pronunciation of each
prayer, a dissertation on the languages of |
the world, and tables exhibiting all known |
languages, dead and living. | By | G. Naphegyi,
M. D. A. M. | Member of the “Sociedad Geo-
graflea y Estadistica,” of Mexico, and “Mo-
joras Materiales,” of Texoco, of the | Numis-
matic and Antiquarian Society of Philadel-
phia, etc. | [Design.] |
Philadelphia: | J. B. Lippincott & Co. | 1869.
Pp. 1-324, 4°. Tho Lord's Prayer in the lan-
guage of Greenland, p. 305.
Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum,
Congress.
Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaot ? | [Pict-
ure. ]
[N. p.] 1844.
Literal translation: Where are the nine ?
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,16°. Bible stories
in the language of Labrador.—Luc. 4, 24-26, p.
1; Luc. 4, 27, p. 2; Jac. 5,16-18, pp. 3-4 ; Matth.
23, 34-39, pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5; 2 Tirnoth.
3, 15-17, pp. 7-8.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Nauk taipkoa neineuik ? | [Picture of Es-
kimo. ]
[N.p.] 1844.
Literal translation: Where are the nine?
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,16°. Bible stories
in the language of Labrador.—Luc. 4, 24-26, p.
1; Luc. 4, 27, p. 2; Jacobi 5, 16-18, pp. 3-4;
Matth. 23, 34-39, pp. 5-6; 2 Timoth. 1, 1-5; 2
Timoth. 3, 15-17, pp. 7-8.
Though this tract has the same contents as
that titled Naughtawkkoa kollin-illoaet? it is
not the same work; where tho stories run
through more than one page, the pages do not
end alike. Thero are also verbal discrepancies
throughout.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Nelson (Edward William). Eskimo-
English Vocabulary.
Manuscript, pp. 1-219, folio, alphabetically
arranged. Written on one side only. Phrases
and sentences, English-Eskimo, alphabetically
arranged, pp. 176-219. In the library of tho
Bureau of Ethnology.
This manuscript contains material from 12
dialects of tho region visited by the author.
Some of tho dialects arc represented by but a
Nelson (E. W.) — Continued,
comparatively few words, from 100 upwards,
while one, tho Unalit, is represented by about
2,500, in addition to numerous phrases and sen-
tences. With tho exception of the Unalit, the
words of all the other dialects aro preceded by
a distinguishing initial letter.
Mr. Nelson is arranging the Eskimo-English
portion of his work, and also his notes upon the
grammar and remarks upon the geographic
distribution of the dialects. These, he thinks,
â– will occupy about 500 pages of manuscript.
Netzvietoff (I?eo. Jacob). See Venia-
minoff (J.) and Netzvietoff (J.).
Newton (Alfred). Notes ou Birds which
have been found in Greenland.
In Royal Society [of London], Manual of the
Nat. Hist. Geol. and Physics of Greenland,
&.C. pp. 94-115, London, 1875, 8°.
Esquimaux names of birds passim.
Noonatarghmeutes Vocabulary. See Oldmixon
(G. S.).
Noowookmeutes Vocabulary. See Oldmixon (G.
S.).
Northumberland Inlet:
Relationships. See Morgan (L. H.).
Vocabulary. Morgan (L. H.).
Norton Sound:
Grammatic comments. See Adelung (J. C.)
and Vater (J.
S.).
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.)
and Vater (J.
S.),
Bryant (—),
Fry (E.).
Words. Ya nkie witch
(T.).
Notes on the Unalaskan Islands:
Aleut-. See Veniaminoff (J.).
Atka. Veniaminoff (J.).
Notice sur les mceurs et coutfimes des
Indiens Esquimaux de la baie de
Bafflns, flu pdle arctiqne, suivio d’un
vocabulaire esquimaux-frangais.
Tours: Maine. 1826. *
24 pp. 12°. Title from Sabin's Dictionary,
No. 22863.
Nouvelle Bretagne. Vicariat Aposto-
lique d’Athabaska et Mackenzie.
In Annales de la Propag. do la Foi, vol. 43,
pp. 457-478, Paris, 1871, 8°.
Contains remarks on tho Esquimaux and
Cris languages.
Nukakpiak pernertok saniarsimarsok. |
[Picture.] | z
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf, in Stutt-
gart.] | 1849.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Biblo lessons in the
language of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.


68
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Nukakpiarkaek, Gudenuk okau- | seeni-
glo assteniktuk. | [Picture of Bible.] |
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt-
gart.] 1 1851.
Literal translation: Tho two youths | God
and his words loving.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-7, 16°. Bible lessoifs in the
language of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Nukapiak angerarviksab nelliuningane.
| [Picture.] |
[Druct von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt-
gart.] | 1849.
Literal translation: The youth his own de-
parture’s at its time.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible lessons in the lan-
guage of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Numerals:
Numerals — Continued.
Kadiak.
Kdngjulit.
Kamskadale.
Labrador.
Prince William Sound.
Tschuktschi.
Tschugazi.
Unalaska.
Soo Baer (K. E. von),
Erman (G. A.),
Pott (A. F.).
Erman (G. A.).
Latham (R. G.).
Antrim (B. J.),
Cull (R.),
Erman (G. A.),
Stearns (W. A.).
Buschmann (J. C. E.
von),
Dixon (G.),
Forster (J. G. A.),
Portlock (N.) and
Dixon (G.).
Pott (A. F.).
Pott (A. F.).
Baer (K. E. von).
Aleut.
Behring Strait.
Cumberland Strait.
Cook River.
Eskimo.
Greenland.
Igloolik.
Innuit.
Kadiak.
See Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.),
Buynitzky (S. N.), i
Coxe (W.),
Erman (G. A.),
Latham, (R. G.),
Pott (A. F.).
Baer (K. E. von).
Cull (R.).
Dixon (G.).
Haldeman (S. S.),
Latham (R. G.),
Pott (A. F.),
Sutherland (P. C.).
Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.),
Antrim (B. J.).
Baer (K. E. von).
Hall (C. F.),
Kumlien (L.).
Adelung (J. C.) and
Vater (J. S.),
Nunalerutit. Nungtne sanat, 1858. •
Literal translation: Means for thinking about
the earth. At the Point [Godthaab] published.
60 pp. 8°. Geography in Greenland Eskimo.
Title from Dr. Rink.
Nunap missigssuissok. See Rink (H. J.).
Nuniwok Island Vocabulary. See Buschmann
(J. C. E.).
NushergAgmut Vocabulary. Seo Dall (W. H.).
[Nyerup (Rasmus)]. Dausk-uorsk | Lit-
teraturlexicou. | F0rstc [-Auden] Ilalv-
del. | A—L[-M—0]- |
Kj0beuliavu. | Trykt, paa den Gyl-
dendalske Boghandlings Forlag, i det
Schultziske Officin. | 1818[-1819].
2 vols. sm. 4°, arranged alphabetically by
authors. Contains biographies of a number of
authors who have written in the Eskimo and
lists of their works.
Copies seen; Congress.
0.
Ode, Greenland. See Brodersen (J.).
Okalautsit | attoraksat | kattimajunut
Sontagine, | piluartomik | kattimav-
ingmit apsitnanerine. | Sermons |
printed for the S. F. G. iu London, |
for the use of the Moravian Mission in |
Labrador. |
Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib nduer-
lauktangit, ] 1870.
Literal translation: Discourses] things to be j
used | for congregations on Sundays | espo- i
cially | by the church on (?) | Stolpen : | Gustav
Winter’s his printings.
Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank
11. text (sermons 1-18) entirely in the language
of Labrador, pp. 1-140, 16°.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
Okalautsit — Continued.
My copy, from the UniLat9-Buchliandlung,
Gnadau, Saxony, cost 2 M.
A second series as follows :
Okalautsit | attoraksat | kattimajunut
Soutagino, | piluartomik kattimaving-
mit | apsimanerme. | Sermons and
addresses | printed for tho S. F. G. in
London, | for the use of the Moravian
Mission in | Labrador. |
Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib nfiner-
lauktaugit. | 1871.
Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank
11. text (sermons 19-35) entirely in the language
of Labrador, pp. 1-127, 16°. Followed by:
Okalautsit | attoraksat I kattimajunut
Sontagiue, | uvloksiorvingnelo, ania-


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
69
Okilautsit— Continued.
vianelo. | Sermons and addresses |
printed for the S. F. G. in London, |
for the use of the Moravian Mission in |
Labrador. |
Stolpen: | Gustav Wintcrib nener-
lauktangit. | 1871.
Literal translation: Discourses | things to bo
used | for congregations on Sundays, | and on
festivals, and at the tiino of suffering. | Stol-
pen : | Gustav "Winter's his printings.
Title verso blank 1 1. contents verso blank
1 1. text (sermons 36-51 and a portion of the
liturgy) entirely in the language of Labrador,
pp. 131-271, 16°.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy (3 parts), bought at the Unitats-
Buclihandlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M.
Okalldutit SabbAtine akkudleesiksast.
See Kragh (P.).
Okalluktuaet Bibelimit pisimasut. Soe
Steenholdt (W. F.).
Okalluktuaet Opernartut Tersauko. See
Fabricius (0.).
Okalluktualiaet, nukt6rsimarsut. See
Kragh (P.).
Okalluktuautit sajmaubiugmik. See
Kragh (P.).
Okautsit | illiniaraksat | Sorrutsinut. |
Budisineme: | E. M. Monsib, nfiui-
lauktangit. | 1867.
Literal translation: Words | instruction |
for children. | At Bautzen: | E. M. Mons’, his
printings.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp. 3-11, 16°.
Primer in the Eskimo language of Labrador.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy cost 35 pf.
Okautsit | Testamentitokame agleksim-
arsut illeit.
Literal translation: Words | in tho old tes-
tamont written part of them.
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,18°. Bible stories
in tho language of Greenland.
Copiesseen: American Tract Society, Pow-
ell.
Okomiut:
Songs. Seo Boas (F.).
Tales. Boas (F.).
Okpernermik malliugningauiglo. |
[Picture.]
Literal translation: About faith and about
obedience.
Ko title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,16°. Biblo stories
in the language of Labrador.
Copiesseen: American Tract Society, Pow-
ell.
Oldmixon ( George Scott). [Words,
phrases, and sentences in the languages
of the Noowookmeutes and Noona-
targhmeutes. ]
Manuscript, pp. 77-135, sparsely filled, 4°.
Collected by Dr. G. S. Oldmixon, Act. Asst.
Surgeon, U. S. A. at Point Barrow, Arctic
Alaska, during 1882 and 1883, and recorded in
a copy of Powell’s Introduction to the Study
of Indian Languages, 2d edition. Transliter-
ated into the alphabet adopted by tho Bureau
of Ethnology by Rev. J. Owen Dorsey as far
as p. 127. In the library of the Bureau of Eth-
nology.
Olearius (Adam). Relation | dv | Voy-
age | d’Adam Olearivs | en Moscovie,
Tar tar ie | et Perse. | Avgmentde en
cette novvelle Edition | de plus d’vn
tiers, & particuli&rementd’vne seconde
Partie | contenant le Voyage de | lean
Albert de Mandelslo | avx Irnles Orien-
tates. | Traduit de l’Allemaud par A. de
Wicqvefort, | Resident de Brandebourg.
| Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Device.] |
A Paris, | Chez lean dv Pvis, rue
Saiut Iacqucs, A la Courouue d’or. |
M. DC.LVI [1656]. | Avec privilege dv
Roy.
2 vols. maps, plates, 4°.— Greenland vocabu-
lary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134. The earliest
account of tho Eskimo language.
Copies seen : British Museum.
“Tho author, who hath here made one di-
gression, to speak of the Samojedes, * * *
thinks ho may make another to say somewhat
of Groenland, * * * as for that ho hath seen,
and discoursed with, some inhabitants of
Grocnland. * * * In the spring of 1654 a
ship was set out, v hicli going from Copenha-
gen in tho beginning of the spring, arriv’d
not on the coasts of Groenland, till the 28 of
July. * * * _AS soon as this ship ap-
pear’d upon tho coasts of Groenland, tho
inhabitants set out above a hundred boats.
* * * Tho Danes thought this freedom of tho
Groenlanders a good opportunity to carry away
some of them. * * * They also sent back one
of tho women, as being too old to bo trans-
ported ; so that they had but four persons, one
man, two women, and a girl. * * * Tho
plague, then very rife all over Denmark, had
oblig’d the king to retire to Flensbourg, in
tho Dutchy of Holstein, whore tlioso Groen-
landers were presented to him. * * * The
king honour’d the duke, my master, so far as to
send them to him to Gottorp, whero they were
lodg’d in my house for some days, which I
spent in sifting out their humour and manner
of life.”—Olearius.
— Vermelirte | Newe Bcscbreibung |
der | Muscowitisclieu und Persincheu |


70
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Olearius (A.) — Continued.
Royse | so durcli gelegenheit oinor Hol-
steinischen Gesandscliafft an | den Rus-
sischen Zaar und Konig in Persien go-
sclielien. | Worinnon die Gelegenlieit
derer Orter und Lander/durch | welche
die Reyse gangeu/als Liffland/Russ-
land/Tartarien/Meden und | Persien/
8ampt dero Einwohner Natur/ Leben/
Sitten/ Haus= Welt= und Geistlicheu |
Stand mit fleiss auffgezeichnet/ und mit
vielen meist nacli dem Leben | gestel-
leten Figuren gezieret/ zn befinden. |
Welche | zuni andern mabl heraus
gibt | Adam Olearius Ascanius/ der
Fiirstlicben Rogierenden | Herrschafft
zn Schleswig Holstein Bibliothecarius
nnd Hoff Mathematicus. | [Design.] |
Mit Rom: Kayseri. Mayest. Privilegio
nicht nachzudrucken. |
Schleswig/ | Gedruckt in der Fiirstl.
Druckerey/durch Johan Holwein/ | Im
Jahr MDCLVI [1656].
19 p. 11. pp. 1-778, 17 11. maps, plates, folio.
Engraved title recto 1. 1.—Greenland vocabu-
lary, 106 words, p. 171.
Copies seen: Boston Public, British Museum.
----Relation | dv | Voyage | d’Adam
Olearivs | on Moscovie, Tartaric | et
Perse. | Avgmentde en cetto novvelle
Edition | de plus d’vn tiers, & particu-
lierement d’vne seconde Par tie | conte-
nant le Voyage de | lean Albert de Man-
delslo | avx Indes Orientates. | Traduit
do l’Allemand par A. de Wicqvefort, |
Resident de Brandebourg. | Tome Pre-
mier-Second]. | [Device.] |
A Paris, | Chez lean dv Pvis, rue
Saint Iacques, & la Couronne d’or. |
M. DC. LIX [1659]. | Avec privilege dv
Roy.
2 vols. maps, plates, 4°.—Greenland vocabu-
lary, 106 words, vol. 1, pp. 133-134.
Copies seen : Boston Atbenicum.
----The | Voyages & Travels | of the |
Ambassadors | from the | Duke of Hol-
stein, to the Great Duke | of Muscovy,
and the King of Persia. | Begun in the
year M. DC. XXXIII and finish’d in
M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a com-
pleat History of | Muscovy, Tartary, |
Persia, | And other adjacent Countries, |
with several Public Transactions reach-
ing neer [sic] the Present Times; | In
Seven Books. | Illustrated with diverse
accurate Mapps and Figures. | By Adam
Olearius (A.) — Continued.
Olearius, Secretary of the Embassy. |
Rendered into English, by John Davies
of Kidwelly. | [Design.] |
London | Printed for Thomas Dring,
and John Starkey, and are to be sold at
their Shops, at the George | in Fleet-
street, near Clifford’s-Inn, and the Mi-
tre, between the Middle-Temple-Gate |
and Temple Barr. M. DC. LXII [1662].
12 p. 11. pp. 1-424, frontispiece, maps, plates,
folio.—Greenland vocabulary, pp. 71-72.
Mandelslo’s Voyages is appended with sepa-
rate title, same imprint, pp. 1-187, 5 11.
Copies seen: British Museum, Harvard.
----The | Voyages and Traveils | of the |
ambassadors | Sent by Frederick Duke
of Holstein, | to the Great Duke of Mus-
covy, and the King of Persia. | Begun
in tho year M. DC. XXXIII. and finish’d
in M. DC. XXXIX. | Containing a Coin-
pleat | history | of | Muscovy, Tartary,
Persia. | And other adjacent Countries.
| With several Publick Transactions
reaching near the Present Times; | In
VII. Books. | Whereto aro added | Tho
Travels of John Albert de Mandolslo, |
(a Gentleman belonging to tho Ein-
bassay) from Persia, into the | East-
Indies. | Containing | A particular De-
scription of Indosthan, the Mogul’s Em-
pire, the | Oriental Hands, Japan,
China, &c. and the Revo- | lutions
which happened in those Countries,
within these few years. | In III. Books. |
The whole Work illustrated with divers
accurate Mapps, and Figures. | Written
originally by Adam Olearies, Secretary
to tho Embassy. | Faithfully rendred
into English, by John Davies of Kid-
welly. | The Second Edition Corrected. |
London, | Printed for John Starkey,
and Thomas Basset, at the Mitre near
Temple-Barr, and at the Gcorgo near |
St. Dunstans Church in Fleet-street.
1669.
10 p. 11. pp. 1-316, folio. Greenland vocabu-
lary, pp. 53-54.
Mandelslo’s Travels is appended with sepa-
rate title, 3 p. 11. pp. 1-232, 5 11.
Copies teen: Astor, Congress.
----Relation | du | Voyage | d’Adam Ole-
arius | en Moscovie, | Tartarie, | et
Perse, | Augmenttie en cetto nouvellc
Edition | de plus d’un tiers, & particu-
lierementd’unosecondePartie; | coute-


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
71
Olearius (A.) — Continued.
naut lo voyage de | lean Albert de Man-
delslo | aux lodes Orientates. | Traduit
de l’Allomand par A. do Wicqvefort, |
Resident do Brandebourg. | Tome Pre-
mier-Second]. | Secondo Edition. |
[Device.] |
A Paris, | Chez Antoine Dezallier, rub
Saint Jacques, | a la Couronno d’or. |
M. DC. LXXIX [1679] | Avoc privilege
du Roy.
2 vols. maps, 4°.— Greenland vocabulary,
10G words, vol. 1, pp. 133-131.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum.
---- Voyages | trbs curieux & trbs renom-
inez, | faits en | Moscovie, | Tartarie,
et Perse, | par | le Sr. Adam Olearius, |
Bibliothecairo du Due do Holstein, &
Mathematicien de sa Cour. | Daus les-
quels on trouve une Description curi-
euso & la Situation | exacte des Pays &
Etats, par oti il a passd, tels quo sont la |
Livonie, la Moscovie, la Tartarie, la
Medie, & la Perse; | Et oti il est parld
du Naturcl, des Manieres do vivre, des
Mcours, & des Coutumes | de leurs Ila-
bitans; du Gouveruement Politiquo &
Ecclesiastiqne; des Raretez | qni so
trouvent dans co Pays; & des Ceremo-
nies qui B’y observont. | Traduits do
l’Original & augmentoz | par le Sr. De
Wicquefort. | Conseillor aux Conseils
d’Estat & Privd du Due de Brunswic
& Luuebourg Zell &c. | Auteur do
l’Ambassadeur & do ses functions. |
Divisez on deux parties. | Nouvello Edi-
tion revile & corrigde exactement, aug-
mentdo considerablement, taut | dans
les corps do l’Ouvragc, quo dans les
Marginales, & surpassant en bontd | &
en beautd les prdeedentes Editions. |
A quoi on a joint des Cartes Geogra-
phiques, des Representations des Villes,
&. autres | Tailles-douces trbs belles &
trbs exactes. | Tomo Premier [-Second].
| [Design.] |
A Leide, | Chez Pierro Vander Aa,
Marchand Libraire, | Imprimenr ordi-
nairo do l’Universitd & do la Ville, dc-
meurant dans l’Academio. | Chez qui
l’on trouve toutes sortes do Livres su-
rieux, commo aussi do Cartes Geo-
graphiques, dos Villos, | taut on plan
qu’en profit, des Portraits des Homines
Olearius (A.) — Continued.
Illustros, & autres Tailles-douccs. |
MDCCXVIIII [1719], | Avcc Privilege.
2 vols. maps, plates, folio. — Greenland vo-
cabulary, vol. 1, columns 187-188.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum.
Quaritch, No. 28862*, prices a copy at 7s. Gd.
----Voyages | Trhs-curieux & tres-renom-
moz | faits en | Moscovie, | Tartarie et
Perse, | par le Sr. | Adam Olearius, |
Bibliothecairo du Due de Holstein, &
Mathematicien de sa Cour. j Daus los-
quels on trouvo uno Description curi-
euse & la Situation exacto des | Pays &
Etats, par oil il a passd, tels quo sont
la Livonie, | la Moscovie, la Tartarie,
la Medie, & la Perse; | et oil il est parld
dn Naturel, des Manieres de vivro, des
Moeurs, & des Coutumes de | leurs Ha-
bitans; du Gouvernement Politique &
Ecclesiastique, des Raretez qui | so trou-
vent dans ce Pays; & des Coremonies
qui s’y observent. | Traduits de l’Origi-
nal & Augmentez | par le Sr. Do Wic-
quefort, | Conseiller aux Couseils d’Etat
& Trivd du Due de Brunswick &Lune-
bourg, Zell, &c. | Auteur de l’Ambas-
sadeur & de ses Fonctions | Divisez en
Deux Parties. | Nouvelle Edition revile
& corrigde exactement, augmentdo con-
sidorableiuent, tant dans le Corps do |
l’Ouvrage, quo dans los Marginalcs, &
8iirpassant cn bontd & on bcautd les |
prdeedentes Editions. | A quoi on a joint
des Cartes Geograpliiqucs, des Reprd-
Bontations des Villes, & autres Taille-
douccs | trbs-belles & tres-exactes. |
Tome Premier [-Second]. | [Design.] |
A Amsterdam, | Chez Michael Charles
Lo Cdne, Libraire, | Chez qui l’ou tronve
uu assortment general do Musiquo. |
MDCCXXVII [1727], | Avec Privilege.
2 vols. maps, plates, folio. No pago num-
bering; columns, two on a pago, numbored.—
Greenland vocabulary, about 100 words, vol.
1, columns 187-188.
Copies seen: Boston Public, British Muse-
um, Congress.
I liavo seen in the British Museum Library
tho following editions of Olearius, nono of
which contains tho Greenland vocabulary: Am-
sterdam, 1651; Utrecht, 1651; Paris, 1656;
Viterbo, 1658; Amsterdam, 1670.
I have also seen mention of tlie following
editions; in Gorman: Sloswig, 1647; 4-1663;
4-1669; -|-1671 ; Hamburg, 1690; in Dutch: Am-
sterdam, 1691 ; Amsterdam, 1728.


72
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Oppert (Gustav).] On the Classifica-
tion of Languages. A Contribution to
Comparative Philology.
In Madras Journal of Literature and Sci-
ence for the year 1879, pp. 1-137, London,
1879, 8°.
In addition to frequent allusions to Ameri-
can languages, there is, on pp. 110-112, a table
of relationships of different American “na-
tions,” among them the Arctic family.
Ordo Salutis. Sec Egede (H.).
O'Reilly (Bernard). Greenland, | the |
adjacent seas, | and | tho north-west
passage | to | The Pacific Ocean, | illus-
trated in a voyage to Davis’s strait, |
during the summer of 1817. | With
charts and numerous plates, | from
drawings of the author taken on tho
spot. | By | Bernard O’Reilly, Esq. |
London: | printed for Baldwin, Cra-
dock, and Joy, | 47, Paternoster-Row. |
1818.
Pp. i-viii, 1-293, maps, plates, 4°.—Remarks
O’Reilly (B.) — Continued.
on the language of Greenland, pp. 60-G1, 83-84;
“Brief list of words [27] from the language of
the Greenlander,” pp. 84-85.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard, Watkinson.
A copy at the Field sale, No. 1734, brought
$3. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28973, at 7s. Gd.
---- Greenland, | the | adjacent seas, |
and | the north-west passage | to the |
Pacific Ocean, | illustrated in a | voy-
age to Davis’s strait, | During the Sum-
mer of 1817. | By Bernard O’Reilly,
Esq. |
New-York: | published by James East-
burn and Co. | at the literary rooms,
Broadway. | Clayton & Kingsland,
Printers. | 1818.
Pp. i-viii, 1-251, maps, 8°.—Linguistics, pp.
73-74.
Copies seen: Boston Athenmum, Bureau of
Ethnology, Congress.
Osmer (—). Seo Beechey (F. W.).
P.
Parry (Admiral William Edward). Jour-
nal | of a | Second Voyage for the Dis-
covery of a | North-west Passage | from
the Atlantic to tho Pacific; | performed
in the years 1821-22-23, | in His Ma-
jesty’s Ships | Fury and Hecla, | under
the orders of ] Captain William Edward
Parry, R. N., F. R. S., | and Commander
of the Expedition. | Illustrated by nu-
merous plates. Published by Authority
of the Lords Commissioners | of the Ad-
miralty. |
London: | John Murray, | Publisher
to the Admiralty, and Board of Longi-
tude. | M DCCC XXIV [1824].
4 p. 11. pp. i-xxxii, 1-571, maps, plates, 4°.—
Grammatic remarks and a few examples of the
Esquimaux language, pp. 551-558. —Vocabu-
lary of Esquimaux words and sentences, pp.
559-5C9.—Esquimaux names of places, pp. 570-
571.
Copies seen: Boston A then mum, Boston Pub-
lic, British Museum, Congress.
---- Journal | of a | second voyage for
the discovery | of a | north-west pas-
sage | from | the Atlantic to the Paci-
fic ; | performed in the years 1821-22-
23, | in his majesty’s ships | Fury and
Hecla, | under the orders of | Captain
William Edward Parry, R. N., F. R. S., |
and commander of the expedition. |
Parry (W. E.)—Continued.
New-York: | published by E. Duyc-
kinck, G. Long, Collins & Co., Collins
& Ilannay, | W. B. Gilley, and Henry
I. Megarey. | W. E. Dean, Printer, 90
William-Street: | 1824.
Pp. i-vii, i-xx, 1-464, 8°.—Linguistics as in
English edition, pp. 451-457, 459-464.
Copies seen: Boston Athenmum, British Mu-
seum, Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.
According to Sabin’s Dictionary, No. 58866,
a German translation was published at Jena,
1824, 8°.
A copy at the Field sale, No. 1768, brought $8.
Paulus (J.) See Kragh (P.).
Peck (Rev. Edmund J.). Portions of the
Holy Scripture, | for the | use of tho
Esquimaux | on the | northern and
eastern shores of Hudson’s Bay, |
edited by | Edmund Peck, | C. M. S.
Missionary to the Esquimaux. |
Printed for the | Society for Promot-
ing Christian Knowledge. | 77, Great
Queen Street, Lincoln’s-Inn-Fields. |
1878.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-93, appendix pp. 1-8, 16°.—
Portions of the Gospel of John, pp. 1-45.—Ro-
mans, pp. 45-46. — Corinthians, pp. 57-66.—
Epistles of John, pp. 66-71.—Revelation, pp.
71-75.—Scattered verses, pp. 75-88.— Creed, Ten
Commandments, Lord’s Prayer, Benediction,


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
73
,i2 £ w.
V A r> <3
pz A /? /?<’
A > < <
eZ
iT n D c c

V p J b b
X *9 > J*
r \! b L

T* r J L L

~p. 0“ o» P
1 r* &o s b
!%, CT* <4 c_
w /%) O

fa °> zirO 4ZCL /€z^ <’r* J <
rL ? s
(/ho-^ eybd
FAG-SIMILE OF FIRST SYLLABARY USED IN PRINTING ESKIMO
(The explanations are in manuscript.)


74
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Peck (E. J.) — Continued.
pp. 89 - 93. —“Appendix. (Printod for tho
Church Missionary Society.) Watts’s First
Catechism, in Esquimaux,” pp. 1-8.
The first publication in the Eskimo language
in which the syllabic characters were used.
See accompanying fac-simile of the syllabary,
the explanations of which are in manuscript.
Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil-
ling, Powell.
---- Portions | of the | book of common
prayer; | together with | hymns, ad-
dresses, etc., | for the nse of | the Es-
kimo of Hudson’s Bay. | By the | Rev.
E. J. Peck, | missionary of the Church
Missionary Society. | [Design.] |
Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge, | Northumberland Avenue,
Charing Cross, London. | 1881.
Pp. 1-90, 1G°. Title 1 1. syllabarium p. 3.—
Hymns, pp. 5-22.—Portions of tho Book of
Common Prayer, pp. 23-5G.—Prayer for each
day in the week, pp. 57-6G.— Catechism and
short addresses, pp. G7-90. In syllabic charac-
ters, with a number of changes in the cliarao-
tors from the foregoing.
Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil-
ling, Powell, Society for Promoting Christian
Knowledge.
---- St. Luke’s Gospel. | Translated into
the language | of the | Eskimo of Hud-
son’s Bay | by the | Rev. E. J. Peck. |
London : | printed for the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | Queen Victoria
street. | 1881.
Title 1 1. syllabarium 1 1. text, in syllabic
characters and entirely in Eskimo, pp. 1-11G,
16°.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So- ;
ciety, Pilling, Powell.
[---] Watts’s | First Catechism, | in Es-
quimaux.
Colophon: F. Arnold, Printer, 86,
Fleet Street, E. C. [n. d.]
Five unnumbered 11.16°, syllabic characters.
Half-title as above, on the verso of which begins
the text in syllabic characters, with heading in
English, Gothic characters: “Watts’s First
Catechism in Esquimaux.” This extends to
bottom of recto of 3d 1. tho verso containing
the Creed and the Commandments, tho latter
ending on verso of 4th 1. which also contains
tlie Lord’s Trayor, baptismal sentence, mar-
riage sentences, the latter ending on recto of j
5tli 1. which also contains a prayer. Verso of !
5th 1. a hymn, tho benediction.
This is the best example of printing in tho ;
syllabic characters I have soon. I am inclined :
to think it is from engraved plates.
Copies seen: Church Missionary Society, Pil-
ling, Powell.
Periodical:
Greenland. Seo Atnagagdliutit,
Kaladlit.
Petitot (Pcre Emilo Fortund Stanislas
Joseph). Les Esquimaux.
In Congrds Int. des Amdricanistes, Compte-
rendu, first session, vol. 1, pp. 329-339, Nancy
and Paris, 1875, 8°.
Comparative Vocabulary of tho Esquimaux
of Bathurst with various foreign languages,
pp. 333-334.—Myths (Tho Deluge and Origin
of tho Human Family) in Eskimo, with French
translation, pp. 336-337.
----- Monographio | des | Esquimaux
Tchiglit | du Mackenzie | etdol’Andor-
son | par | Le R. P. E. Pctitot | Mis-
sionnairo Oblat de Marie-Immaculdo,
Officier d’Acaddmie, Membro corros-
pondant do l’Acaddmio do Nancy | ot
des Socidtds d’Antbropologie et de
Philologie de Paris | [Vignette.] |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur ] Li-
braire de la Socidtd Asiatiquo | do l’Ecolo
des Langnes Orientales Vivantes, do
la Soci6t6 Philologiquo | des Socidtds
Asiatiqnes de Calcutta, de Shanghai, do
New-IIavcn, etc. | 28, ruo Bonaparte,
28 | 1876
2p. 11. pp. 1-28, 4°.—Esquimaux traditions in
the original, with French translations, pp. 16,
26; and scattered terms and phrases.
Copies seen: Astor.
Priced by Leclerc, 1878, No. 2231, at 4 fr.
----- Vocabulairo | frangais-esquimau |
Dialecte des Tchiglit | des bouclies du
Mackenzie ot de 1’Anderson | prdcddd
d’une | monographio do cette tribu | et
de notes grammaticales | par | le R.
P. E. Petitot | Missionnairo Oblat do
Marie-Immaculde, Officier d’Acaddmie,
Membre-correspondant do l’Acad&nio
do Nancy | et des Socidtds d’Anthropo-
logic et do Philologie de Paris | [De-
sign.] |
Paris | Ernest Leroux, Editeur |
libraire do la Socidtd Asiatique |
do l’Ecole des Langues Orientales Vi-
vantes, de la Socffitd Philologique | des
socidtds do Calcutta, do New-Haven
(Etats-Unis), do Shanghai’, etc. | 28,
Ruo Bonaparte, 28 | Maisonneuve, 15,
quai Voltaire | San Francisco.—A. L.
Bancroft and C° | 1876
3 p. 11. pp. i-lxiv, 1-78, 4°. Forms vol. 3 of
I’inart (Alpli. L.), Bibliotlibquo de Linguis-
tiqno et d’Ethnograph io Amoilcaines.
Introduction, pp. iii-viii.—Monographio des
Esquimaux Tchiglit du Mackenzie et de


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
75
Petitot (E. F. S. J.) — Continued.
1’Anderson, pp. ix-xxxvi.—Pr6cis do Gram-
maire Esquimaude, &c. pp. xxxix-lxiv.—
Dictionnaire Frangais-Esquimau, pp. 1-75.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Public, Congress,
Powell.
Published at 50 fr. Priced by Leclerc, 1878,
No. 2230, at 50 fr.; by Triibner, 1882 (p. 53), at
£2-, by Quaritch, No. 30059, at £1 12«.
---- De 1’origine asiatique des Indiens
do l’Amdrique arctique. Par le R. P.
Emile Petitot, O. M. I. Missionnaire an
Mackenzie, officier d’Acaddmie, etc.
In Les Missions Catholiqnes, onzidme ann6o,
Nos. 543-550, pp. 529-532, 540-544, 550-553,
564-566, 576-578, 589-591, 600-604, 609-611,
Paris, Oct. to Dec. 1879, 4°.
List of stone implements, in the Eskimo
language, p. 350.
---- Traditions indiennes | du | Canada
uord-ouest | par | Emile Petitot |
aucieu missionnaire | [Design.] |
Paris | Maisonnenvc Frbres et Ch.
Leclerc | 25, qnai Voltaire, 2[5] | 188G
| Tons droits rdservds
5 p. 11. pp. i-xvii, 1-521, 24°. Forms vol. 23
of Les Littcraturos Populaires.—Premidre
Partie, Traditions des Esquimaux Tchiglit,
pp. 1-10, contains on p. 9 a tradition in Es-
quimaux with interlinear French translation,
apil on p. 10 the names with definitions of the
Tchiglit deities and heroes.
Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology.
Petroff (Ivan). Report on tho popula-
tion, industries, and resources of Alaska.
By Ivan Petroff, special agent.
In Census lieports of 1880, vol. 8, 2d paper;
title, 2 p. 11. pp. iii-vi, text pp. 1-189, 4°.
A few remarks on tho spelling of Russian
and native [Eskimo] names, p. 46.—Derivation
and meaning of tlio words Innuit and Tinncli,
p. 124.—List of local Kadiak names, from Shelik-
hof, compared with those of the present; also
names of the months, with meanings, p. 145.—
Aleut names of seasons and months, with mean-
ings, p7160.
Under dato of Dec. 12, 1886, Mr. Petroff
writes tho Bureau of Ethnology from Kadiak,
Alaska: "I should have forwarded another
vocabulary — an Eskimo dialect—from the
Aliaskan Peninsula before this, but for tho
illness of my assistant. I hope to forward it
in the spring.”
Tn his present work Mr. Potroff is using tho
forms and alphabet adopted by tho Bureau.
Pfizmaier (Dr. A.). Dio Sprache der |
Aleuten und Fuclisinselu.
In Kaiserliclio Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ton, Philosophiseh-Historischo Classe, Sitz- !
ungsborichte, vol. 105, pp. 801-880; vol. 106, pp.
237-316, AVion, 1884, 8°.
I Pfizmaier (A.) — Continued.
Die Redetheile, vol. 105, pp. 811-875; vol. 106,
pp. 238-261.—Erkliirung der Ziihlungen, vol.
105, pp. 875-879.—Dio Wortfiigung, vol. 106,
pp. 261-266.—Dio Wortfolge, vol. 106, pp. 266.—
Der Ton, vol. 106, pp. 266-270.— Ein Aleu-
tisclier Aufsatz, vol. 106, pp. 270-275.—Ergiinz-
ung der Zahlungen, vol. 106, pp. 275-276.—
Zelin aloutischo Lieder, vol. 106, pp. 276-307.—
Alentische Ableitungen, vol. 106, pp. 307-316.
----Die Abarten der gronlandischen
Sprache.
In Kaiserliche Akademio der Wissenscliaf-
ten, Philosopbisch-IIistorischo Classe, Sitzungs-
bericlito, vol. 107, pp. 803-882, Wien, 1884, 8°.
Allgemeines iiber das Kadiakisclie, pp. 804-
833.—Dio gronlandischen Worter der eskimo-
tschukschischen Sprache, pp. 833-842.—Gron-
landische Ergiinznngen, pp. 842-876.—Boi-
spiele von gronliindischer Apposition, pp. 876-
882.
----Kennzeichnuugen des kalMekischen
Sprachstammes.
In Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaf-
ten,Philosophiscli-Historische Classe, Sitzungs-
bericlito, vol. 108, pp. 87-166, Wien, 1885, 8°.
Bildung der Dualo und Flurale, pp. 88-103.—
Die Bildung des transitiven Nominativs, pp.
103-107.—DioNominalsuflixo, 107-133.—Die Ap-
position, pp. 133-150.—Von dim Adjectivum,
pp. 150-155.—Von dem Adverbiutn, pp. 155—
158.—Von dem Verhum, pp. 158-166.
----Darlegungen gronliindischer Verbal-
formen.
In Kaiserliche Akademio der Wissonschaf-
ten,Philosophisch-HistoriBcboClasse,Sitzungs-
berichte, vol. 109, pp. 401-480, Wien, 1885, 8°.
Bildung der Arten und Zeiten dos Ver-
bums, pp. 402-430.—Die Abwandlung des Vor-
bums nach Zahlen und Personen, pp. 431-438.—
Von den Verbalsutlixen, pp. 438-480.
---- Der Prophet Jesaias grbnlaudisch.
In Kaiserliche Akademio der Wissenscliaf-
ten,Philosophisch-HistorischoClasse,Sitzungs-
bericlito, vol. Ill, pp. 647-722, Wien, 1886, 8°.
Preface to Wolf’s 1825 translation of Isaiah
into Greenland, signed Niels Gjessing Wolf,
Kjobenliavnime, 1824, with German trans-
lation, pp. 647-649.—Tho following portions
of Isaiah, from Wolf’s 1825 translation, with
literal Gorman translation, verso by verso,
each verso followed by detailed explanation of
each word: i, 1-31; ii, 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 20, 22; iii,
16-24; xiii, 14-22; xiv, 9, 10, 12-23; xxxiv, 9-11,
13-15.—Appendix, treating principally of vor-
bal suffixes, pp. 713-722.
Pick (Rev. B.). The Bible iu tho lan-
guages of America. By Rev. B. Pick,
Ph.D.,Rochester, N.Y.
In TheNew-York Evangelist, No. 2518. New
York, Juno 27, 1878.


76
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TIIE
Pick (B.) —Continued.
An article on twenty-fonr different versions
of portions of the Bible extant in the languages
of America, No. 1 treating of the Greenland,
No. 2 of the Esquimaux [of Labrador].
Pilling: This word following a title indicates that
a copy of the work referred to is in the posses-
sion of tho compiler of this bibliography.
Pillitikset Kittorngannt. | [Picture.] |
[N.p.] 1845.
Literal translation: Things-mcant-for-pres-
ents for children.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, 16°. Bible stories in tho Es-
kimo language of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Pinart (Alphonse L.). Eskim aux et Ko-
loclies | Iddes religieuses et traditions
des Kaniagmioutes | par M. Alphonse
Pinart
Colophon : Paris.—Typographic A.
Hennuyer, rue du Boulevard, 7.
Pp. 1-8, 8°. Extract from tho Revue d’An-
thropologie, 1873.—Eskimo terms passim.
Copies seen : British Museum, Brinton, Pow-
ell, Trumbull.
----Les Aldoutes,- lours origincs et lours
16gend.es.
In Soci6t6 d’Ethnographie, Actes, session
of 1872, pp. 87-92, Paris [1873], 8°.
Aleutian terms passim.
----[Dictionary, grammatical notes,
texts, songs, and sentences in the Aleu-
tian, Lisievsky (Fox) dialect.]
Manuscript of about 700 pages, in Aleutian
and Russian. Collected by Mr. Pinart in 1871
in Unalashka, Belkoffsky, Unga, and Kadiak.
----[Dictionary, grammatical notes,
songs, descriptions of dances and re-
ligious ceremonies, etc. ]
Manuscript of about 1,000 pages, Russian
and Kaniagmiout, collected iu 1871 and 1872
at Kadiak, Afognak, Katmay, Sutkhura, etc.
by M. Pinart.
----[Vocabulary and texts in tlio Agleg-
miout dialect of Nushagak.]
Manuscript of about 50 pages, 4°, Russian
and Aglegmiont, collected by M. Pinart in 1871.
----[Vocabulary of the Malehmiout dia-
lect.]
Manuscript of about 25 pages, 4°, Russian
and Malehmiout, collected by M. Pinart at St.
Michael in 1871.
These manuscripts are in tho possession of
the collector, who has kindly furnished mo
these titles and descriptions.
----See Catalogue de livres rares.
Pingortitsinermik. | [Picture.] |
[Drtick von J. F. Steinkopf in Stutt-
gart.] 1848.
Literal translation: About the creation.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,1G°. Bible stories in the Eski-
mo language of Labrador.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Piniartut | pissaiuut titartauvfit katit-
ernere. | KaKortume, Pdmiunc, Nftng-
me, Manitsume, | Amerdlumilo. | ukiuno
1873|74-18w|76. | Sammendrag | af Fange-
lister for | Julianehaabs, Frederiks-
haabs, Godthaabs, | Sukkertoppens,
og Ilolstensborgs Districter; | for Aa-
rene | lS^^-lS’^. |
Nilngme naKitigkat, | L. M011cr. |
1877.
Literal translation: Tho workmen [seal
hunters] | for their gains, the lists their col-
lections. | At Kalioitok, at Pamiok, at Nuk,
at Manitsok | and at Amudlok. In the years
18”174-18W;7<;. | At tho Point [Godthaab] print-
ed, | L. Moller.
Title 1 1. pp. 1-41, 12°. Statistics of the
seal fisheries of Greenland.
Copiesseen: Powell.
Point Barrow:
Census. See Ray (P. H.J.
Vocabulary. Ray (P. II.),
Simpson (J.).
Pond Bay Vocabulary. Sec Tlall (C. F.).
Pok. | kalalek avalangnek, nunalikame
nuna- | katiminub okaluktuartok. I An-
gakordlo | palasimik napitsivdlune
agssortuissok. | agdlagkat pisorkat
navssarissat nong- | mint ilanit. | Akdt
missigssuissut avguasavait uvig- |
dlarnernut kainakut pisut kinguai-
nut. | [Design.] |
Nongme. 1857. | nalagkap nongmi-
tupnakitirivsianenaki-| tigkatR: Ber-
telsenmit Pelivdlo ernera- | nit Lars
Mollermit.
Inside title: Pok, | kalalek avalangnek, nu-
nalikame | nunakatiminut okalugtuartok. |
Angakordlo, | palasimik napitsivdlune agssor-
tui-1 ssok. | agdlagkat pisorkat navssarissat |
nongmiut ilanit. |
nalagkap nongmetup nakiterivsiano | naki-
tigkat R: Bertelsenmit Pelivdlo | erneranit
Lars Mdllermit. | 1857.
Literal translation of first title: Pok. | a
Greenlander traveled when he landed to his |
countrymen tolls the story. | And the Angekok
who | tho priest meeting disputes with him. |
Written things [manuscript] old discovered
the people of the Point [Godthaab] by some
of them. | Tho proceeds tho authorities will
distribute them to the who have lost their


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
77
Pok — Con tin ued.
husbands by kayaks surviving widows. | At
the Point [Godthaab]. 1857. | The ruler’s who
is at the Point on his printing-press printed |
by R: Bertelsen and Pole's his son Lars
Moller.
Printed cover as above; title as above 11.’
pp. 1-18, 4 plates on 2 11. 2 of tho plates being
colored, 8°. Written, printed, and illustrated
by native Eskimo of Greenland; the wood-
cuts and their coloring are curious specimens
of native art. On tho back cover iatho follow-
ing in Banish:
Pok, | en Gronhender, som bar reist og ved
sin | Hjemkomst fortmller derom til sine
Lands- | imend | og | Angokokken | som moder
I’r.esten og disputerer med ham. | Efter gamle
Ilaamlskriftor, ftindno hos | Grbnkendoro ved
Godthaab. | Holeindtrogtenskalaf forstander-
ska- | berno doles melloin enker, som have
mi- | stet dcres intend ved kajakfangst. | [De-
sign.] |
Godthaab. 1857. | Trykt af R: Bertelsen og
L: Moller, | Poles Son, i Inspectourcns Bog-
trykkeri.
Copies seen; Astor, Brinley, Brinton, Con-
gress.
At the Brinley sale, No. 5G14, an uncut copy,
half-calf extra, gilt top, brought $10.50. Priced
in Leclerc's Supplement, No. 2906, at 10 fr.
See Egede (Hans).
Portions of the Book of Common Prayer.
See Peck (E. J.).
Portions of tho Holy Scriptlire. See
Peck (E. J.).
Portlock (Capt. Nathaniel). A | voyage
round the world; | but more particu-
larly to the | north-west coast of
America: | performed in 1785, 1786,
1787, and 1783, | in | the King George
and Queen Charlotte, | Captains Port-
lock and Dixon. | Embellished with
twenty copper-plates. | Dedicated, by
permission, to | his majesty. | By Cap-
tain Nathaniel Portlock. |
London: | Printed for John Stock-
dale, opposite Burlington-House, Pic-
cadilly; | and George Goulding, Janies
Street, Covent Garden. | M. DCC.
LXXXIX [1789].
Pp. i-xii, 1-384, appendix i-xl, maps, 4°.—
Vocabulary of tho language of Prince Will-
iam’s Sound, pp. 254-255.
Coi>ie8 seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Atlie-
namm, Congress, Harvard, Watkinson.
At tho Field sale, No. 1843, a copy brought
$1.25. Priced by Quaritcli, No. 28949, at 14s.
and a copy in russia, gilt, at £1.
----and Dixon (George). Reis | naar
de ] nord-west kust | van | Amerika. |
j Portlock (N.) — Continued.
Gedaan in de jaren 1785, 1786, 1787 en
1788. | Door | de Kapteins | Nathaniel
Portlock | en | George Dixon. | Uit
derzelver oorspronklijke reisverhalen
zainengestelden vertaald. | Met platen. |
Te Amsterdam, bij | Mattliijs Schale-
kamp. | 1795.
I*p. i-xvi, 1-265, map, sm. 4°.—Vocabulary
of the natives of Prince William's Sound (from
Portlock), pp. 109-110. — Numerals (1—10) of
Prince William’s Sound (from Dixon), p. 209.
Copies seen: Brown, Congress.
•See Dixon (George); see also Forster (J.
G. A.).
Pott (August Friedrich). Die | quinare
und vigesimale | Zahlmcthode | bei
Volkern alter Welttheile. | Nebst aus-
fiihrlicheren Bemerkungen | iiber die
Zahlwbrter indogermanischen Stam-
mes | und einem Anhange iiber Finger-
namen. | Von | Dr. August Friedrich
Pott, | ord. Prof, der [&c. four lines].
Halle, | C. A. Schwetschko und
Sohn. | 1847.
Pp. i-viii, 1-304, 8°.— Numoralsof thoTscliuk-
tschi, Aleut, Kadjak, Tschu gazi, Koljasck and
Eskimo, pp. 59-61.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Wat-
kiuson.
Powell: This word following a title indicates
that a copy of tho work referred to was seen by
the compiler in the library of Major J. W.
Powell, Washington, D. C.
Praetiunculae qvicdam et Psalmi. See
Egede (IL).
Thayers: <
Eskimo. See Crespieul (F. X.).
Greenland. Anderson, (J.), Egede (Paul), Kragh (P.), Preces.
Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.).
Labrador. Tuksiarutsit.
Precationes et hymni grbnlaudici. See
Tliorhallesen (E.).
Preces | sancti | Nersetis Clajcnsis |
Armeniorum Patriarchae | triginta tri-
bus linguis | editae |
Vonetiis | in Insula S. Lazari | 1862
^Engraved title 1 1. printed title as above 1
1. dedication, &c. 7 11. text pp. 1-562, 32°.—
Prayer in tho Greenland language, pp. 181-194.
Copies seen: Eames.
There are editions: Venetiis, 1823, 12° (Con-
gress), and Venetiis, 1837, 12° (Congress),
noithor of which contains the Greenland speci-
men. '


78
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Prichard (James Cowles). Researches |
into tlic | Physical History | of Man-
kind. | By | James Cowles Prichard,
M. D. | Second Edition. | In two vol-
umes. | Vol. IQ—II]. |
London: | Printed for John and Ar-
thur Arch, | Cornhill. | 1826.
2 vols.: pp. i-xxxii, 1-541; 2 p. 11. pp. 1-623,
11 plates, 8°.—Comparative vocabulary of
American and Asiatic languages, pp. 353-351,
includes a short vocabulary of the Greenland.—
Comparative vocabulary Mexican, Ugalimuch-
mutzi, and Kolusch, p. 381.
Copies seen: British Museum.
The first edition, London, 1813, 8°, contains
no linguistics. (British Museum.)
---- Researches | into the | physical his-
tory | of | mankind. | By ] James Cowles
Prichard, M. D. F. R. S. M. R. I. A. |
Corresponding Member [&c. threo
lines]. | Third edition. | Vol. I[-V]. |
London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and
Piper, | Paternoster row; | and J. and
A. Arch, | Cornhill. | 1836[-1847].
5 vols. 8°.—Comparative vocabulary of the
Esquimaux, Kinai, and Ugaljachmutzi, vol. 5,
p. 440.
Copies seen-. Bancroft, Boston Athenaeum,
Congress, Eames.
There is a German edition: Leipzig, Leo-
pold Bosk, 1840-1848, 5 vols. in four, 12°. The
linguistics appear in vol. 4. (British Museum.)
----Researches | into the | Physical His-
tory | of | Mankind. | By Jarnos Cowles
Prichard, M. D. F. R. S. M. R. I. A. |
Corresponding Member [&c. four
lines]. | Fourth edition. | Vol. I[-V]. |
London: | Sherwood, Gilbert, and
Piper, | Paternoster Row. | 1841[-1851].
5 vols. 8°. Paging and contents the Baine as
in the third edition.
Prichard (J. C.) —Continued.
Copies seen: Astor.
There is a copy of this work, 5 vols. in the
Library of Congress, composed of volumes from
different editions. I am inclined to think that
all issues subsequent to 1840 were made up of
volumes from tho preceding editions.
Primer:
Aleut. Aleut-Kadiak. Seo Aleutian. Tishnoff (E.).
Eskimo. Ab6c6daire,
Bompas (W. C.).
Greenland. Groenlandsk, Janssen (C. E.), Kattitsiomilrsut.
Labrador. Okautsit.
Prince William Sound:
Numerals. See Buschmann (J. C. E.),
Dixon (G.),
Forster (J. G. A.),
Portlock (N.) and
Dixon (G.).
Vocabulary. Anderson (W.),
Buschmann (J. C. E.),
Forster (J. G. A.),
Fry (E.),
Portlock (N.).
Prophetib Iesaiasib | Aglangit. | The
Book of Isaiah | translated into tho |
Esquimaux Language, | by | the Mis-
sionaries | of the Unitas Fratrum, or
United Brethren. | Printed for the use
of the Mission, | by | The British and
Foreign Bible Society. |
London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1837.
Literal translation : Tho prophet Isaiah's |
his written things.
Pp. 1-168, 12°, entirely in tho language of
Labrador. See Wolf (N. G.) for edition of 1825.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Q.
Quaritch: This word following a title indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was soon by
the compiler in tho possession of Mr. Bernard
Quaritch, London, Eng.
Quaritch (Bernard). A general | cata-
logue of books, | offered to the public
at the affixed prices | by | Bernard
Quaritch. | J
London: | 15 Piccadilly. | 1880.
Title 1 1. preface pp. iii-iv, contents v-x,
catalogue 1-2166, index 2167-2395, 12°. In-
cludes the parts issued with the numbers 309-
330.
Besides many scattered Eskimo titles there
Quaritch (B.) — Continued.
is a group “Arctic Explorations, ” pp. 1148-1152,
and one “Eskimo language,” p. 1253.
Subsequent to tho above there have been
printed Nos. 331-309 of tho general catalogue
(1880-1886) and various miscellaneous parts
which will, I presume, form part of another
volumo. Of these general parts Nos. 362 and
363 are entitled: “Catalogue of tho History
Geography, and of the Philology of America,
Australia * * * ” Scattered through thorn
are a number of titles referring to t ho Eskimo,
and on pp. 3022-3023 (part 363) is a section
headed “Language of Labrador and Green-
land.”
Copies seen: Congress, Bureau of Ethnolpgy.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
79
Radloff (Leopold). M6moires | de |
l’Acaddmie Itnpdriale des Sciences de
St.-Pdtersbourg, VII° sdrie. | Tome III,
N° 10. | Uber die | Sprache derTschuk-
tscheu | undihr | Verhaltniss zum Kor-
jakischon | von | L. Radloff. | Der Akade-
mie vorgelegt am 9. Marz 1860. |
St. Petersburg, 1861. | Commissionare
dor Kaiserlichen Akadomio der Wissen-
schafteu : | in St. Petersburg [&c. three
lines].
Printed cover as above, title as above 1 1. pp.
1-60, 4°.— Grammar, pp. 11-30.—Vocabulary,
alphabetic according to German words, pp. 31-
51.—Tschuktschischo uud Korjakische Sprach-
probe, eiugesaudt vou dem Hafen-Comman-
deur Capitain-Lieutenant Subow, pp. 57-59.
Copies seen: British kluseum, Congress.
----Uber die Sprache der Ugalachmut.
In Acadfimie des Sciences, Bull, de la Classe
Hist.-Phil. vol. 15(*); and in the same society’s
MGlanges russes, vol. 3, pp. 468-524. (*)
Rand (Rev. Silas Tertius). About a
thou- | sand Esquimaux | words, gath-
ered | from the New- | Testament in |
that Language |
Manuscript, English and Eskimo, recorded,
alphabetically by English words, in a 4° book
of about 35 pp., which apparently had been pre-
viously devoted to the reception of Micinac ma-
terial, tlio Eskimo matter occupying in Borno
cases whole pages, in others part of a page, and
in still others additional sheets of note paper.
In possession of Mr. Rand, Hantsport, Nova
Scotia.
Ray (Lieut. Patrick Henry). Ethno-
graphic sketch of the natives of Point
Barrow. By Lieut. P. H. Ray.
In Report of the International Polar Expedi-
tion to Point Barrow, Alaska, pp. 35-87, Wash-
ington, 1885, 4°.
Approximate census of Eskimos at the Cape
Smythe villago [a list of 137 proper names]-, p.
49.—Vocabulary collected among tlio Eskimos
of Point Barrow and Cape Smythe [711 words
and 307 phrases and sentences, being the sched-
ules given in Powell's Introduction to the
Study of Indian Languages], pp. 51-60.—Alpha-
bet [used in recording the vocabulary], p. 87.
Reichelt (Rev. G. T.). The Literary
Works of the Foreign Missionaries of
tlio Moravian CJhurch. By the Rev. G.
Th. Reichelt, of Herrnhut, Saxouy.
(Translated and annotated by Bishop
Edmund Do Schweinitz.)
In The Moravian, vol. 31, pp. 355-356, 371-
372, Bethlehem, Penn’a, 1886, 4°.
Reprinted as follows:
Reichelt (G. T.) — Continued.
---- The literary works of the Foreign
Missionaries of the Moravian Church.
By tho Rev. G. Th. Reichelt, of Herrn-
hut, Saxony. Translated and Anno-
tated by Bishop Edmund de Schwei-
nitz.
In Moravian Historical Society Trans, series
2, part 8, pp. 375-395, Bethlehem, Pa. 1886, 8°.
Separately issued as follows:
---- The Literary Works | of the | For-
eign Missionaries of the Moravian
Church. | By | the Rev. G. Th. Reichelt
of Herrnhut, Saxony. | Translated and
annotated by Bishop Edmund de
Schweinitz. | (Reprinted from the
Transactions of the Moravian Histori-
cal Society.) | [1886.]
Printed cover as above, half-title as abovq
11. pp. 3-21, 8°. Besides translating and anno-
tating the above, Bishop de Schweinitz added
many notes, biographic and bibliographic,
which will be found scattered through these
pages.
Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.
Relationships:
Arctic. See Oppert (G.).
Greenland. Kleinschmidt (S. P.).
Hudson Bay. Clare (J. R.),
Morgan (L. H.).
Innuit. Dall (W. II.).
Northumberland Inlet. Morgan (L. H.).
Remarks:
Aleut.
Eskimo.
Greenland.
Kadiak.
Ugalachmut.
Reports, Greenland.
See Lowe (F.).
Jefferys (T.),
Morillot (—),
Nouvello Bretagne,
Rosse (I. C.),
Scherer (J. B.),
Schott (W.),
Seemann (B.).
La Harpe (J. F. de),
O'Reilly (B.),
Rink (H. J.),
Schcror (J. B.),
Schott (W.),
Steintlial (H.).
Veniaminoff (J.).
Radloff (L.).
See Nalunaerutit.
Richard (L.). Mauuel dos Laugues, |
Mortes et vivautes. Coutcnant les |
Alphabets, la numeration, et | l’Orai-
son Dominicale, on 190 laugues. | Par
L. Richard. | Premibre Edition 1839. |
So trouve Paris, | chez Mr. Mansut
fils, Libraire, | Ruo des Mathurius S‘.
Jacques 17, | ct chez l’auteur, Place


80
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Richard (L.) — Continued.
Maubert 19. | Iinprimerie Lithographe
de Petit, rue de Bourgogne n°. 25.
Title reverse blank 1 1. pp. 1-112, 8°.—
Oratio Dominica, Groenlandice, p. 60.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
Triibner’s catalogue, 1856, No. 560, prices a
copy at 10s. 6d.
Richardson (Sir John). Arctic | search-
ing expedition : | a | journal of a boat-
voyage | through Rupert’s Laud and
the Arctic Sea, | in search of | the dis-
covery ships under command of | Sir
John Franklin. | With an appendix on
the physical geography | of North
America. | By Sir John Richardson, C.
B., F. R. S. | Inspector of Naval Hos-
pitals and Fleets, | etc. etc. etc. | In
two volumes. | Vol. IQ—IIJ. | Published
by authority. |
London: | Longman, Brown, Green,
and Longmans. | 1851.
2 vols. maps, plates, 8°.—Remarks on the
Eskimo language, with examples of nouns
declined transitively and intransitively, vol.
2, pp. 363-368.—Comparative table of the dia-
lects spoken by the Beering’s Sea and Labra-
dor Eskimos, comprising the two following:
Baer (K. E. von). Kuskutchewak vocabu-
lary, vol. 2, pp. 369-382.
Latrobe (I’.) and Washington (J.). Vocabu-
lary of the Labrador Eskimo, vol. 2, pp. 369-382.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Atlie-
nasum, British Museum, Congress, Trumbull.
At the Field sale, catalogue No. 1970, a copy
brought $4.50. Priced by Quaritch, No. 28995,
at 15s.
---- Arctic | Searching Expedition : | a |
Journal of a Boat-Voyage through
Rupert’s | Laud and the Arctic Sea, | in
search of the Discovery Ships under
command of | Sir John Franklin. |
With an Appendix on the Physical
Geogra- | phy of North America. | By
Sir John Richardson, C. B., F. R. S., |
Inspector of Naval Hospitals and
Fleets, | etc., etc., etc. |
New York: | Harper & Brothers, Pub-
lishers, | 82 Cliff Street. | 1852.
Pp. i-xi, 13-516, 12°.—Linguistics, pp. 235-
236, 273, 479-516.
Copies seen: Harvard.
Field’s sale catalogue, No. 1971, mentions an
edition: New York, Harper &. Brothers, 1856,
516 pp. 12°. It sold for 35 cents.
[Rink (Heinrik Johannes).] Nunap mi-
sigssuissok arnigssa | pivdlugo inuit
tusagagssait | [Signed: IL Rink. | Nu-
nap nalaga.J
Rink (II. J.) — Continued.
Colophon: Nongmo 3 Sept: 1857.
Literal translation: The country’s its in-
tended survey | in reference to it people their-
things-to-be-lieard [things for the people to
hear about it]. | [Signed: H. Rink | the coun-
try’s its ruler.] | At the Point (Godthaab) 3
Sept: 1857.
No title-page; caption only; 2 11. 8°. An
announcement by the inspector, Dr. Rink, to
the Greenlanders, in their own language, of
the establishment of a system of surveys.
Copies seen: Congress.
---- Eskimoiske | eventyr og sagn | over-
sale | efter do indf0dte fortiel lores op-
skrifter | og meddelelser | af | II. Rink,
| inspekt0r i Sydgr0nland.
Kj0benhavn. | C. A. Reitzels Bog-
liaudel. | Louis Kleins Bogtrykkeri. |
18G6.
l’p. i-vi, 1 1. pp. 1-376, 8°.—Songs in Eski-
mo, pp. 349-350.—“Alfabetisk Folklaring over
forskjellige Udtryk og Benmvnelser (tildeels
fastsatte blot for Af benyttelse i dette Skrift),"
pp. 369-376.
Copies seen: British Musoum, Congress.
At the Pinart Bale, No. 791, Quaritcli bought
a copy for 14 fr. He prices it, No. 30058, at £ 1.
A supplement to this work was published r.t
Copenhagen in 1871, 8°. (*)
---- Tales and traditions | of the | Eski-
mo | with a sketch of | their habits,
religion, language | and other peculi-
arities | by | Dr Henry Rink | knight
of Dannebrog | [tec. four lines]. |
Translated from the Danish by the
author | Edited by | Dr Robert
Brown | F. L. S., F. R. G. S. | author
of ‘The races of mankind’, etc. | With
numerous illustrations, drawn and |
engraved by Eskimo |
William Blackwood and Sous | Edin-
burgh and London | MDCCCLXXV
[1875] | All Rights reserved
Pp. i-xii, 1-473, 12°.—Language, pp. 12-22.—
A myth-song, with translation, pp. 66-67.—
Scattered throughout are also many Eskimo
words.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athoncoum, Brit-
ish Museum.
---- Danish Greenland | its people and
its products | By | Dr Henry Rink |
knight of the order of Dannebrog [&c.
three lines], | [Seal.] | Edited by | Dr
Robert Brown, F. L. S. F. R. G. S. |
author of ‘The races of mankind’ etc.
| With illustrations by the Eskimo,
and a map |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
81
Rink (II. J.) — Continued.
Henry S. King & Co., London | 1877
Pp. i-xvii, 1-4G8, maps, plates, 8°.—Remarks
on tho languago of tho natives of Greenland,
pp. 197-198.—Vocabulary of Eskimo words and
names, pp. 394-402.— Scattered tliougliout are
many Eskimo words.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Eames, Harvard.
â– ---He gr0nl:indsko Stednavnes | Ret-
skrivning og Etymologi | af | Dr. II.
viink, | Direkt^r for den Iiongl. gr0n-
landske Handel. | 1877.
Forms an appendix, pp. 351-366, to Johnstrup
(F.), Gioscekcs Minoralogiske Rejso i Grimland,
Kjpbonhavn, 1878, 8°.— Of letters, accents, &c.
p. 355.—Verbal affixes, p. 35G.—Nominal affixes,
p. 356.—De gronlandske Stednavnes Retskriv-
uing og Etymologi, pp. 358-36G.
---- Les dialectes do la langue esqui-
niaude, 6claircis par un tableau synop-
tique de mots, arranges d’apres le sys-
temic du dictionuaire grocnlandais.
In Congres Int. des Americanistes, Compte-
rondu, fifth session, pp. 328-337, Coponhague,
1884, 8°.
Issued separately as follows :
----Dialectes ' de la langue osquimaude.
| Par | II. Rink. | Extrait du Compte-
rendu du Congres International des
Amdricanistes | Copenhague 1883. ]
Copenhague. | Imprimerie de Thiele.
1884.
Outside title as above, toxt pp. 328-337, 8°.—
G reenland and western Esquimaux words for
fire, thou, thee, p. 333.;—Greenland alphabet, pp.
333-334.
Copies seen: Billing.
----The Eskimo Dialects as serving to
determine the Relationship between the
Eski mo Tribes. By Dr. H. Rink.
In Anthropological Institute of Great Brit-
ain and Ireland, vol. 15, pp. 239-245, London,
1885, 8°.
A general discussion, including a few Eski-
mo terms and a genealogical table of dialects.
Issued separately as folloivs :
----The Eskimo dialects | as serving to
determine tho relationship | between
the Eskimo tribes. | By | Dr. II. Rink, |
Knight of the Order of Danueborg [sic],
etc. |
London: | Harrison and Sons, St.
Martin’s Lane, | Printers in Ordinary
to Her Majesty. | 1885.
Titlo on cover as above, text pp. 239-245, 8°.
Copies seen: Powell.
----Om de eskimoiske dialekter, som
bidrag til bed0mmelsen af sp0rgsmaalet
ESK---------------6 V
Rink (IL J.) — Continued.
om eskimoernes herkomst og vandrin-
ger. Af II. Rink.
In Aarboger for nordisk oldkyndighcd og
historic, udgivno af det kbngeligo nordiske
oldskrift-solskab, 1885, tredio liefte, pp. 219-
260, Kjobonhavn, 1885, 8°.
This work has the following divisions: 1.
The character of tho language in general. 2.
The difference of the dialects in general. 3. Tho
difference of the dialects in respect of expres-
sions for certain classes of ideas. 4. Tho dif-
ference of tho dialects in regard to tho stem-
words. 5. Comparison among tho dialects in
respect to grammar, comprising also construc-
tion of words. G. Glance at tho results of the
preceding. 7. List of the works employed in
writing this essay. Many words and stems
throughout.
Issued separately’ as follows:
---- Om | de cskimoiske dialekter, j som
bidrag til bedbmmelseii af sp0rgs-
maalet om | eskimoernes herkomst og
vandringcr. | Af | H. Rink. | Saertryk
af Aarb. f. nord. Oldk. og Hist. 1885. |
Kj0henhavn. | Thieles bogtrykkeri. |
1885.
Title as abovo on cover, no insido title, pp.
1-42, 8°, tho original pagination, 219-260, being
also retained.
Copies seen: Pow ell.
---- [The linguistic results of Dr. Franz
Boas’s ethnographical researches in
Baffin Land, by 11. Rink.]
Manuscript, pp. 1-23, 4°, in tho Bureau of
Ethnology. For a description of the material
which Dr. Rink herein reviews see Boas (F.).
Division of the Eskimo regions, pp. 1-3.—
Orthography, pp. 4-6.— Collection of wordsand
phrases (remarks on), pp. 6-7.—Radical and
additional words, llectioual forms, pp. 8-10.—
Division of w’ords according to classes of no-
tions, p. 10.—List of words in the vocabu-
lary from Baffin’s Land classed according to
tho notions conveyed, pp. 11-12.— Samples of
tho text of songs, with explanations, pp. 13-
22.
---- [Brief catalogue of books iu the
Eskimo language of Greenland. ]
Manuscript slips furnished me by Dr. Rink;
iu its preparation ho had tho assistance of “a
Greenland missionary.”
Hoinrik Johannes Rink was born in Copen-
hagen, August 26, 1819. Ho studied in his na-
tive town from 1840 to 1844, and then for a year
or two in Germany. Iu Juno, 1845, he left Co-
penhagen for a circumnavigation, as geologist
of an expedition, but remained in India as as-
sistant to the governor of tho Danish colony’ on
the Nicobar Islands. Considerations of health
obliged him to leave India, and after a stay’ in
Egypt and Naples ho returned to Copenhagen


82
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF T1IE
Rink (H. J.) — Continued.
in December, 1846. In 1848 he went to Green-
land, where he spent twonty-two summers and
sixteen winters. From 1853 to 1868 he served
as inspector of Southern Greenland, nnd in 1871
was appointed director of the trade. His last
visit to Greenland was made in 1872. In 1883
he settled down in Norway, and at present
(1887) is spending a retired life at Christiania,
Norway.
Ritual:
Greenland. See Egede (Paul),
Fabricius (0.).
Robeck (Dr. —). [Vocabularies of Asi-
atic and American Eskimo.]
In Saricheif (G. A.), [Journey of Captain Bil-
lings across the Chukchi country], St. Peters-
burg, 1811, 4°. In Russian.
Vocabulary of the settled Tschukclii and no-
madic Tschukclii, pp. 102-111.—Parallel vocab-
ularies of about 300 words each, Russian, An-
dreanoffski Aleuts, Lisie Aleuts, and Kadiak
Eskimo, in modern Russian type, part 4, pp.
121-129.
For partial reprints see Schott (W.); also
Zagoskin (L. A.).
Romberg (Heinrich). . Eiu Tschuktsclii-
sclies Wbrterverzefchniss. Vou Ilerru
Heinrich Romberg.
In Erman (A.), Archiv fiir wissenschaftliclie
Kunde von Rfussland, vol. 19, pp. 310-345, Ber-
lin, 1860, 8°.
Chuckchee vocabulary and numerals 1-100.
Ross (Sir John). A | voyage of discov-
ery, | made under the orders of the ad-
miralty, | in | his majesty’s ships | Isa-
bella and Alexander, | for the purpose
of | exploring Baffin’s Bay, | and in-
quiring into the probability of a |
north-west passage. | By Johu Ross,
K. S. Captain Royal Navy. |
London: | Johu Murray, Albemarle-
street. | 1819.
2 p. 11. pp. i-xl, 1-252, i-cxliv, 1 1. maps, 4°.—
A comparative list of the northern and south-
ern Eskimaux language, p. 122.—Words the
same in both dialects, pp. 122-123.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.
----- A | Voyage of Discovery, | made un-
der the Orders of the Admiralty, | in |
his Majesty’s Ships | Isabella and Alex-
ander, | for tho Purpose of | exploring
Baffin’s Bay, | and enquiring into the
Probability | of a | North-west Passage. |
By John Ross, K. S. Captain Royal
Navy. | Second Edition. | In two vol-
umes | Vol. I[-II]. |
London: | Printed by Strahan and
Spottiswoodc, Printers-Strect; | For
Ross (J.) — Continued.
Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and
Brown, | Paternoster-Row. | 1819.
2 vols. map, 8°.—Linguistics, as in first edi-
tion, vol. 1, pp. 167-198.
Copies seen: Boston Athenaeum, British
Museum.
----Entdeckungsreiso | der | kbniglichen
Schiffe Isabella und Alexander | uacli
der Baffins-Bai, | zur Untersucliung der
Mbglichkeit einer Nord-West- | Durcli-
fahrt. | Nach dem Englischeu | des |
Ilerrn John Ross, | Capitains der kb-
niglichen Marine. | (Aus dem Ethifo-
grapliischen Archiv besonders abge-
druckt.) |
Jena, | in der Brau’schen. Buchbaud-
lung. | 1819.
Bp. i-iv, 1—184, 8°.—Vergleichungs-Liste der
ndtdlichen und siidlichen Esquimaux-Sprache,
p. 99.—Worto, dip in beiden Mundarten gleich
sind, p. 100.
Copies seen: Astor.
A Dutch translation: ’s Gravenhaag, 1821, 8°,
is mentioned in F. Muller’s catalogue, 1872,
No. 1378. An English edition: London [1834],
4°, contains no linguistics.
----Narrative | of a | second voyage in
search of | a | north-west passage, |
and of a | residence in tho arctic Re-
gions | during the years 1829,1830, 1831,
1832, 1833. | By | Sir John Ross, C. B.,
K. S. A., K. C. S., &c. &c. | captain in
the royal navy. | Including tlio re-
ports of | Commander, now Captain,
James Clark Ross, R. N., F. R. S., F. L.
S., &c. | and | The Discovery of the
Northern Magnetic Pole. |
London : | A. W. Webster, 156, Regent
Street. | 1835.
4 p. 11. pp. i-xxxiv, 1-740, maps, plates, 4°.—
Hymn in tho Esquimaux language, p. 76.
Copies seen : Astor, Boston Athemeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Congress.
----Appendix | to the | narrative | of a |
second voyage in search | of a | north-
west passage, | and of a | residence in
tho arctic regions | during the years
1829, 1830, 1831, 1832, 1833. | By | Sir
John Ross, C. B., K. S. A., K. C. S. &c.
&c. | captain in the royal navy. | In-
cluding the reports of | Commander,
now Captain, James Clark Ross, R. N.,
F. R. S., F. L. S., &c. | and | The Dis-
covery of the Northern Magnetic Pole. |
London : | A.W. Webster, 150, Regent
street. | 1835.
Pp. i-xii, 1-120, i-cxliv, i-cii, 4°.—Vocabulary


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
83
Ross (J.)—Continued.
of tho English, Danish, and Esquimaux lan-
guages, pjx. 61-89.—Dialogues'iu the English,
Danish, arid Esquimaifx languages, pp. 91-104.
Copies seen: Astor, British Museum, Con-
gress, Harvard.
----Narrative | of a | second voyage | iu
search | of a northwest passage, | and
of | a residence in the arctic regions, |
during tho years 1829, 1830, 1831, 1832,
1833; | By Sir John Ross, C. B., K. S. A.,
K. C. S., &c. &c. | captain in the royal
navy. | Including | the reports of Com-
mander (now Captain) J. C. Ross, R. N.
F. R. S., F. L. S., &c. | and | the Dis'-
covery of the Northern Magnetic Pole. |
Philadelphia: | E. L. Carey & A.
Hart. I Baltimore: I Carey, Hart &
Co. I 1835.
Pp. i-xxiii, 1-456, map, 8°.—Hymn iu tho Es-
quimaux language, p. 43.
Copies seen: Boston Athenajum.
----Relation | du | second voyage | fait
a la recherche | d’uu passage au nord-
ouest, | Par Sir John Ross, | capitaine
de la marine royale, chevalier de
l’Ordre du Bain, etc., etc. | et de sa
residence dans les regions arctiques |
pendant les amides 1829 a 1833; | con-
tenant le rapport du capitaine do la
marine royale Sir James Clarck Ross,
et les | observations relatives a la dd-
couverto du polo nord; | ouvrago tra-
duit sous les yeux de l’auteur, | par A.-
J.-B. Defauconpret, | Traducteur des
(Euvres de W. Scott, etc.; | Accom-
pagud d’uno Carte du Voyage et ornd
du portrait do 1’Auteur, gravd | h Lon-
Ross (J.) — Continued.
dres, par Robert Hart, et des deux Vues
les plus remarquables de | ces regions,
gravdes sur acier, d’apres Findeu, par
Skelton. | Tonoepremierf-deuxibme]. |
Paris, | Bellizard, Barthbs, Dufour et
Lowell, | libraires de la cour impd-
riale de Russic, rue de Verneuil, 1 bis. |
1835.
2 vols. maps, 8°.—Hymn in tho Eskimo lan-
guage, vol. 1, p. 99.
Copies seen: Congress.
An edition in English, Brussels, 1835, 8°, is
mentioned in F. Muller’s catalogue, 1872, No.
1379.
Rosse (Dr. Irving C.). Medical aud an-
thropological notes.
In Cruise of the Revenue-steamer Corwin,
pp. 7-44 (47th Congress, 2d session, House of
Representatives, Ex. Doc. No. 105), Washing-
ton, 1883, 4o.
Linguistic peculiarities, pp. 30-33, contains a
few words in and general remarks upon the
Eskimo language.
Rudolph (—). Anner’ ldb inuuugorsiin-
asub | pAriuek ’ arneranik, | Rudolph-ib
| Nekkursaisub ag’ legeinik. | aipags-
sanik naKitigkat, sujugdlit tissillnard-
lugit. |
Kjbbenhavn. | Louis Kleins Bogtryk-
keri. | 1870.
Literal translation,- Tho just-come-out-one
[who has] become-a-human being | about the
taking care of it | Rudolph | the healer’s about
his writings. | A second timo printed, | the
lirst copying it.
Pp. 1-16, 16°. Manual for midwives iu tho
Eskimo languago of Greenland.
Copies seen: Powell.
See Kragh (P.) for an earlier treatise on this
subject.
s.
Sabin (Joseph). A | dictionary | of |
Books relating to America, | from its
discovery to tho present time. | By
Joseph Sabin. | Volume I[-XVI]. |
[Three lines quotation.]
New-York : | Joseph Sabin, 84 Nassau
street. |1868[-1886J.
16 vols. 8°, still in courso of publication, and
including thus far entries to “Remarks.” Con-
tains titles of many â– works in the Eskimo lan-
guago. Nowedited byMr. Wilberforce Eames.
Copies seen : Congress, Eames, Powell.
Sacred history, Aleut. Soo Voniaminoft (J.) and
Netzvictoff (J.).
Sagoskin. Sec Zagoskin.
St. Luke’s Gospel. See Peck (E. J.).
St. Michael Vocabulary. See Everette (W. E.).
Salomonib Okalagataningit | Profete-
niglo. | Tho Proverbs of Solomon and
the Proplie- | cies of Jeremiah, Ezekiel,
Daniel and | the Twelve Minor Pro-
phets: | Translated into | tho Esqui-
maux Language | by | tho Missiona-
ries | of tho | Unitas Fratrum, or
United Brethren. |
London: | Printed for the use of the
Mission in Labrador, | by tho British
and Foreign Bible Society. | 1849.
Literal translation : Solomon’s his sayings |
and about the Prophets.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-675, 12°.
Copies seen: American Bible Society, British
and Foreign Bible Society, British Museum.


84
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Sapame liuukutatugagssat ardlait.
Colophon : Druck von Gustav Winter
in Stolpen, [n. cl.]
Literal translation: On Sunday in the even
ing tilings to lie used the second.
No title-page; pp. 1-7, 12°. Litany Cate-
chism, entirely in the language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Tilling, Powell.
My copy, procured of the Unitats-Buchhand-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost, 20 pf.
Sauer (Martin). An | account | of a |
geographical and astronomical | ex-
pedition | to the | northern parts of
Russia, ] for ascertaining the degrees of
latitude and longitude of | the mouth
of the river Kovirna; | of the whole
coast of the Tslintski, to East Cape; |
and of the islands in the Eastern
Ocean, stretching to | the American
coast. | Performed, | By Command of
Her Imperial Majesty Catherine the
Second, | empress of all the Russias, |
by Commodore Joseph Billings, | In the
Years 1785, &c. to 1794. | The whole
narrated from the original papers, | by
Martin Sauer, | secretary to the expo- j
dition. |
London: | Printed by A. Strahan, j
Printers Street; | For T. Cadell, Jun. '
and W. Davies, in the Strand. | 1802.
Pp. i-xxvii, 1-332, and appendix pp. 1-58, :
map, 4°. — Vocabulary of the languages of
Kamtsliatka, the Aleutan Islands, and of
Kadiak, pp. 9-14 of appendix.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-
nieum, Boston Public, British Museum, Con-
gress, Watkinsoin. '
— Voyage | fait par ordre de l’iinp<5-
ratriee de Russie | Catherine II, | dans
le nord | de la Russie Asiatique, | dans
la mer Glaciate, | dans lamer d’Anadyr,
etseries | cOtesdel’Amdrique, | depuis
1785 jusqu’en 1794, | par 1c commodore
Billings; | r<5dig6 par M. Sauer, | Secrd-
taire-Intcrprete de l’Expddition, | et
traduit de l’anglais avcc des notes, |
par J. Castdra. | Avec uno Collection
de quinzo Planches, format in-4°.,
dessi tides sur les Licux. | Tome Premier
[-Second]. |
A Paris, | chez F. Buisson, Impri-
meur-Libraire, rue Ilautefeuille, No.
20. | an X (1802)
2 vols. 8°, atlas 4°.—Vocabulairc Kamtcha-
dalo, vol. 2, pp. 289-295.—Vocabulairo Aleoute,
vol. 2, pp. 296-303.—Vocabulaire de la langue
de Kadiak, vol. 2, pp. 304-311.
Copies seen: Congress.
Sauer (M.) — Continued.
According to Ludewig, there was a German
translation: Berlin, 1802, 8°, the vocabularies
occurring on pp. 399-406.
---- Reiso | nach | Siberien, Kam-
tscliatka, uml zur | Untcrsuchung |
der Miindung des Kowiina-Flusses,
der ganzen | Kiisto der Tschutschen
und der zwisclien dem le- I sten Lande
von Asien und Amerika bo- | lindliclien
Inseln [&c. eight lines] von | Martin
Sauer, | Sekrctar der Expedition. | Aus
dem Englisclien iibersetzt. | Mit Kup-
feru und | Karto. |
Berlin und Hamburg. | 1803.
2 p. 11. pp. i-vii, 9-334, 8°.—Vocabularies, pp.
325-330.
Copies seen: British Museum.
A copy at the Fischer sale, No. 2125, brought
3a.
Schediasma hocce etymologico-philolo-
gicum * * * Gronlandicum. See Abel
(I-).
Schema coujugationis Gronlandicte. See
Thorhallesen (E.).
Scherer (Johann Benedict). Reclierches
| Historiques | ct Gdographiques | sur
| lo Nouveau-Monde. | Par .Jean-Benoit
Scherer, Pensionnaire du Roi; | Em-
ploy^ aux affaires 6trangeres; Menibrc
de plusieurs | Academies & Socidtds
littdraires; ci-devant Juriscon- | suite
du College Imperial de Justice a Saint-
Pctersbourg, | pour les affaires de la
Livonie, d’Esthonie & de Finlande. |
[Design.] |
A Paris, | Chez Brunet, Libraire, rue
des Ecrivains. | M. DCC. LXXVII
[1777].
I’p. i-xii, 2 11. pp. 1-352, map, plates, 8°.—
Short vocabulary, 17 words, Esquimaux and
Groonland, p. 19.—Essai sur les rapports des
mots outre les Langues du Nouveau-Momlo &
cellos de l’Ancion, par Court de Gebelin (A.
do), pp. 302-345, contains: Langue des Esqui-
maux & des Groenlamlois, pp. 306-312.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Atlienieum, Con-
gress.
Priced by Leclorc, 1878, No. 2087, at 20 fr.
Quaritch bought a copy at tho Ramirez sale,
No. 772, for 3s. 6cZ.
Schomburgk (Sir Robert II.). Contri-
butions to the Philological Ethnogra-
phy of South America. By Sir R. II.
Schomburgk.
In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 3,
pp. 228-237 London, 1848, 8°.
“Affinity of words in the Guinau with otlief


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
85
Schomburgk (R. IL)—Continued.
Languages and Dialects in America,” pp. 236-
237, contains among others examples in Eski-
maux of Hudson’s Bay.
----A vocabulary of tho Maiongkong
Langtiago [South America]. By Sir
Robert Scliotnburgk.
In Philological Soc. [of London] Proc. vol. 4,
pp. 217-222, London, 1850, 8°.
Con tains tho word for sun in Esquimaux,
Tchouktcho American or Aglemoute, &c.
Schott (W.). Ueber die Sprachen des
ritssischen Amcrika’s, nach Wenjami-
liow.
In Ertnan (A.), Arcliiv fur wissenscliaftlicho
Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 126-143, Berlin,
1840, 8°.
---- Ueber cthnographischo Ergebnisse
dor Sagoskinschen Reiso, von W.
Scliott.
In Erman (A.), Archivfiir wissenscliaftlicho
Kunde von Russland, vol. 7, pp. 480-512, Berlin,
1840, 8°.
Vocabulary of tho Inkilik and Inkalit-Ingel-
nnt (from Zagoskin), pp. 481-487.—Vocabu-
lary of tho Tschuaginjiito, Kwigpakjute, and
Kuskowigmjute (from Zagoskin), Kadjaker
(from Billings and Lisiansky), and Namoller
(from Robck), pp. 488-512.
---- Die Sprache der Eskimos auf Gron-
land.
In Magazin fiir dio Littoratur des Auslands,
Nos. 38, 39, Berlin, 1856. Title from Lude-
wig, p. 221.
Schubert (Hofratli von), editor. Corre-
spondenz-Nachricliten aus Labrador.
Mitgetheilt von ITrn. Hofrath v. Schu-
bert.
In Kbniglicho Akad. der Wiss. zu Miinchcn,
vol. 18, columns 417-430, Miiuchen [1844 |, 4°.
Eskimo vocabulary, columns 417-422,425-429.
Schwatka (Lieut. Frederick). Vocabu-
lary of tho Eskimo. *
Manuscript in possession of tho author. Con-
cerning it ho writes mo as follows: “ My lin-
guistic material pertaining to tho Eskimo Is in
rough manuscript form, containing probably
500 or 600 words in most common nso by tho
Inkillilc Innnits of Repulse Bay, gatliored from
August, 1878, to August, 1880, while sojourn-
ing with this tribo, each word being noted in a
small calf-bound journal as its use made it
prominent and I became assured that I had
it sufficiently correct for conversational pur-
poses.”
Seemann (Berthold). Narrative | of the |
voyage of II. M. S. Ilerahl | during the
years 1845—51, | under tho command of |
Captain Henry Kellett, R. N., C. B.; |
being | A Circumnavigation of the
Seemann (B.) — Continued.
Globe, | and three cruizes to the arctic
regions in search | of Sir John Frank-
lin. | By j Berthold Seemann, F. L. S., |
member of [&c. two lines]. | In two
volumes. | Vol. I[-II]. |
Loudon: | Reeve and Co., Henrietta
Street, Covent Garden. | 1853.
2 vols. 8°.—Brief referenco to tho Eskimo
language, vol. 2, pp. 68-69.
Copies seen: Astor, Bancroft, Boston Athe-
naeum, British Museum, Congress.
---- Reiso um die Welt | nnd | drci Falir-
ten | der Kbniglich Britischen Fre-
gatto Herald | nach dem ndrdliclien
Polarmeere | zur | Anfsuchnng Sir
John Franklin’s | in den Jaliren 1845-
1851. | Von | Berthold Seemann. | Erster
[-Zweiter] Band. | [2 lines.] |
Hannover. | Carl Rumpier. | 1853.
2 vols.: pp. i-xi, 1-335; i-vi, 1-291, 8°.—
Sprache der Eskimos, vol. 2, pp. 72-73.
Copies seen: British Museum, Congress.
Selenie (S. J.). Sec Zelenio (S. J.).
Sendebrev til allo Gronltendernc. See
Fasting (L.).
Senfkornesutepok. [Picture.]
No title-page; pp. 1-8, 24°. Bible stories in
the Eskimo language of Greenland.—Apost.
Bull. 7, 9-14, pp. 1-2.—Job. 10, 12-18, pp. 3-4.—
Matth. 20, 29-34, pp. 5-6.—Apost. sull. 8,27-39,
pp. 7-8.
Copies seen: American Tract Society, Powell.
Senfkornetun-ipok. [Picture.]
No title-page; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Bible
lessons in the Eskimo language of Labrador.—
Apostetit Piniarningit 7, 9-14.—Joli. 10,12-18.
Matth. 20,29-34.—Apost. Pin. 8, 27-39.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Tuksiautitait. See
Sennerutilingmik
Kjer (K.).
Sentences:
Greenland.
Innuit.
Koksoagmyut.
Unalaslikan.
Sermons:
Greenland.
Labrador.
Shea (John Gilmary).
American Indians.
See Kragh (P.).
Hollman (\V. J.).
Turner (L. M.).
Turner (L. M.).
Seo ivangkiliunik,
Kragh (P.).
Okalautsit.
Languages of the
In American Cyclopaidia, vol. 1, pp. 407-414,
New York, 1873, 8°.
Contains grammatical examples of a number
of American languages, among them tho Es-
quimaux.


86
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TUB
Silame iliornerit. See Kleinschmidt
(S. P.).
Silamiut ingerdlausianik. See Janssen
(C.E.).
Simonimik Syrenimiumik. See Boggild
(O.).
Simpson (Dr. John). Observations on
the Western Esquimaux and the Coun-
try they inhabit; from notes taken
during two years at Point Barrow, by
Mr. John Simpson, R. N., Her Majesty’s
Discovery Ship “Plover.”
In Further papers relative to the recent Arctic
expeditions, pp. 917-942, London, 1855, folio.
Contains the names of the seasons and months
in Esquimaux, p. 933.
Reprinted in Royal Geographical Society,
Arctic Geography and Ethnology, pp. 233-275,
London, 1875, 8°. (British Museum, Powell.)
Smith (E. Everett). [Vocabulary of the
Malemute, Kotzebue Sound.]
10 pp. 4°, 190 words. In the library of the
Bureau of Ethnology.
Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge:
These words following a title indicate that a
copy of the work referred to was seen by the
compiler in tho library of this society, London,
England.
Songs:
Axudnirmiut. Seo Boas (F.).
Aleut. Pinart (A. L.), Veniaminoff (J.).
Atka. Veniaminoff (J.).
Greenland. Cranz (D.), eriniugkat, Kjer (K.), Rink (H. J.).
Kaniagmiont. Pinart (A. L.).
Labrador. Imgerutit, Imgerutsit.
OKomiut. Boas (F.).
Tuski. Hooper (W. H.).
[Sorensen (B. F.).] Kupernerit napau-
tliuput tuuitdlauvdlutik kisidne tikiii-
tartut; [&c.] [Signed B. F. Sorensen.]
[Nungme aipagssauik nakitigkat. |
L. Moller. | 1874.]
Literal translation: Tho Bmall-pox is a disease
by infecting only that comes [i. e., that comes
only by infection]. At tho Point [Godthaab] a
second time printed. L. Mdllor.
No title-page or caption; begins as above;
pp. 1-G, 8°; in the Greenland language. It is
an account of the symptoms etc. of small-pox,
with the methods of treatment and precautions
for preventing the spread of the disease.
Copies seen: Powell.
Statistics of seal fisheries, Greenland. See Pini-
artuL.
Stearns (Winfrid Alden). Labrador [ a
sketch of | its peoples, its industries
and its | natural history. | By | Win-
frid Alden Stearns. |
Boston : | Lee and Shepard, 47 Frank-
lin Street. | New York: Charles T. Dil-
lingham. | 1884.
Title 1 1. pp. iii-viii, 1-295, 8°.—Numerals
1-10, 20, 30, of tho Labrador Indians, and a vo-
cabulary of 35 “otherwords” [not Eskimo], p.
294.—Labrador Indian terms passim.
Copies seen: Bureau of Ethnology, Congress.
Steenholdt (Wittus Frederik). Innub
nangminek isumaliornera Gudib’lo tek-
kotinera. Innuktut nuktersimafok
Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit.
Kjbbenhavuime, 1851.
Literal translation: Man’s his own ponder-
ing and God’s his revelation of himself. To
men it is translated by Wittus Frederik Steen-
holdt. At Copenhagen.
75 pp. 8°. Roligious tract in tho Eskimo lan-
guage of Greenland.
Title from Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352 (5).
---- Okalluktuaet Bibelimit pisimasut |
Kristumiudlo Apostelit kingorneesigut
okalluktuarisauneraet tapusimavlune.
| Aglmksimasut | Kavlunait Pelleseesa
illmnuit, Balslevimit; | nuktorsimasut
Wittus Frederik Steenholdtimit. |
Kjbbenhfi,vnimc. | nakkittarsimasut
Bianco Lunomit: | 1854.
Literal translation: Stories from tho Bible
made [ and the Christian Apostles after them |
their narratives having been included. | Writ-
ten | Europeans their priests by some of them,
by Balslev; [ translated by Wittus Frederik
Steenholdt. | At Copenhagen. | printed by Bi-
anco Luno.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-136,16°. Bible stories in the Es-
kimo language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Harvard.
---- Tlerkuksamut imalbneet illuarner-
mik ajokensout . . . nuktersimarsok
Wittus F. Steenholdtimit.
Noungme, 18G0.
20 pp. 8°. Ethics in tho Eskimo language of
Greenland.—Iiink.
Steenholdt was a native teacher. He died at
Jakobsliavn, Greenland, in 18G2.
Steiger (E.). Steiger’s | bibliotheca glot-
tica, | part first. | A catalogue of |
Dictionaries, Grammars, Readers, Ex-
positors, etc. | of mostly | modern lan-
guages | spoken in all parts of the
earth, | except of | English, French,
German, and Spanish. | First division :
| Abenaki to Hebrew. |


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
R7
Steiger (E.) — Continued.
E. Steiger, | 22 & 24 Frankfort Street,
| New York. [1874.]
Half-title on cover, title as above 11. notice
11. text pp. 1-40,12°. Contains an Eskimo sec-
tion, pp. 32-33. The second division of tho first
part was not published. Part second is on the
English language, and Part third on tho Ger-
man language.
In his notico tho compilor states: “This com-
pilation must not bo regarded as an attempt at
a complete linguistic bibliography, but solely
as a book-seller’s catalogue for business pur-
poses, with special regard to the study of phi-
lology in America.”
Copies seen: Eames, Pilling.
Steinthal (Dr. II.). Charakteristik | der
hauptsachlichsten | Typeu des Spracli-
baues. | Von | Dr. H. Steinthal, |
Privatdocenten fiir allgemeine Sprach-
wissenschaft | an der Universitiit zu
Berlin. | Zweitc Bearbeitung | seiner |
Classification der Spracllen. |
Berlin, | Ferd. Diimmler’s Verlags-
buchhandlung | I860.
Tp. i-ix, 11. pp. 1-336, 8°.—V. Dio amewkan-
ischon Sprachen, Einverleibung, pp. 202-231,
includes: Die amorikanischon Sprachen iiber-
haupt, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf das Grdn-
landischo, pp. 220-231.
Copies seen: Astor, Boston Athenaeum, Brit-
ish Museum, Harvard, Trumbull.
Stenberg (Karl Junius Optatus). Bibel-
imit ujarsimmassut | okralluktuiet, |
merkraen illinni:ug:cksait, | Kaladlit
nnnnflnne piellessiogalloab K. J. O.
StAnbcrg-ib nuktigai. |
Kjobenhavnime. | Bianko-Lunomit
nakkrittinnekratut. | 1854.
Literal translation: From tho Bible selected ]
stories, I children’s their instruction things, |
Stenberg (K. J. 0.) — Continued.
Greenlanders' in their country the late priest
K. J. 0. Stenberg translated them. | At Copen-
hagen. | By Bianco Luno printed.
1 p. 1. pp. 1-125, 16°. Bible stories in the Es-
kimo language of Greenland.
Copies seen: Harvard.
K. J. 0. Stfinberg was born in 1812, lived in
Greenland from 1840 to 1853, and died while
parish priest on the Island of Funen, Den-
mark, 1872.
---- Sec Kattitsiomarsut.
Stimpson (Dr. William) and Hall (Trof.
Asaph). Chukchee vocabulary.
In Dall (W. H.), Alaska and its Resources,
pp. 552-554, Boston, 1870, 8°.
Strale (Frederick A.). The Lord’s Prayer.
Matt. Ch. VI. vv 9-13 | In upwards of
Fifty different Languages, arranged
mostly geographically according | to
Fr.k Adelung’s View. \
New York Sept.r 1841. Compiled by
F. A. Strale. | Lith. of Endicott—22 John
Street.
Broadside, 25JX19I inches. Contains among
others the Lord’s Prayer in the Greenland and
Esquimaux of the Coast of Labrador, Nos. 50
and 51.
Copies seen: Powell.
Stuart Island Vocabulary. See Buschmann (J.
C. E.).
Stupart (R. F.). The Eskimo of Stupart
Bay. *
In Canadian Institute Proc, new series, vol.
4, pp. 95-114, Toronto, 1886, 8°.
Eskimo vocabulary, pp. 113-115.
Sutherland (P. C.). On the Esquimaux.
By P. C. Sutherland, M. D.
In Ethnological Soc. of London Jour. vol. 4,
1856, pp. 193-214, Loudon, n. d. 8°. Numerals,
I 1-10, 16-30, of the Esquimaux, pp. 208-209-
T.
Tales:
AKudnirmint.
Greenland.
Oxomiut.
Tchiglit.
See Boas (F.).
Bbggild (O.),
Kaladlit,
Kjer (K.),
Pok.
Boas (F.).
Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Tamedsa Gudib kakkojanga.
Literal translation: Here is God's his bread.
No titlo-pago; 1 1. pp. 1-8, sq. 24°. Biblo
lessons in tho Eskimo language of Labrador.—
Math. 9, 2-8, pp. 1-2.—Luc. 17,11-19, pp. 3-4.—
Luc. 19,1-10, pp. 5-6.— Job. 11, 41-44, pp. 7-8.
Copies seen: American Tract Society, Pow-
ell.
Tamedsa | Matthaeusib, Markusib, |
Lukasib, | Johannesiblo | okautsinnik
tussarnertnnnik | nalegapta piulijipta ;
Jcsusib Kristusib | pinuiarningit okan-
singillo. | Printed for | the British and
Foreign Bible Society, | for the use of
the Christian Esquimaux in the mission-
settlements | of the United Brethren on
the Coast of Labrador. |
London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer,
Pemberton Row, j Gough Square. I1839.
Literal translation: Hero aro I Matthew’s,
Mark's, | Luke’s, | and John’s | in their words
pleasing to hear | our Lord our Savior | Jesus
Christ’s | his doings and his words.


88
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
Tamedsa—Continued.
Title 1 1. text pp. 1-277, 1G°. The four gos-
pels in the Eskimo of Labrador.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
ciety.
Subsequently issued as a part of tho New
Testament; see Testamentetak tamedsa.
Tamedsa Joliannesib. Sec Kohlmeis-
ter (B. G.).
Tamersa | Makperksaeket immakartut |
Okautsinnik, Kristomi- | unnut | Ajo-
kaersiitiksennik Appersutiksennik |
akkirsutiksenniglo attortuksaursun-
nik | Innitsiut ajokaersorniarlugit. |
Budissime, | Nakkitarsimaput Ernst
Moritz Monsemit. | 1861.
Literal translation: Hero are | the books
filled | with tho words for Christians I things to
bo used and instruction things | and things for
answers to be used | children in teaching
them. | At Bautzen, | they were printed by
Ernst Moritz Mons.
Title verso blank 1 1. text pp.^3-72, 1G°.
Catechism entirely in tho languago of Green-
land.
Copies seen: Billing. Powell.
My copy, purchased- at the Unitats-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 80 pf.
Tamerssa [ Okautsit Testamentitokame |
agleksimarsut | illeit pirsariaglit, | Ajo-
kaersutinuiglo nevsuiautik- | sennik,
Tnksiautinniglo | illakartut | Nukter-
simarsut Karadlit okauseennut. | LDe-
sign.] |
Budissime | nakkitarsimarsut Ernst
Moritz Monsibme. [n. d.J
Literal translation: Hero are | the words in
the Old Testament | written | some of them | tho
needful ones, | and with lessons things to servo
for explanation | and psalms | united | trans-
lated Greenlanders into their "speech, i At
Bautzen | printed at Ernst Moritz Mons’s.
Titlo verso blank 1 1. pp. 3-225, 16°. Bible
stories from tho Old Testament, entirely in the
languago of Greenland.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, purchased of tho Unitiits-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cos't 2 M.
Tamerssa timmiusaut | killangmit
pirsok. [Picture.]
Literal translation: Behold a supply-of-
bread | from heaven come.
No title-page; heading only; 1 p. 1. pp. 1-8,24°.
Bible lessons in the languago of Greenland.
Copies seen: American Tract Society.
Tastamantitorkamik | agdlagsimassut
ilait oKalngtu- | arissat, ajoKerstltinik
ilaai- | -massut. |
[Druck von Gustav Winter in Stol-
pen. ] 1871.
Tastamantitorkamik — Continued.
Literal translation: By the Old Testament |
written some of the tales, | with lessons | sup-
plemented.
Title 1 1. toxt pp. 1-179, 12°. Bible stories
from the Old Testament, entirely in tho lan-
guage of Greenland. For replies and queries
to this seo aperssutit.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
My copy, procured from tho Unitats-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 1 M.
Tchiglit:
Dictionary. Seo Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Grammar. Henry (V.).
Grammatic treatise. Pctitot (E. F. S. J.).
Legends. Petitot (E.F.S.J.).
Tales. Petitot (E. F. S. J.).
Tchougatche-Konega Vi Tchuktchi: acabulary. Seo Balbi (A.).
Grammatic treatise. Seo Badlotf (L.).
Numerals. Pott (A. F.).
Songs. Hooper f\V. H.).
Vocabulary. Balbi (A.), Gallatin (A.), Gilder (IV. JI.), Hooper (W.H.), Krause (A.), Lesseps (J. B. B.), Pfizmaier (A.),
Ten Commandments: Radloff (L.), Robock (—), Itomberg (H.), Stinipson (W.) and Hall (A.), Zagoskin (L. A.).
Greenland. Seo Anderson (J.).
Hudson Bay. Peck (E. J.).
Testamente Nutak, oiler. Seo Egede
(Paul).
Testamente Nutak Kaladlin. See Fa-
bricius (0.).
Testamentetak | tamedsa: | Nalegapta
Piulijipta | Jesusib Kristusib | Apostel-
ingitalo | pinniarningit okausingillo. |
Printed for | The British and Foreign
Bible Society, | for tho use of tho Chris-
tian Esquimaux in the mission-settle-
ments | of tho United Brethren on the
coast of Labrador. |
Loudon: | W. M’Dowall, printer,
Pemberton-row, | Gough-square. |
1840.
Literal translation: Tho New Testament |
behold it: | Our Lord our Savior | Jesus
Christ’s | and his Apostles’ | their acts and
their words.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-G37,12°, in the language of Labra-
dor.
Copies seen : Astor, British Museum, British
and Foreign Bible Society, Church Missionary
Society, Congress.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
89
Testamentetak — Continued.
At the Field sale, catalogue No. 644, a copy
brought $1.62 ; at the Murphy sale, catalogue
No. 907, 25conts. Priced by Quaritch, No. 30047,
at 5s.
A portion of this work, pp. 1-277, containing
the four gospels only, was issued in 1839, with
the title Tamedsa Matthaeusib; the remain-
der, pp. 277-637, was also issuod separately
with the heading Apostelit Piniaringnt.
“In 1826 a comploto edition of tho [Labra-
dor] Esquimaux Now Testament left the [Brit-
ish and Foreign Bible] Society’s press in Lon-
don.”—Baijster.
Reichelt speaks of “ tho first edition of tho
[Labrador Eskimo] New Testament having
appeared in 1827 under tho auspices of the
British and Foreign Bible Socioty. ”
Testamentetak terssa nalegauta an-
naursirsiuta JesusiJ) Kristusib ajokoer-
sugeisalo sullirseit okauseello. Trans-
lated. into the greenlaudiBli language by
tho missionaries of tlie Unitas fratrum.
London, 1862. *
Literal translation: Tho New Testament be-
hold it, our Lord our Savior Jesus Christ’s
and his disciples’ their acts and their words.
8°. New Testament in tho Greenland. Title
from tho Pinart sale catalogue, No. 352. For
earlior editions see Testamentitak torssa.
Testamentetokak Testamentitarlo. *
Literal translation: Tho Old Testament and
the Now Testament.
In the language of Greenland. Title from
Dr. Rink.
Testamentetokak Hiobib * * * Salo-
moblo. See Erdmann (F.).
Testamentetotak Josuab * * * Es-
terib. Seo Erdmann (F.).
Testamentitak | tanuedsa | nalegapta
piulijipta | Jfisnsib Kristusib | aposto-
lingitalo | piniarningit ajokertusin-
gillo. | Printed for | tho British and
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab-
rador. |
Stolpen: | Gustav Winterib Ndner-
lauktangit. | 1876.
Literal translation: Tho Now Testament |
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ’s |
and his apostles’ | their acts and their teach-
ings. | Stolpen: | Gustav Winter’s his print-
ings.
Pp. 1-282, 8°. Tho Four Gospels and tho Acts
of tho Apostles in tho language of Labrador.
Copies seen : British Museum.
A later edition, with additions, as follows:
Testamentitak | tamtedsa | nalegapta
pinlijipta | Jfisusib Kristusib | aposto-
lingitalo | piniarningit ajokertnsin-
Testamentitak—Continued.
gillo. | Printed for | tho British and
Foreign Bible Society in London, | for
the use of the Moravian Mission in Lab-
rador. |
Stolpen, | GustavWinteribNcnila.uk-
tangit. | 1876. 1878.
Literal translation: Tho New Testament, |
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ’s |
and his apostles’ | their acts and their teach-
ings. | Stolpen, | Gustav Winter’s his print-
ings.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-282, 1-225, 8°, in tho Eskimo
of Labrador.—Matthew to Acts, pp. 1-282.—
Romans to Revelation, pp. 1-222.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Bible So-
cioty, Pilling, Powell.
Testamentitak, | terssa: | Nalegauta
annaursirsivta | Iesusib Kristusib, |
ajoktersugcisalo, | sullurseit okauseello.
| Translated | into the Greenland lan-
guage | by the | Missionaries | of the
| Unitas Fratcum; or United Breth-
ren. | Printed for tho use of the Mis-
sion | by | the British and Foreign
Bible Society. |
London: | W. M’Dowall, Printer, 4,
Pemberton Row, Gough Square. | 1822.
Literal translation: Tho Now Testament |
behold it: | our Lord our Savior | Jesus
Christ’s, | and his disciples’, | their acts and
tlioir words.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-584, 2 11. 12°, in tho language of
Greenland. The first edition of tho revised
version; 1,000 copies were printed for tho
abovo socioty.
Copies seen: British and Foreign Biblo So-
ciety, British Museum, Shea, Trumbull, Wat-
kinson.
Priced in Leclerc’s Supplement, No. 2961, at
20 fr. Tho Murphy copy, catalogue No. 2929,
brought $2.50.
Testamentitak | terssa | Nfilcgauta
Annaursirsivta | Iesusib Kristusib, |
ajokaersugeisalo, | sullirseit okauseollo.
| The Now Testament. | Translated |
into tho Greenland languago | by tho
missionaries | of tho | Unitas Fratruin
or United Brethren | Second edition. |
Printed for tho usoof the mission by |
the British and Foreign Bible Society. |
Budisimo | printed by Ernst Moritz
Monse. | 1851.
Literal translation: Tho New Testament!
behold | our Lord our Savior | Jesus Christ’s, |
and his disciples’, | their acts and their words. |
At Bautzen.
2 p. 11. pp. 1-583, 8°, in tho language of Green-
land. According to Bagster’s Bible of Every
Land the edition consisted of 1,900 copies.


90
BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE
XMHDITH/HiITX
fiK)K£4fmirifMfi OiMrnrd,
miI'fjUQinit n
n l
X AY 4 IS X
fflHKHiirm Tfini;iimRd'r;z
HIHT^MAKA
1AAII
•iniKiijirsKZ KdTiixnnniuifiKZ.
ILlLflMli TbDItnOBaM'L niMLfl.
â– â– â–  ' II II" i7l>0<^&
c. nerePKiforx.
Ill tf H k A A M T M n r A A H A H H.
1847.
FAC-SIMILE OF TITLE-PAGE OF TISHNOFF’S CHRISTIAN GUIDE BOOK.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
91
Testamentitak — Continued.
Copies seen: Astor, Congress, Pilling, Pow-
ell.
My copy, procured from the Unitiits-Buch-
handlung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 5 M.
Dr. Rink has furnished me with a similar
title, no date, 553 pages, 8°. For a later edition
see Testamentetak terssa.
Teatamentitokab Makpdrstcgfijsa * * *
Josvab. Seo Kragh (P.).
Testamentitokab makp<5rsicgbjsa * * *
profetit mingnerit. See Kragh (P.).
Testamentitokab raakptirsogejsa * * *
Mosesim. See Kragli (P.).
Testamentitokamit Davidim Ivnge-
rut<5j. Seo Wolf (N. G.).
Testamentitokamit Mosesim aglegbj.
See Fabricius (0.).
Testamentitokamit Profetib Esaiasim.
Seo Wolf (N. G.).
Testamentitokamit
Salomonib.
See
Wolf (N. G.).
Texts:
Aglegmiout.
Aleut.
Kadiak.
Thomas a Kempis.
See Pinart (A. L.).
Pinart (A. L.).
Veniaminoff (J.),
SecEgede (Paul).
[Thorliallesen (Egil).] Tuksiutit | Sab-
batit Ulloiunut | Napcrtorsaket, allello
| Kallalingnut | Attuartukset; | Tuk-
siautillo Ulaejartortut. | Apersoutin-
goello | Koekhorsunnut. |
Iglorpeksoinne Kiobeuhavnime | nak-
kitet Gerhard Giese Salikath. | 1776.
Literal translation: Prayers | Sabbaths for
their days | adapted, and other | for Greenland-
ers | tliings-to-bo-used; | and psalms selected. |
And little questions | for candidates-for-bap-
tism. | At the city at Copenhagen | printed by
Gerhard Giese Salikath.
Title verso blank 11. preface signed by Paul
Egedo 1 1. text, entirely in the language of
Greenland, pp. 1-116, index 2 11. 16°. Pp. 54-
116 aro occupied with hymns.
Copies seen: British Museum.
---- Schema conjugationis Gronlandicm
Verborum iu ok, vok et rpok definen-
tium.
Hafn. 177G. *
----Expositio cateckismi gronlandici.
Kj0bh. 1776. *
-— Precatioues et hymni gronlandici iu
singulos septimante dies.
Kj0bh. 1776. *
Titles front Nyerup’s Dansk-Norsk Littera-
turlexicon, vol. 2, p. 609, Kjiibenhavn, 1818.
This latter work is probably the same as that
Thorhallesen (E.) — Continued.
of which full titlo, commencing Tuksiutit, is
given above.
Thorhallesen was born in Iceland November
10, 1734. He graduated in 1758 and in 1765 be-
came a missionary to Greenland. In 1776 he
was made parson at Bogenso, in Fyen, and dean
in Skovbo district. He died in 1789.
Tishnoff (Elias). [Seven lines Cyrillic
characters.] | n.iba.M-b TbiiKHOBaMi. nii.iba. |
[Two lines Cyrillic type.] | 1847.
Translation: Christian | Guido Book, | con-
taining | Saint Michael | history | and | Michael
Catechism. | Elias Tishnoff made. | St. Peters-
burg. | Synod Press.
Title 1 1. pp. 1-96, 8°, in tho Aloutian lan-
guage. In Cyrillic type, with tho addition of
several specially cast for tho purpose. See p. 90
for fac-simile of title-pago. The work is based
on Veniaminoff (J.) and Netzvietoff (J.), Ori-
gin of Christian Creeds.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
----- [Six lines Cyrillic characters. ] | Ila
A.ieyTCKO-Ka,jbflKCKlft H3Mkt> nepeBC.ii M.
TbiiKnoBi. |
C. neTepOyprb. | Bicyno^ajbBoii TnnOrpa*in.
| 1848.
Translation.- Of | Matthew | Saint | tho Gos-
pel. | Of | Matthow | Saint | tho Gospel. | Into
tho Aloutian-Kadiak language translated by
E. Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press.
1 p.l.pp. 1-270, double columns, 11.8°. Tho first
three lines of tho title-page are in Aleut-Kadiak;
tho next three a Slavonic translation of tho same.
Copies seen: Bancroft, Pilling, Powell.
----- [Two lines Cyrillic characters.] |
AjeyrcKo-KaabflKCKiii I CyKnapb. | Coctob. n.iba
TbGKIIOBl.
C.neTepOyprt. | Bbcynoja.ibHoii Tiinorpa | 1848.
Translation: Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. |
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | Compiled by Elias
Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press.
Titlo 11. pp. 1-52,16°. See p. 92 for fac-simile
of title-pago.
Copies seen: Pilling, Powell.
Tho throe foregoing works sold at tho Pinart
sale, catalogue No. 14, to Leclerc for 15 fr.
----- [Two lines Cyrillic characters.] |
A.ieyTCKo-Ka,v>6KCKiii CyKBapb. | Comb. H.ibfl
Tmikhobi. I
C. IIcTepGyprt. | BtcytiO'ia.ibnoii Tiinorpa'bin.
I 1848.
Translation: Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. |
Aleutian-Kadiak | Primer. | Compiled by Elias
Tishnoff. | St. Petersburg. | Synod press.
Pp. 1-33, 16°. Though identical in titlo with
tho ono given above, it is not tho samo work;
tho two agree to tho middle Of page 8, but
thereafter they differ materially.
Copies seen: Congress, Powell.


92
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE
fiOTrf/HX IUXil4<
d III ai ¥ Krt T X.
AAEYTCKO-KAABJIKCKlfi
B y R B A P B.
CocmaG. Tbiwuoes.
C. HGTGPFi^PrX
B •& C v h o a «i b u o m I h n o k1 p a « i n,
1848.
FAC-SIMILE Ob' TITLE-I’AGE OF TISIIMOFF’S ALEUTIAN-KADIAK PRIMER.


ESKIMO LANGUAGE.
93
Tlerkuksamut imaldneet illuarnermik.
Seo Steenholdt (W. F.).
Tomlin (Rev. J.). A comparative vocabu-
lary | of ] forty-eight languages, | com-
prising | one hundred and forty-six |
common English words, | with their cog-
nates in the other languages, | showing |
their Affinities with the English and He-
brew. | By the | Rev. J. Tomlin, 13. A., I
Author of “Missionary Journals and
Letters during Eleven Years Residence
in the East;” | [&c. three lines]. |
Liverpool: | Arthur Ncwliug,27, Bold
Street. | 1865.
Pp. i-xii, 1-32 (numbored odd on versos,
even on rectos; recto of p. 1 and verso of p. 32
blank), pp. xiii-xxii, 1 1. 4°.—Includes an Es-
quimaux vocabulary (from a Moravian mis-
sionary).
Cop ics seen: British Museum, Watkinson.
Toonooneenooshuk Vocabulary. See Hall (C. E.).
Tract:
Greenland. See Kragh (P.),
Steenholdt (W. 1’’.).
Labrador. Bibelib.
Triibner (Nicolas). See Ludewig (II.
E.).
Triibner & Co. A | catalogue | of | dic-
tionaries and grammars | of Hie | Prin-
cipal Languages and Dialects | of the
World. | For sale by | THibner & Co. |
London : | Triibner & Co., 8 & GO Pa-
ternoster Row. | 1872.
Title on cover as above, title as above 1 1.
notice 1 1. text pp. 1-64, 1 1. alphabetically
arranged.—Listof Eskimo (Greenland) works,
p. 18.
Copies seen : Pilling.
A later edition as follows:
Triibner’s | catalogue | of | dictionaries
and grammars | of the | Principal Lan-
guages and Dialects of the World. |
Second edition, | considerably enlarged
and revised, with an alphabetical in-
dex. | A guide for students and book-
sellers. | [Monogram.] |
London : | Triibner & Co., 57 and 59,
Ludgato Hill. | 1882.
Printed cover as abovo, title as above 1 1. pp.
iii-viii, 1-170, 8°.—List of works in Elcuth
| Aleut], p. 48 ; in Eskimo, p. 53.
Copies seen: Pilling.
Trumbull: This word following a title indicates
that a copy of the work referred to was seen
by the compiler in the library of Dr. J. Ham-
mond Trumbull, Hartford, Conn.
Tschuagmjute Vocabulary. See Schott (W.).
Tschugazzi:
Grammatic comments. Seo Adelung (J. C.)
and Vater (J.
S.).
Numerals. Pott (A. E.).
Vocabulary. Adelung (J. C.)
and Vater (.J.
S.),
Baer (K. E. von),
Buschmann (J.
C.E.),
Wowodsky (—).
| Tschuakak Island Vocabulary. See Buschmann
(J.C.E.).
Tugsiautit | augnerit j Kataugutigingni-
anut | kalatdlit nunanltunut atortugs-
sat. |
Stolpen, | Druck von Gustav Winter.
| 1878.
Literal translation: Psalms | the greatest |
for the brethren | Greenlanders in-thoir-land-
being things-to-be-used.
Free translation: Tlie most important psalms
for the use of the brethren who arc in the coun-
try of the Greenlanders.
Titlo verso blank 1 1. contents pp. iii-vi,
text pp. 7-442, alphabetic list of hymns pp.
443-494,12°. Hymn-book entirely in the lan-
guage of Greenland.
Copies seen : Pilling, Powell.
My copy, bought of the Unitats-Buchband-
lung, Gnadau, Saxony, cost 4 M.
Tuksiarutsit, | attorekset | Illagektun-
nut | Labradorcmetunnut. |
Londonnemc: | W. McDowallib ; Nc-
nilauktangit. | 1809. | Printed for the
Brethren’s Society for the Furtherance
of | the Gospel; for the Use of the Chris-
tian Esquimaux in the | Brethren’s set-
tlements, Naiu, Okkak, and Hopedale,
on | the Coast of Labrador.
Literal translation: Psalms, | things-to-be-
used | for the communities | that-are-in-Labra-
dor. | At London: | W. McDowall’s; his print-
ings.
Pp. i-iv, text pp. 1-277, index pp. 1-34, 16°.
Hymn-book entirely in the Eskimo language
of Labrador.
Copies seen: British Museum.
Priced by Triibner, 1856, No. 670, at 6s. A
copy (dated 1819) at the Pinart sale, catalogue
No. 902, brought 1 fr. 50 c.
Tuksiarutsit | uvlakut unnukullo, | uv-
lunnt taniainut illingajut I Wochenic. |
Colophon : E. Bastauiermullo & Dnn-
skymullo nenertaulaukput Loebaume.
I ]
Literal translation: Psalms | for morning
and for evening, | for the days all made | in
the week. | By E. Bastauier & Dunsky they
are printed at Lobau.